Consolidated Management Plan of the Ahwar of Southern Iraq

Consolidated Management Plan

The Ahwar of Southern Iraq: Refuge of Biodiversity and Relict Landscape of the Mesopotamian Cities

Property Nominated by the Government of Iraq in January 2014 for Inscription on the World Heritage List

This document was developed by Khaled Allam Harhash, Geraldine Chatelard, Sami el-Masri and Gaetano Palumbo assisted by Qahtan Al Abeed, Hussein Al Assadi, Salim Khalaf Anid, Ayad Kadhum Dawood, Ali Kadhem Ghanem, Ahmad Hanun, Mudhafar Salim, and Ali Ubaid Shalgham.

The management plan preparation was led by IUCN-ROWA and ARC-WH in the framework of the UNEP-UNESCO joint initiative “World Heritage inscription process as a tool to enhance the natural and cultural management of the Iraqi Marshlands.” This multiphase capacity-building project was managed by UNEP-DTIE-IETC and subsequently UNEP-ROWA, in collaboration with UNESCO Iraq Office, and received generous funding from the Governments of Japan and Italy.

This Consolidated Management Plan completes the basic Management Planning Frameworks for the natural and cultural components of the property submitted to the World Heritage Centre in January 2014 with the nomination dossier of The Ahwar of Southern Iraq: Refuge of Biodiversity and Relict Landscape of the Mesopotamian Cities. A substantial consultation process was conducted to insure that the provisions of this Consolidated Management Plan are issued from and shared with the concerned stakeholders.

Gratitude is conveyed to Diane Klaimi at UNEP-ROWA, Fadi Shraideh and Hany El-Shaer at IUCN-ROWA, together with Mounir Bouchenaki, Khalifa Al Khalifa, Kamal Bitar and Haifaa Abdulhalim at ARC-WH for their administrative and/or technical support during the management plan preparation phase. Thanks are also extended to Franco d'Agostino and Margarete Van Ess for providing valuable information and documentation on the cultural components of the property.

Special credits are due to Dr Ali Al-Lami who spearheaded the national endeavour to nominate the Marshlands on the World Heritage List, to the Iraqi natural and cultural experts who prepared the nomination dossier for the property and the initial Management Planning Frameworks, to the regional and international experts who supported them, and to the staff of UNEP-DTIE-IETC and UNESCO Iraq Office who oversaw the capacity-building programme. Their names are listed in full in the World Heritage nomination dossier. CONTENTS

Acronyms PART I. Strategic Management Framework of the Property PART II – Management Plans of the Natural Component Parts Part III. Management Plans of the Cultural Component Parts

ACRONYMS

AHD Antiquity and Heritage Directorate ARC-WH Arab Regional Centre for World Heritage CBD Convention on Biological Diversity CMT Central Management Team CRIMW Centre for the Restoration of the Iraqi Marshlands and Wetlands GoI Government of Iraq IBA Important Bird Area IPA Important Plant Area IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature KBA Key Biodiversity Areas MoA Ministry of Agriculture MoC Ministry of Culture MoE Ministry of Environment MoEd Ministry of Education MoF Ministry of Finance MoFA Ministry of Foreign Affairs MoH Ministry of Health MoHESR Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research MoI Ministry of Interior MoMPW Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works MoO Ministry of Oil MoP Ministry of Planning MoLSA Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs MoST Ministry of Science and Technology MoTA Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities MoU Memorandum of Understanding MoWR Ministry of Water Resources NCWH National Committee for World Heritage NGO Non-Governmental Organization NSCPA National Steering Committee for Protected Areas OGWHC Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention (2013) 1 | P a g e

OUV Outstanding Universal Value ROWA Regional Office for West Asia SBAH State Board of Antiquities and Heritage SMT Site Management Team TTA Team of Technical Advisers UNEP United Nations Environment Programme UNEP-DTIE-IETC UNEP Division of Technology, Industry and Economics – International Environmental Technology Centre UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization WWF World Wide Fund for Nature

2 | P a g e

PART I. Strategic Management Framework

of The Ahwar of Southern Iraq: Refuge of Biodiversity and Relict

Landscape of the Mesopotamian Cities Property Nominated by the Government of Iraq in January 2014 for Inscription on the World Heritage List

3 | P a g e

CONTENTS

Section I. Key Messages Section II. Purpose of the Strategic Management Framework Section III. General Overview of the Property Section IV. Significance and Proposed Outstanding Universal Value Section V. Integrity and Authenticity Section VI. Threats to the Conservation of the Property Section VII. Legal and Institutional Foundations for the Management of the Property Section VIII. Overarching Management System of the Property Section IX. Vision, Goals and Strategic Objectives Section X. Operational Objectives and Timeframe Section XI. Reporting Mechanism Section XII. Resource Mobilization

4 | P a g e

Section I. Key Messages

In January 2014, the Government of Iraq submitted to the World Heritage Committee a property under the name The Ahwar of Southern Iraq: Refuge of Biodiversity and Relict Landscape of the Mesopotamian Cities for inscription on the World Heritage List. The property contains mixed natural and cultural heritage , and comprises seven separate component parts: four marsh areas (the West Hammar, East Hammar, Central Marshes and Huweizah Marshes), and three large archaeological sites (Ur, Uruk and Eridu). The marsh areas contain substantial cultural values in the form of 45 smaller archaeological sites. They are also the environment within which the specific culture and lifestyle of the marsh inhabitants developed. All together, the seven components of the property extend over the governorates of Dhi Qar, Maysan, Basrah and Muthanna over a total area of about 2,110,000 dunum . The buffer zone comprises an additional 2,080,000 dunum.

Gaining inscription on the World Heritage List, the most prestigious international designation for a heritage site, is a highly demanding and competitive process. Iraq as a State Party to the World Heritage Convention must provide convincing arguments about the Outstanding Universal Value (OUV) of the property. The country must also make very serious commitments regarding the protection and conservation of what constitutes the OUV of the property.

The Ahwar of Southern Iraq is a complex property combining a unique wetland ecosystem and living human culture within a very dry area with the exceptional historical value of some of the most important Sumerian cities. There is little doubt that the property is of global significance . However this property is fragile as it faces many threats including the operation and construction of upstream dams, in Iraq and in neighbouring countries, the development of the oil industry and mining throughout the South of Iraq, agricultural expansion and other development pressures, wind and water erosion for the archaeological sites, and the poor level of socio-economic development of local communities.

Inscription on the World Heritage List can ensure international support for the conservation efforts carried out by the Government of Iraq, and for local socio-economic development programme implemented by national and local authorities. It will also provide a strong leverage for the Government of Iraq in regional negotiations for water allocation with upstream neighbours. It will finally constitute a powerful argument to convince international oil companies to be socially and environmentally responsible.

Yet the strongest commitments for the protection and conservation of the natural and cultural values of The Ahwar of Southern Iraq must come from inside Iraq: the national government, local governments and authorities, the private and non-governmental sectors, academics and researchers, the media, and most importantly the communities living in and around the property.

This is why great care was taken to develop a management system for the property allowing all stakeholders to play an active and positive role in the protection and conservation of this natural and cultural gem. 5 | P a g e

Section II. Purpose and Scope of the Strategic Management Framework

As part of the process of enhancing the management of the seven components of the serial property, management plans for each component were prepared in 2014-2015. The plans were developed by national expert, supported by international experts, and through a consultation process with institutional and civil society stakeholders at the local and national levels. They include specific information on the key values and attributes of each component, and a set of actions addressing protection and conservation issues. These plans are included in Part II (Management Plans of the Natural Component Parts) and Part III (Management Plans of the Cultural Component Parts) of the Consolidated Management Plan and are the main references for the day-to-day management of the different components of the property.

The overall Strategic Management Framework provides for an integrated approach to the management of the property as a whole. It constitutes an overarching scheme to guide, harmonize and coordinate the work of the main agencies involved in the management of the different components of the property along the individual management plans.

Specifically, the Strategic Management Framework:

• Recalls the principles guiding the management of the property, namely the conservation of its physical attributes, integrity and authenticity (which form the basis for its global value) as defined in the World Heritage nomination dossier for the mixed serial property submitted to the World Heritage Centre in January 2014; • Compiles existing threats to the attributes of the property; • Summarizes existing legal and institutional foundations for its management; • Sets the overall vision, strategic goals and objectives for the management of the property; • Outlines the main operational objectives provided for in the individual management plans; • Clarifies the mechanism ensuring coordination and cooperation between all parties involved in the management and development of the property; • Addresses common issues such as human and financial resource mobilization, monitoring and reporting to the World Heritage Committee, and commitments by stakeholders on the implementation of the present Consolidated Management Plan.

6 | P a g e

Section III. General Overview of the Property

The Ahwar of Southern Iraq: Refuge of Biodiversity and Relict Landscape of the Mesopotamian Cities is a serial mixed property for natural and cultural heritage. It comprises seven component parts (hereafter components). Four of those comprise mostly natural values (the Huwaizah, Central, East and West Hammar Marshes) and are referred collectively in this document as “the natural components.” The three components comprising exclusively cultural values (Uruk and Ur Archaeological Cities, and Tell Eridu Archaeological Site – hereafter Uruk, Ur and Eridu) are referred collectively as “the cultural components.” The property extends through the four governorates (or provinces) of Basrah, Maysan, Dhi Qar and Muthanna over a total area of 210,898.91 ha. An additional 207,643.04 ha are proposed for inclusion in the buffer zone.

Map 1.1. General Map of the Proposed Property

7 | P a g e

Table 1.1. Centre Point Coordinates of the Property Components Components Governorate(s) Coordinates of the central point Natural Components The Huwaizah Marshes Maysan N 31 33 44/E 47 39 28 The Central Marshes Dhi Qar, Maysan N 31 05 07/E 47 03 15 The East Hammar Marshes Basrah N 30 50 30/E 46 41 03 The West Hammar Marshes Dhi Qar N 30 44 21/E 47 26 19 Cultural Components Uruk Archaeological City Muthanna N 31 19 27/E 45 38 14 Ur Archaeological City Dhi Qar N 30 57 47/E 46 6 11 Tell Eridu Archaeological Site Dhi Qar N 30 49 01/E 45 59 45

Table 1.2. Size of the Property Components and Their Associated Buffer Zones Components Area of Area of buffer Governorate(s) Proportion of component (ha) zone (ha) governorates' size The West Hammar Marshes 79,991 68,403 Dhi Qar 11.5% Ur Archaeological City 71 317 Dhi Qar 0.03% Tell Eridu Archaeological Site 33 1,069 Dhi Qar 0.08% The Central Marshes 62,435 83,958 Dhi Qar , Maysan 5% of two governorates The Huwaizah Marshes 48,131 42,561 Maysan 5.64% The East Hammar Marshes 20,342 12,721 Basrah 1.73% Uruk Archaeological City 541 292 Muthanna 0.01%

Total area of the property with buffer zones 211,544 209,321

8 | P a g e

3.1. The Natural Components and their Associated Cultural Values

According to WWF’s 2008 Global Terrestrial Eco-regions Scheme, the natural components of the property are technically referred to as the Tigris-Euphrates Alluvial Salt Marsh, while its southern parts overlap with the Arabian Desert and East Saharo-Arabian xeric shrub-lands. As a whole, the southern Iraqi Marshlands represent a major part of the alluvial plain which covers vast regions of Iraq. Water covers significant parts of the property throughout the year and often seasonally, leading to the emergence of outstanding bio-geographical features. The Ahwar, the Arabic name for the Marshlands, are a natural phenomenon and major fresh water reservoir of outstanding natural beauty where life flourishes on land and in the water, and which comprises associated cultural values.

The surface area of water in the Ahwar fluctuates in size as it depends on the amount of water entering its various basins from a variety of sources, which also depend on the level of rainfall, floods and streams. The Ahwar are categorized as inland wetlands created by riverine marshes, and are characteristic as a lush wetland within a sea of dry desert. This creates a unique environment where biodiversity evolves and adapts in ways that are hardly comparable to other regions of the world. The result of the interaction between the physical and biological components of the Ahwar creates the outstanding mosaic of the Ahwar ecosystem. The Ahwar is currently an ecosystem under rehabilitation but which is estimated to have self-recovered the majority of its attributes that give it its global natural value.

The size of the Marshlands was estimated to be within the range of 1,000,000 to 1,500,000 ha. in the 1970s. The baseline used to identify the area is the 1973 surface area benchmark defined by the Government of Iraq as the target for the long term restoration of the Marshlands after the area's drastic man-made desiccation in the 1980s and 1990s. By the year 2000, the total area of the Ahwar was less than 10% of the 1973 target. After a comprehensive review and scenario building by the Government of Iraq and its international partners during the period from 2004 to 2006, the anticipated goal adopted for the Ahwar restoration was to achieve 75% of the 1973 reference point, hence totalling around 556,000 ha of restored areas by the end of the current decade.

The main components of the Ahwar as we know them today started being formed around 3,000 years ago. Previously, and during the formation period, the region experienced several phases of human settlement. This is why forty-five small and medium-sized archaeological sites are included within the boundaries or buffer zones of the natural components with pottery showing occupation from the 4 th millennium BCE to the early Islamic period. The study of these sites is just starting.

9 | P a g e settlements . The 2007 census indicates approximately 350,000 inhabitants living in the broader area of the Ahwar with approximately 5% of these living within the confines of the property. Another 60% live within the buffer zone. The reliance of communities on natural resources is lowest in the East Hammar and highest in the Howeizah. Marsh Arabs who have remained or returned after the start of the reflooding are largely impoverished and poorly served by government services. The resumption or maintenance of their mash-based lifestyle is heavily dependent on the hydrological and ecological integrity of the natural components.

The natural components are fully owned by the Iraqi Treasury represented by the Ministry of Finance (MoF). The Ministries of Environment (MoE) and of Water Resources (MoWR) are the main public bodies charged with the management of the natural resources of the areas. Archaeological sites are legally under the responsibility of the State Board of Antiquities and Heritage (SBAH), itself falling under the Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities (MoTA). However customary rights of land and resource use, embedded in the area's tribal system, remain prevalent throughout the area. This also applies to archaeological mounds: their upper parts emerging over the water has long been used by local people as seasonal settlements and burial grounds.

3.1.1. The Huwaizah Marshes The Huwaizah Marshes are located within the governorate of Maysan to the east of the Tigris River. The Huwaizah is bordered to the east and southeast by the transnational area with Iran, to the south and southwest by the Basrah governorate’s administrative boundary, and to the north and west by the administrative borders of Maysan Governorate. The city of Amarah, the capital of the Maysan Governorate, is located to the west of the component. The Huwaizah Marshes represent the northeast corner of the property with a total surface area of 90,691 ha of primarily freshwater marsh. This component is a unique freshwater system, receiving high water quantities from floods and limited amounts of seasonal rain which descends from the northern and northeastern heights. Concurrently, it is the sole natural component that was not subject to drastic drought during the man-induced drainage phase in the 1980s and 1990s, leading to the salvation of its key ecological elements. This component enjoys an independent hydrological system and stands out from the rest of the Iraqi marshes as the only one that retains its water bodies throughout the year. The component embraces a number of large deep ponds.. Further, the water quality of the Huwaizah Marshes is the highest among the rest of the marshes. This factor generates species diversity and abundance, particularly as regards congregatory birds and fish. The Huweizah are a primary refuge for many of the key bird species of African and Indian origin in the Middle East, which have since spread back to other components after the reflooding that took place as of 2003. This component also represent an important source of nutrition for fish as well as for breeding.

No archaeological survey has been conducted so far within the boundaries of this component.

Human communities in the Huwaizah live mostly in the buffer zone with approximately 80% depending on cattle herding, fishing, game bird hunting, small scale agriculture, and reed and reedmace harvesting for fodder and the building of traditional houses and guesthouses. Around 85% of the livestock rearing is of buffalo.

10 | P a g e

3.1.2. The Central Marshes The Central Marshes component extends mostly over Dhi Qar Governorate with a smaller stretch over MaysanGovernorate, and is situated between the Euphrates to the south and the Nahr al-Ezz River to the east. As the name indicates, the Central Marshes are located in the Centre of the Ahwar with a total area (including the buffer zone) of 146,393 ha. A dirt embankment on the Euphrates River was created as a measure to rehabilitate the Central Marshes which are today almost exclusively dependent on water levels of the Euphrates. However long periods of drought and inadequate drainage policies have resulted in a dramatic change in the quality of the waters within the components, with indications of higher relative salt and mineral concentrations. On the other hand, the Central Marshes are characterized by high reed densities intertwined with open water ponds of various sizes and depths. The variation in the topography of the Central Marshes further enriches the biological productivity of the areas in terms of vegetative cover and wildlife numbers and make it today’s ecological core of the Ahwar. Being distinctive for its horizontally extensive ecosystems, it provides a vast habitat for many of the viable populations of taxa of high biodiversity and conservation importance. It also provides an ecosystem service which contributes significantly to the local economy and sustainable livelihoods.

Twelve archaeological sites are in the Central Marshes with ceramic analysis showing occupation from the Parthian and early Islamic periods, including the site of Msehib which is under excavation.

The Central Marshes stand out for the wider distribution of floating islets ( chibayish ) which are made of mud and reed and are used for temporary residence within the property’s water bodies. Archaeological mounds (locally called ishan ) are also used as seasonal settlement by family groups and their livestock. However the majority of human communities deriving their livelihoods from the Central Marshes live in the buffer zone along the main waterways.

3.1.3. The East Hammar Marshes The East Hammar Marshes are entirely located within Basrah Governorate to the north of the city of Basrah. They are bordered to the east and northeast by the Shatt Al Arab, to the north by the Euphrates River, to the northwest by the West Hammar Marshes and to the south and southwest by the Zubair Plateau. The total area of this component is 33,062 ha inclusive of the buffer zone. The East Hammar Marshes have a particular hydrology, different from that of the other natural components of the property. They are highly affected by tidal movements from the Arabian Gulf through the Shatt Al Arab and the Zubair Lagoon. The effect of the tidal waters in terms of quality and quantity vary across the component and result in the fluctuation of water levels even on a daily basis. This unique dynamic has a direct impact on the ecological constituents of the component as compared to the other property components. During the last few decades, a drought has led to an increase of the maritime tidal effect on the area, resulting in a higher salinity level, which has in turn led to the redistribution of key fauna and flora reflective of the water quality. This creates very specific ecological conditions with fish species from marine origins utilizing the area for reproduction in the East Hammar.

The East Hammar Marshes are distinctive for the reliance of communities on government employment as compared to the other components.

11 | P a g e

This explains why the level of dependency on natural resources is relatively less than in the other components.

Four archaeological sites have been surveyed in the East Hammar Marshes and show occupation from the Parthian, Sassanid and Islamic periods.

3.1.4. The West Hammar Marshes The West Hammar Marshes lie fully within the Dhi Qar Governorate southwest of Nasiriyah City. They are bordered to the north by the Euphrates River, to the east by the East Hammar Marshes and to the south by the Zubair Plateau and the Main Outfall Drain separating it from the southern desert in the east. The area of the component is 148,393 ha including the buffer zone. The West Hammar Marshes are fed solely by the Euphrates River. Recently, a measure was taken to address the issue of water shortage by connecting a secondary channel from the Main Outfall Drain to the West Hammar. A gradual change in water depth towards the middle and south of the marshes, along with their brackish water quality, represent key factors determining the marshes’ level of species diversity and abundance. Much of the vegetation cover has returned, including reed and papyrus, and associated fish and bird species. The West Hammar comprises the last stopover area for millions of migrating birds before entering the vast Arabian Desert.

Twenty-nine archaeological sites have been surveyed in the West Hammar Marshes with four displaying the earliest stages of occupation from the 4 th millennium BCE. Islamic pottery was found at ten sites. SBAH has recently undertaken excavations at Tell Abu Adh Dhahab (N 30 44 18.72 E 46 41 33.12), Tell Abu Rabab (N 30 45 41.34 E 46 46 41.82), Tell at-Tazl and associated Tell at-Tawila (N 30 46 04.70 E 46 52 00.30), together with Abu Shu'ayb situated in the buffer zone (N 30 45 40.40 E47 05 11.03).

Most human communities live in small towns at the periphery of the Marshes. In terms of reliance on the natural resources inside the component, the West Hammar stands halfway between the Central and East Hammar Marshes.

3.1.5. Size and Boundaries The total size of the four natural components nominated for World Heritage inscription is 210,899 ha supported by a buffer zone of 207,643 ha. Combined, this represents the majority of the area targeted for the maximum restoration of the Ahwar. The design of the property was fundamentally based on the national target area, fully coinciding with the protection and sustainability of the majority of the natural attributes historically known for the Ahwar.

More specifically, the design of the boundaries of the four natural components was based on the following principles: • To include the majority of the natural attributes associated with the Marshlands' global importance. • To illustrate the best sites which provide optimal habitats needed to achieve the ecological and biological requirements of all key species and their conservation. 12 | P a g e

• To achieve the complementary function of each of the components to the wider serial nomination. • To cover all areas targeted by the national environmental and nature conservation strategies. • To avoid, whenever possible, overlap with existing or planned human induced pressures such as oil exploitation and exploration, provided that no area is left out that is of particular importance for the key natural attributes.

The boundary design of the natural components, as well as their buffer zones, was based on extensive field assessments and previously established mappings of the whole of the Ahwar achieved through the key international initiatives that have been implemented since 2004. Clear and simple boundary lines were developed using physical landmarks such as roads and rivers. The stripe of the buffer zone was designed around the main area of the property in order to ensure better and continuous protection for the property, mainly from existing land uses and possible future developments.

It is well established that the four natural components of the property represent four standalone hydrological systems functioning fully independently from each other. The same cannot not be stated for the ecological interdependence and interrelatedness. To address this issue, a process has been started by the Ministry of Environment and its partners to ensure the identification and establishment, as well legal endorsement, of a set of corridors ensuring the ecological connectivity of the serial property.

3.1.6. Legal Designations The Huwaizah is the first national site declared a Ramsar Site for wetlands of international importance (under the name Hawizeh Marsh) in 2007. It fulfils five of the nine criteria and its significance is concentrated around its terrestrial biodiversity which supports more than one percent of the world’s population of key and threatened species. The implementation of the Ramsar Convention in Iraq is the responsibility of the MoWR in coordination with the MoE and the Ministry of Science and Technology (MoST).

The Central Marshes were the first national park to be declared in Iraq in the year 2013 and are under the joint responsibility of the MoE and MoWR.

As regards archaeological sites, only Tell Abu Adh Dhahab is registered in the Official Gazette n° 3932 on 28 January 1957. Such a registration includes the definition of official boundaries and buffer zones for sites. However, even without such a registration, all archaeological sites are protected under Article 7 of the Law of Antiquities and Heritage n°55 of 2002.

13 | P a g e

3.2. The Cultural Components and their Relations to the Ancient Marshlands

The three cultural components of the property comprise the archaeological cities of Uruk and Ur , once major political and economic centers of southern Mesopotamia, together with the archaeological site of Tell Eridu , a prominent cultic Centre that did not develop into a full-fledged metropolis. These Sumerian cities played an extraordinary role in the history of urbanization. Between the 4 th and 3 rd millennia BCE, they developed into some of the most significant urban centers of southern Mesopotamia and saw the origin of writing, monumental architecture, and complex technologies and societies.

Until the 2 nd millennium BCE, when the sea regressed towards the south, the marshy and moving landscape of Euphrares and Tigris the deltaic plain was the heartland where the cities of Uruk, Ur and Eridu flourished. Textual and archaeological evidences suggest that the exploitation of the marshlands had a critical impact on social institutions, economy and the development of cities in the region. Furthermore, the marshes were a major source of inspiration for Sumerian religion and literature. Eridu and Uruk were situated originally on the margins of freshwater marshes whereas Ur was located near the shores of the Arabian Gulf. Today, these three sites are well inland and surrounded by an arid landscape. However traces of the ancient environment of marshlands and rivers, together with hydraulic works (canals, harbours, etc.), are still found in the topography and archaeological remains of the sites.

Their remains offer a complete testimony to the growth and achievements of southern Mesopotamia urban centers and societies, and to their outstanding contribution to the history of the Ancient Near East and mankind as a whole. In particular, the great ziqqurats of Uruk, Ur and Eridu provide the most ancient and best documented examples of urban and religious architecture in southern Mesopotamia Today, the mudbrick ruins of Uruk, Ur and Eridu dominate the arid but striking landscape of the desiccated plain. They stand as testimonies of the antiquity and achievements of southern Mesopotamian cultures and of the impact of the unstable deltaic landscape upon the rise and fall of their large urban centers.

3.2.1. The Uruk Archaeological City Uruk (modern Warka) lies about 80 km northwest of ancient Ur and 30 km east of modern Samawah, the administrative Centre of the Governorate of Muthanna. Uruk – originally situated southwest of the ancient Euphrates River bed, now dry, and on the edges of a marsh – is the place where fundamental features of Mesopotamian urban civilization, including writing and the first literary texts, developed and was the forerunner of the urbanization process in southern Mesopotamia. It was a top political, cultural and religious Centre in the historical periods, but its critical influence on Mesopotamian and world history dates back to the 4 th millennium BCE, the so called Uruk period (c. 4000-3000). The archaeological site consists of a large area in the Centre of the city where different sanctuaries are situated, including two ziqqurats, and several living quarters inside the city. They are separated from each other by ancient canals. Additional areas inside the city were used as gardens, fields and production areas.

14 | P a g e

The boundaries and buffer zone of the component follow the official boundaries and buffer zone of the archaeological site and encompass the whole of the archaeological remains of this component. The property covers an area of 530 ha within the ancient city walls. The buffer zone covers an additional c. 292 ha. The maximum extent of the property is 3 km north-south and 2.5 km east-west.

3.2.2. The Ur Archaeological City Ur (modern Tell Al Muqayyar) is situated 17 km south-west of Nasiriyah, the administrative Centre of the Dhi Qar Governorate, and 200 km north of Basrah and the Arabian Gulf. Ur emerged as a key player in the political life of the southern city-state system during the period of the First Ur Dynasty (2670 BCE) when it became one of the most important and wealthy Sumerian cities. It remained significantly smaller than Uruk but profited from its location as the city closest to the entrance of the Arabian Gulf and developed into the most important Sumerian port on the Gulf, which extended much further inland than it does today. The archaeological site is surrounded by a mudbrick wall of oval shape and contains a ziqqurat, several other temples, palaces, residential quarters, and a burial site including the so-called royal tombs.

The boundaries of the component follow the lower topographical contours of the archaeological mound (Tell Al Muqayyar) which encompasses all the most important archaeological remains of the Sumerian period. The buffer zone coincides with the boundaries of the official archaeological site and the ancient city walls. In addition to public buildings, the buffer zone includes two of the three identified harbours of Ur, one on the northern corner of the city wall, and the second along the western wall, none of them excavated yet. However the main harbour is situated outside the buffer zone of the property. It has yet to be excavated and the boundaries of the property might be extended at a later stage to include it. The component covers 71 ha, and its buffer zone covers 317 ha.

3.2.3. The Tell Eridu Archaeological Site Tell Eridu (modern name Tell Abu Shahrain) is located 40 km south-west of Nasiriyah, the administrative Centre of Dhi Qar Governorate, and 12 km to the southwest of Ur. The settlement developed during the Ubaid period (c. 5000 BCE) in a unique environment, that of the transitional zone between sea and land with its shifting watercourses, small islands, and deep reed thickets. The settlement was built upon a hillock within a depression about 6 m below the level of the surrounding land which allowed the subterranean waters to collect together. Eridu was developed by the Ubaid culture as a major cultic Centre, and the Mesopotamian tradition considered it the oldest city in the world.

Tell Eridu is a typical cone-shaped tell, half a kilometre in diameter, rising some 25 m above the plain. The boundaries of the property follow the lower topographic contours of the Tell. Six smaller tells are dotted around Tell Eridu. Five of these smaller mounds and the depression where the original lagoon surrounding Tell Eridu formed are included in the buffer zone of the property which coincides with the official boundary of the Eridu archaeological site and is marked on the ground by a sand berm. The component covers 33 ha, and the buffer zone c. 1069 ha.

15 | P a g e

3.2.4. Legal Status, Designations and Boundaries The cultural components, like the archaeological sites inside the natural components of the property, are owned by the Iraqi Treasury and under the legal responsibility of the State Board of Antiquities and Heritage (SBAH). None of the cultural components is inhabited save for the site guards and their families at Uruk and Ur.

Uruk, Ur and Eridu are registered in the Official Gazette n° 1465 of 17 October 1935 as archaeological sites and protected under article 7 of the Iraqi Law of Antiquities and Heritage n°55 of 2002. Registration in the Official Gazette includes the definition of official boundaries and buffer zones. For all the registered sites, boundaries and buffer zones are larger than those of the nominated component parts of the property.

16 | P a g e

SECTION IV. Significance and Proposed Outstanding Universal Value

4.1. Significance

The sea level variation and the climatic changes in southern Iraq over the past 7,000 years played a significant role in influencing the geographical location of the Ahwar (or Marshlands) which moved southeastward some 4,000 years ago. Between the 5 th and 3 rd millennium BCE, the level of the Arabian Gulf reached its maximum extent some 200 km inland of the present coastline with marshes stretching further inland. The marshy and moving landscape of this deltaic plain was the heartland where the first cities, such as Uruk, Ur and Eridu, flourished. Starting in the 2 nd millennium BCE, the sea regressed towards the south. This led to another climatic change towards a more arid environment and the drying up of the ancient marshes. With the regression of the Gulf, new marshes formed to the southeast. The main components of the Ahwar as we know them today were formed during this period around 3,000 years ago.

Map 1.2. General Map of Southern Iraq Showing the Extent of the Gulf and the Marshes in Different Historical Periods

17 | P a g e

The archaeological sites of Uruk , Ur and Eridu form the three cultural components of the property and were originally situated within the marshy landscape of the deltaic plain. Between the 4 th and 3 rd millennia BCE, they developed into some of the most significant urban centers of southern Mesopotamia and saw the origin of writing, monumental architecture, and complex technologies and societies. Their remains offer a complete testimony to the growth and achievements of southern Mesopotamian urban centers and societies, and to their outstanding contribution to the history of the Ancient Near East and mankind as a whole. Topographical and architectural elements, together with archaeological evidence and an important corpus of cuneiform texts, document the economic and symbolic role of the wetland resources and landscape for the cultures of ancient southern Mesopotamia. The regression of the Arabian Gulf and the shifting of the marshes' location contributed to the decline of these cities. Today the mudbrick ruins of Uruk , Ur and Eridu are dominated by the remains of ziqqurats towering above the arid but striking landscape of the desiccated plain as testimonies of the antiquity and achievements of southern Mesopotamian cultures and of the impact of the unstable deltaic landscape upon the rise and fall of their large urban centers.

The natural components of the property are the Ahwar of southern Iraq as we know them today and which were formed around 3,000 years ago. Fed by the branches of the Tigris and Euphrates, in addition to extremely low winter rainfall and subsequent floods, the Huwaizah , Central, East and West Hammar Marshes constitute the four natural components of the property. The Ahwar are one of the world’s most important freshwater ecosystems situated within an extremely arid environment with some of the highest evaporation and transpiration levels, and some of the lowest levels of rainfall. They can be considered a "wetland island in a vast ocean of desert". The Ahwar embrace a mosaic of habitats critical for a significant number of taxa, including globally threatened and range-restricted species and isolated populations, thus creating a site of global caliber in terms of species of conservation priority. The grand mosaic of the four natural components of the property is an exceptional example of ongoing ecological and biological processes in the development and adaptation of terrestrial, fresh and salt water ecosystems and communities of various taxa of an endemic and restricted range nature. The Ahwar are a vast habitat and refuge for many of the viable populations of taxa of high biodiversity and conservation, particularly bird and fish species. Furthermore, they comprise the last stopover area for millions of migrating birds before entering the vast Arabian Desert. This testifies to the paramount importance of the Ahwar for biodiversity conservation. Their unique hydrological system is in itself an outstanding natural phenomenon, representing a wetland that fluctuates in size in a seasonal manner. The Ahwar have developed an amazing ecological resilience, particularly after their drastic destruction during the second half of the last century and their re-flooding at the beginning of the new millennium. Furthermore, the property contains highly important and significant habitats for in-situ conservation of biological diversity, including those containing threatened species of high conservation and scientific importance. Finally, three of the natural components of the property include several dozen small archaeological mounds that testify to the history of human occupation in the Ahwar.

18 | P a g e

4.2 Proposed Criteria for Inscription on the World Heritage List

On the basis of these qualities, the Government of Iraq has proposed to inscribe the property on the World Heritage List under criteria (iii), (v), (ix), and (x).

4.2.1. Criterion (iii ): To bear a unique or at least exceptional testimony to a cultural tradition or to a civilization which is living or which has disappeared.

The remains of the Mesopotamian cities of Uruk , Ur and Eridu offer a complete testimony to the growth and subsequent decline of southern Mesopotamian urban centers and societies from the Ubaid and Sumerian periods until the Babylonian and Hellenistic periods. The three cities were major religious, political, economic and cultural centers which emerged and grew during a period of profound change in human history. These three components of the property bear witness to the full repertoire of the contribution of southern Mesopotamian cultures to the development of ancient Near Eastern urbanized societies and the history of mankind as a whole: the construction of monumental public works and structures in the form of ziqqurats, temples, palaces, city walls, and hydraulic works; a class structured society reflected in the urban layout which included royal tombs and palaces, sacred precincts, public storehouses, areas dedicated to industries, and extensive residential neighborhoods; the centralized control of resources and surplus which gave rise to the first writing system and administrative archives; and conspicuous consumption of imported goods. This exceptionally creative period in human history left its marks across place and time.

Uruk – originally situated southwest of the ancient Euphrates River bed, now dry, and on the edges of a marsh – was the biggest settlement in ancient Iraq and the main force of urbanization in southern Mesopotamia in the 4 th millennium BCE. Its archaeological remains illustrate the several phases of the city's growth and decline, the architectural evolution and sophistication of public buildings, and the spatial organization of a vast and complex city with its sacred precincts encircling monumental temples – including two ziqqurats, residential quarters organized by professions, and a canal system that recently earned the city the name of “Venice in the desert”. Uruk developed a full-time bureaucracy, military, and stratified society where writing first came about. The earliest texts known to humanity were found in the Eanna, the temple precinct of the goddess Inanna. The Gilgamesh Epic , the earliest literary text, also originated in Uruk, likely as a reflection of the city’s power and influence which extended to the whole Mesopotamian world and far beyond.

Ur , compared in a Sumerian religious hymn to “a bull standing in the wet reeds”, was the most important Sumerian port on the Arabian Gulf connecting southern Mesopotamia with trade partners as far as India. The capital of Sumer during the 3rd millennium BCE, Ur evolved the most centralized bureaucratic administration the world had yet known and used written records on an unprecedented scale. The more than 80,000 cuneiform tablets uncovered to date on the site give a unique insight into the Mesopotamian world and highlight the importance of the wetland environment for the economy, belief system and literature. Objects from the Royal Tombs of Ur and the city's monumental architectural remains – particularly its famed ziqqurat, but also temples, royal palaces and tombs – stand as emblems of the wealth, power, and sophistication of the 19 | P a g e

Sumerian civilization at its height which continued to be remembered and celebrated by the Babylonians and the Assyrians.

Eridu , which Mesopotamian tradition considered the oldest city in the world predating the Flood, developed in a small depression around a temple built on an islet surrounded by a lagoon. Throughout Mesopotamian history, its temple complex, which later developed into a ziqqurat, remained a major religious Centre and provided the mythical paradigm for the divine foundation of cities around a temple built over a body of freshwater, and for the function of cities as primarily cultic centers. Eridu, which name stood for its E-abzu temple to the freshwater god Enki- Ea, was considered by the Sumerians as the place where kingship originated, and remained a source of knowledge and wisdom into late Mesopotamian Antiquity. The remains of the ziqqurat and the sacred mound that underlies it, where eighteen successive temples were built over a period of 3,000 years, represent the most ancient and best documented testimony of the origin and development of sacred cities and religious architecture in southern Mesopotamia.

4.2.2. Criterion (V) : To be an outstanding example of a traditional human settlement, land-use, or sea-use which is representative of a culture (or cultures), or human interaction with the environment especially when it has become vulnerable under the impact of irreversible change.

The remains of the ancient cities of Uruk , Ur and Eridu – today in the desert but originally situated near freshwater marshes which receded or became saline before drying up – best exemplify the impact of the unstable deltaic landscape of the Tigris and Euphrates upon the rise and fall of large urban centers. Testimonies of this relict wetland landscape are found today in the cities' topography as traces of shallow depressions which held permanent or seasonal marshes, dry waterways and canal beds, and settlement mounds formed upon what were once islets surrounded by marsh water. Architectural elements, archaeological evidence and an important corpus of cuneiform texts further document how the landscape of wetlands – beside providing these urban centers with natural resources used for building, fuel, food and agriculture and with water transportation – contributed to shaping the religious beliefs, cultic practices, and literary and artistic expressions of successive cultures in southern Mesopotamia. As the Arabian Gulf regressed to the south during the 2 nd and 1 st millennia BCE, the landscape of wetlands moved to the southeast of the deltaic plain where new human settlements developed on mounds. The contemporary Ahwar of southern Iraq bear a strong cultural significance as they offer the closest living representation of the environmental context which fostered the development of the first cities and complex societies in the region, and fashioned the worldview of Mesopotamian cultures. The association of the contemporary Ahwar with some of the most prominent and best documented ancient urban centers of southern Iraq allows for understanding the unique ancient cultural landscape of alluvial Mesopotamia where cities were islands embedded in a marshy plain.

4.2.3. Criterion (ix) : To be outstanding examples representing significant on-going ecological and biological processes in the evolution and development of terrestrial, fresh water, coastal and marine ecosystems and communities of plants and animals.

The proposed site contains outstanding examples representing ongoing ecological and biological processes in the evolution and development of terrestrial, fresh and salt water ecosystems and communities of various taxa. The case for the outstanding universal value of the Ahwar under 20 | P a g e criterion (ix) is based on four primary arguments:

Inland delta ecosystem functioning in an extremely hot and arid environment The Ahwar of southern Iraq may be the largest-scale (> 200,000 ha) wetland ecosystem that is located in the most arid environment globally. The grand mosaic of the four components of the property is an exceptional example of ongoing ecological processes which reflect this extreme and harsh environment, particularly regarding the following attributes: 1. Almost complete dependence on riverine influx and negligible direct contribution of precipitation on-site to the water budget; this contributes to the largely external factor driving this ecosystem and pronounced seasonality. 2. Very high water temperatures around or in excess of 30°C in summer with no thermal stratification of the water column. 3. High irradiation (>2,000 kWh m -2 a-1), which together with high nutrient concentrations (Al-Imarah et al., 2006), leads to very high primary production, high dissolved oxygen concentrations throughout the water column and high overall ecosystem productivity. Primary production occurs mainly by reed, submerged and floating macrophytes. 4. Exceptionally high evapotranspiration and an associated trend towards salinization (Al-Saad et al., 2010), which is further aggravated by anthropogenic factors (Al-Maroofi et al. 2012). 5. Unusually strong dependence of the surroundings, including the human population, on the regulating (e.g. microclimate regulation, dust storm reduction, water purification), provisioning (e.g. water, reed, pasture, fish and meat) and cultural ecosystem services provided by the Ahwar of southern Iraq.

The Ahwar have been witness to long term ecological succession dating back to the ice ages, as well as seasonal cyclical succession. Both successions are driven by non-biological processes (mainly hydrological and geomorphological) which create the foundation of an ecological paradise. The Ahwar have acquired the unique capability of sustaining their ecosystems throughout the ages despite successive natural and manmade pressures.

The unique hydrological system of the Ahwar is in itself an outstanding natural phenomenon, representing a wetland that fluctuates in size in a seasonal manner. Each of the four natural components of the property has its own particular hydrological system which stands independent of the others; thus creating a grand mosaic extending from freshwater dominated marshes in the case of the Huwaizah, through the extensive habitats of the Central Marshes, then descending to the brackish low-salt marshes in the East and West Hammar, and finally reaching the highest salt content in proximity to the sea.

Endemic and restricted range species/subspecies and ongoing speciation The active ecological processes in the Ahwar create a spectrum of ecological habitats for flora and fauna which has specifically led to the adaptation and evolution of a significant number of animal taxa of an endemic and restricted range nature. These include four mammals including the endemic Bunn’s Short-tailed Bandicot Rat and a subspecies of the Smooth-Coated Otter, in addition to the restricted range species 21 | P a g e of Mesopotamian Gerbil and Euphrates Jerboa. Further, the Ahwar harbours five taxa of birds including the endemic species of Basra Reed Warbler and Iraq Babbler, in addition to the three restricted range subspecies of the Little Grebe, the Black Francolin and the Hooded Crow.

Further, the water bodies of the property are a primary habitat for six restricted-range fish species: Luciobarbus esocinus, L. xanthopterus, L. subquincunciatus, Cyprinion kais, Silurus triostegus and Mesopotamechthys sharpeyi.

In addition, the Ahwar harbour three bird populations that exist here thousands of kilometers away from their core global populations in Africa, including the African Darter, the Sacred Ibis, and the Goliath Heron. These are likely to be relict populations from past periods of much larger range extensions. This testifies to the extraordinary refuge function of the Ahwar in the face of historical range contractions, and hence to their paramount importance for biodiversity conservation. It has also lead to geographically clearly separated populations in place of formerly continuous species ranges. Hence, a first stage of ongoing speciation is represented, complementing later stages such as those represented by species and subspecies that are almost or fully restricted to the Ahwar. In combination, restricted range species, subspecies and isolated populations of various vertebrate taxa can be considered as evidence of active ongoing adaptation and speciation processes in the Ahwar. Finally, the Ahwar also represent a safe refuge for many other endangered species of animals and birds in particular.

Migration, particularly Waterbirds, Fish and Crustaceans The bird migration and the migration of fish and shrimp species which occur within the property’s habitats reflect an adaptation process by these animals to long-term seasonal fluctuations in water levels and other ecological variables. At least 20 of the 44 fish species of the Ahwar are diadromous species from the Arabian Gulf (Coad, 2010). Most of them frequent the West and particularly East Hammar Marshes, which had already resumed an important role as spawning, nursery and foraging grounds for eleven of them in 2009 (Mohamed et al., 2009). Among them are species of paramount economic importance such as the Hilsa Shad ( Tenulosa ilisha) , which uses the Ahwar as a spawning and nursery area but occurs and is exploited throughout the Arabian Gulf and beyond, where it contributes significantly to overall catches (Al-Dubakel, 2011). A parallel example among the invertebrates is the commercially important Penaeid Shrimp ( Metapenaeus affinis) , which uses the East Hammar as a nursery area (Salman et al., 1990). These examples show that the Ahwar of southern Iraq not only are an outstanding ecosystem by themselves but also play a leading role to support lifecycles of fauna, ecosystem functioning and provisioning ecosystem services in the downstream Arabian Gulf.

The fact that the Ahwar are the only suitable large-scale wetland system within thousands of kilometers along two primary bird migration routes leads to their recognition as one of the largest West Eurasian-Caspian-Nile staging points and also wintering grounds for ducks. They are also important as a major stopover point for shorebird species flying along the West Asian-East African flyway. As a result, the Ahwar are considered to be a primary and critically located component of cross-continental flyways, particularly for West-Asian migratory water birds from western Eurasia. Historical abundance of migratory waterbirds in the Ahwar numbered into the millions, and currently, increasing numbers of migratory birds are already being recorded on the property as a result of its restoration since 2003. 22 | P a g e

Ecosystem resilience The Ahwar have developed an amazing ecological resilience - i.e. an ability to maintain and restore ecological process integrity and ecosystem function in spite of external disturbance. It has always been the case that the Ahwar would come back to life after destructive events. This remarkable adaptive capacity against fluctuations and environmental change, in addition to the velocity of recovery processes, has been a characteristic of the Ahwar for thousands of years. While high ecological resilience is considered a general feature of many wetlands, the Ahwar of Iraq are set apart by the fact that the last dramatic recovery process took place very recently, right after the drastic destruction of the Ahwar during the second half of the last century and the re-flooding of the Ahwar at the beginning of the new millennium.

4.2.4. Criterion (x) : To contain the most important and significant natural habitats for in-situ conservation of biological diversity, including those containing threatened species of outstanding universal value from the point of view of science or conservation.

The proposed site contains highly important and significant habitats for in-situ conservation of biological diversity, including those containing threatened species of high conservation and scientific importance.

The Ahwar of southern Iraq are one of the world’s most important freshwater ecosystems situated within an extremely arid environment with some of the highest evaporation and transpiration levels, and some of the lowest levels of rainfall. They can be considered a "wetland island in a vast ocean of desert". The Ahwar embrace a mosaic of habitats critical for a significant number of taxa, including globally threatened and range- restricted species and isolated populations, thus creating a site of global caliber in terms of species of conservation priority.

Overall species richness Recent records from the Ahwar include a wide variety of species from different taxa encompassing 264 bird species and 44 species of fish (24 freshwater and 20 marine). There are also 38 mammal species if historical records from the 20th Century are included. In addition, 18 reptile species, 3 species of amphibians, 25 Odonata species and 371 plant species are known from the area.

Species of global conservation importance The Ahwar host 12 globally threatened bird species, such as the vulnerable Marbled Teal. More than 40% of their global population spends the winter on the property. Another vulnerable species, the Basra Reed-Warbler, which is a restricted-range species, has more than 70% of its breeding population in the Marshes.

The Ahwar also include critical natural habitats for three threatened mammal species, including the Smooth-coated Otter and the Bunn’s Bandicot Rat, with no recent records of the latter subsequent to the drainage that occurred before 2000.

23 | P a g e

As for reptiles, the Euphrates Soft-shell Turtle is an endangered species that is only known from a few localities in Iraq and Iran, whereas Murray’s Comb-fingered Gecko has a restricted range limited to the Ahwar, Shatt Al Arab and the Iranian western shores on the Arabian Gulf. It was recently evaluated as data deficient on the regional level of the Ahwar, which leaves open the possibility that it is also a threatened species globally.

Lastly, a recent regional assessment of 30 taxa (2 plants, 3 fish, 2 mammals, 1 reptile, and 22 birds) revealed the occurrence of 5 critically endangered species, 12 endangered species, and 13 vulnerable species all on the regional level of the Ahwar.

Irreplaceability of the Ahwar for threatened species The number of threatened species occurring at a site is not the only aspect of its potential OUV with regard to World Heritage criterion (x). Its irreplaceability is another key attribute. 19 endemic taxa (including species and subspecies) occur in the Ahwar, of which 2 species and 3 subspecies are birds, 3 species and 1 subspecies are mammals, 2 species are reptiles, 6 species are fish, and 1 species are from the order Odonata. In addition, the Ahwar harbour globally significant numbers (more than one percent of global population) of 68 waterbirds species. This further underlines the function of this property as a crucial knot in the fabric of bird migration routes, and also its importance for vertebrates in general.

24 | P a g e

SECTION V. Integrity and Authenticity

5.1. Integrity of the Cultural Components

The three cultural components included in the property offer a comprehensive picture of the Ubaid and Sumerian urbanization process within their original marshlands environment. All the major archaeological and architectural features of Eridu, Uruk, and Ur are contained within the boundaries of the property ensuring that each component part bears a complete significance and contributes to expressing the Outstanding Universal Value of the property as a whole.

The use of mud as the main building material in southern Mesopotamia creates specific conservation conditions. The toll which the passing of time took on the abandoned southern Mesopotamian cities is heavier than in the case of stone or fired brick architecture found in other regions of the ancient world where remains can be monumental and visually impressive. Yet the remains of the four ziqqurats of Eridu, Uruk and Ur, however eroded, still tower over the desert landscape and provide a striking visual testimony of the antiquity and durability of the most emblematic architectural features of Mesopotamian cities.

Layers of sedimentation protected the remains of Uruk, Ur and Eridu until the 20 th century when archaeological excavations exposed several buildings anew. Eridu’s excavated remains were later reburied except for the ziqqurat. In Uruk and Ur there were some instances of incompatible materials used to consolidate or protect the remains, whereas others were left exposed with the result that some have become affected by erosion caused mainly by rain and dust storms. This situation is however reversible and being addressed in the management plans developed for the property. Furthermore, large areas of the three cities are still unearthed, leaving room for further study of archaeological and conservation techniques respectful of the property’s integrity.

Uruk, Ur and Eridu are protected under the Iraqi Law of Antiquities and Heritage and are provided with personnel to ensure the protection and monitoring of the antiquities. Lastly, only Ur has suffered limited and reversible damages during the recent conflict and remedial measures are introduced under the management plan.

5.2. Integrity of the Natural Components and their Associated Cultural Values

The four natural components of the property and their associated corridors comprise a vast region of over 210,000 ha, thus being of sufficient size to adequately support all key natural values including the ongoing ecological and biological processes occurring in the terrestrial, water and marshland ecosystems. The large size of the associated buffer zones around each of the four components, totalling more than 200,000 additional hectares, further serves the long term protection of the property on a whole as well as at the component level.

25 | P a g e

The four components embrace the vast majority of the breeding grounds of key bird species within different regions of the property. The breeding grounds are areas of low human intervention where reed vegetation is used to build nests on the banks of the small islets abundant in the area which are surrounded with extensive water bodies located in isolation from the dry lands and away from potential predators.

Numerous populations of more than 197 species of migrating water birds associated with the Palearctic region settle on the property and spend winter periods here during their west Eurasia-Caspian-Nile and Eurasian-Africa route migrations. It is evident today that the numbers of landing migrating birds is increasing on the property, paralleling the improving levels of rehabilitation. Further, increasing records of the occurrence of globally threatened species are being documented, hence reflecting positively on the property’s ecological integrity. The 1994 report on the IBAs of the Marshes was further enhanced and confirmed in 2009 with evidence of a significant increase in numbers of species and individual birds.

In contrast, there are several introduced species which occur in the Ahwar and may have potential impacts on native species. A clear example is the introduction of the Heteropneustes fossilis fish in the 1950’s to combat bilharzia. Further, in the 1990’s Tilapia zillii , Carassius carassius , and several carp species were also introduced. It is, however, important to state that monitoring schemes have revealed negligible impact of these introduced species on the integrity of the ecosystem, particularly how they relate to the status and distribution of native fish species.

The existing legal frameworks in relationship to the Ahwar are well developed with the Protected Area Bylaw N. 2 endorsed by the Council of Ministers in 2014 The bylaw was developed to reflect Iraq’s national strategic outlook in regard to the protection and sustainability of its natural heritage in addition to its long-term commitment and obligation towards the various international treaties and conventions addressing environmental protection, biological conservation and wetland management. The legal framework also recognizes the management plans of the various components and protected areas, in Iraq in general and in the Ahwar in particular, as key legal tools needed for the long term protection of natural heritage.

Two of the four natural components have an existing legal designation. The first is for the Huwaizah Marshes which are Iraq’s prime Ramsar Site declared in 2007 and fully recognized by the government of Iraq, and the second is the Central Marshes declared as a national park in 2013 to become the first protected area officially established in the country.

The maintenance and improvement of the conservation status of the Ahwar is of high national priority, and the conservation measures are all geared towards the maintenance and promotion of the Outstanding Universal Value.

The key factors addressed in the legal and management frameworks for the four natural components of the property are related to fluctuating water quality and quantity, illegal hunting and fishing, harvesting of vegetation cover, and oil extraction. The evaluation of such challenges is undertaken by the Ministry of Environment and other national and international partner organizations, and has currently revealed that such 26 | P a g e constraints are of limited impact on the key natural attributes.

There is no oil prospecting or extraction within the boundaries of the properties. However, the buffer zone includes several oil concessions of high national priority which are subject to high level restrictions in terms of environment and social impacts and safeguards.

The government of Iraq is fully committed to maintaining the water budget needed for the restoration of 75% of the Ahwar using the 1973 reference point. The upstream challenges and pressures beyond the state boundaries remain a key concern for the water quantity reaching the Ahwar, however, this will be an ongoing challenge assertively addressed through the various legal instruments and technical solutions adopted. Starting from 2003, the waters of the marshes were restored to the majority of their localities as part of a basin-wide master plan developed by a multidisciplinary platform comprising all key interest agencies and groups.

Further, the above mentioned master plan adopted a series of supportive and alternative sources of water to rehabilitate the maximum possible surface area such as the usage of the Main Outfall Drain starting in 2009, and the establishment of soil embankments across the banks of the Euphrates. Both actions led to improved levels of rehabilitation, especially for the Hammar Marshes and the Central Marshes.

There are no main paved roads that cross the key components and sensitive localities within the property. The local populations do utilize some of the natural resources, with the highest levels of use recorded in the Central Marshes. However, all use has been carefully considered in the management plans for the natural components with a view to regulating this use so as to allow for a balance between ecological restoration and the maintenance of Marsh-based livelihoods and culture.

The buffer zone of the natural components is carefully designed, with the ultimate goal being to maximize the Ahwar restoration and ecosystem rehabilitation with a sustainable long term water flow, and to absorb most of the direct and indirect impacts caused by the various pressure sources on the property. The buffers were developed adopting the following principles: • The maintenance of the physical continuity of key habitats and ecological corridors for key taxa occurring on the property; • The minimization of the impacts of the human induced threats and pressures on the property such as oil prospecting and exploration; • The protection of key upstream water sources within the Iraqi jurisdiction through utilizing the integrated water resource management approach. The water share of the Ahwar is maintained and secured through the approved annual water budget set by the Ministry of Water in close cooperation with the Ministry of Environment.

On the other hand, fishing and hunting of birds and animals does represent a continuing challenge to the property’s animals. However, this is currently being fully addressed in the new management planning frameworks developed for the property with emphasis on effective monitoring, awareness raising and the development of alternatives for all uses that pose a threat to the site’s natural attributes.

27 | P a g e

Further, the natural components of the property receive a limited numbers of visitors, with most visitation taking place by researchers, university and school students, and journalists. All these together do not represent a significant threat to the site integrity or its conservation.

The archaeological sites located inside the four natural components of the property have been protected against mad-made damage by water levels and difficult access. A limited number of mounds are used periodically by small human communities who pursue non–destructive livelihoods, using light reed structures for dwellings, fishing and breeding water buffaloes. Adequate conservation measures are provided for these sites in management plans for the various natural components of the property.

5.3. Authenticity of the Cultural Components

Considering the particulars of mud architecture, the conditions of authenticity as regards the material and substance are considered to be met by the visible presence of a series of emblematic public buildings in the three cultural components of the property. Previous excavations at Ur and Eridu have concentrated on monumental public buildings and allowed for a good understanding of the spatial organization of the political, administrative and religious sections of the cities. Much less excavation has taken place in peripheral areas, particularly at Uruk, yielding little information as regards residential and industrial quarters. In Ur, the main harbour, situated outside the boundaries of the property, has yet to be excavated and the boundaries of the property might be extended at a later stage to include it. Existing gaps in the knowledge of the spatial design of the sites are being bridged through the use of remote sensing methods. No major restoration or conservation projects have been carried out with the exception of the 1960s rebuilding of part of the outer shell of the Ur ziqqurat using baked brick and limited amounts of cement. These interventions did not affect the original structure and shape of the monument. Cement was also used in the 1930s to ensure the stability of the Temple of E-dub-lal-mah and the Royal Tombs, as was the standard practice at the time. More recent conservation of the site has been done using compatible material as much as possible. The new conservation approach will ensure that non compatible material is replaced by compatible material. No restoration was undertaken at Uruk and Eridu. In all three sites, mud bricks and fired bricks which are characteristic of Mesopotamian cities are still largely preserved on site. As a whole, the property has retained high degrees of authenticity in material and substance. Authenticity in form and design is also well retained in relation to the urban layout.

As regards location and setting, changes in the water regime have modified the hydrological and ecological environment of southern Iraq as the marshes moved southeastward through space and time. The remains of Uruk, Ur and Eridu are today surrounded by a desert landscape and are at a significant distance from the marsh components of the property and the sea. Taking this ecological reality into consideration, the conditions of authenticity are considered to be met by including in the property the ancient cities of Ur, Uruk and Eridu in conjunction with the Huwaizah, Central, East Hammar and West Hammar Marshes, which bear highly significant ecological and scientific values and, as such, offer the closest living representation of the conditions in which the earliest and longest-lived cities formed in alluvial Mesopotamia.

28 | P a g e

SECTION VI. Threats to the Conservation of the Property

6.1. Key Threats

All identified key threats affecting the status of conservation of the natural and cultural attributes and values of the property are listed below . These threats are addressed in detail under Sections II and III of the Management Plan.

Table 1.3. Key Threats to the Conservation of the Property Threats Huwaizah Central Marshes East Hammar West Hammar Uruk Ur Eridu Sites in the Ahwar Infrastructure Development Very low Low Low Low Low Medium Very low Very low Modification of hydrological High Very high Very high High N/A N/A N/A Medium Systems (droughts + floods) Agriculture Expansion Very low Low Low Low Medium Medium Very low Very low Mining/oil Very low High Medium Low Very low Very low Very low Very low Water Pollution Very low Low Very low Low N/A N/A N/A Low Solid Waste Very low Medium High Very low Very low Very low Very low Medium Climate Change Low No data No data No data Very low Very low Very low Very low Desertification Very low Very low Very low Very low Very low Very low Very low Very low Fishing Medium High Medium Very high N/A N/A N/A Medium Hunting Low High High Very high N/A N/A N/A Medium Grazing/animal husbandry Very low Very high Low Medium N/A N/A N/A Medium Invasive and Exotic Species No data No data No data No data N/A N/A N/A N/A Military/security activities Medium Very low Very low Very low Very low Medium Very low Very low Natural Catastrophes Very low Very low Very low Very low Very low Very low Very low Very low Tourism and Visitor Pressure Very low Low Very low Very low Very low Low Very low Very low Lack of regular maintenance/ Medium Very high High High High High Medium Low conservation interventions Improper conservation N/A N/A N/A N/A Medium Medium Low Very low interventions Water and/or N/A N/A N/A N/A Very High Very high Very high Medium wind erosion Invasive vegetation growth N/A N/A N/A N/A Medium Medium Medium Very low Uncontrolled Low High Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium access/trespassing

29 | P a g e

6.2. Dams and Oil-Related Activities

The operation and construction of upstream dams on the waterways feeding the Ahwar, together with oil-related activities in the vicinity of the property, are recognised as major threats to the natural system of the Ahwar. Challenges and pressures are exerted inside and beyond national boundaries. The Government of Iraq will continue to address them assertively through various legal and policy instruments, and to manage and mitigate them through technical solutions.

The Government of Iraq is fully committed to maintaining the water budget needed for the restoration of 75% of the Ahwar using the 1973 reference point. With this objective in mind, the water share of the Ahwar is secured through the approved annual water budget set by the MoWR in close cooperation with the MoE. Supportive and alternative sources of water have been allocated to rehabilitate the maximum possible surface area. This has been accomplished, in particular, through the usage of the Main Outfall Drain starting in 2009, and the establishment of soil embankments across the Euphrates. Both actions had led to improved levels of rehabilitation, especially for the Hammar Marshes and the Central Marshes. Furthermore, the buffer zones of the natural components were developed, inter alia, to protect key upstream water sources within the Iraqi jurisdiction through utilizing the integrated water resource management approach. Finally, inscription of the property on the World Heritage List is expected to give additional leverage to the Government of Iraq in its on-going bilateral negotiations with its upstream neighbours on the issue of regional water allocation.

There are no oil concessions, exploration or extraction within the boundaries of the property. However, the buffer zone includes several oil concessions of high national priority which were granted before the Government of Iraq took the decision to nominate the property for inscription on the World Heritage List. Two approaches are envisioned to avoid the potential negative impact of the oil industry on the property. On the one hand, exploration and extraction are subject to high legal restrictions. They cannot be implemented before an Environmental and Social Impact Assessment has been conducted, whereas any plan for further development put forth by the Ministry of Oil (MoO) needs to be approved by the MoE, MoWR and MoTA. These safeguards allow the main line ministries concerned with the conservation of the property to block any extension of oil-related activities within the boundaries and buffer zones of the property. On the other hand, several of the international oil companies granted concessions in the south of Iraq have Social and Environmental Responsibility Policies which the Government of Iraq will harness to ensure these companies' commitments to the respect of the values and integrity of the property.

6.3 Risk Preparedness

The National Committee for World Heritage (NCWH), as the overarching body coordinating between institutions concerned with the management of the property, will develop a Risk Preparedness Plan in consultation with all stakeholders with a view to addressing, managing and mitigating all key risks, included those related to the operation and construction of dams and the oil industry.

30 | P a g e

SECTION VII. Legal and Institutional Foundations for the Management of the Property

7.1. Existing Legal Framework

The current legal frameworks effective in Iraq, along with those under development and supported by international conventions and treaties, address the strategic goal of protecting and sustaining the ecosystems and sites of significant cultural and natural heritage – including wetlands and archaeological sites – throughout Iraq. Various laws, bylaws and regulations support the protection and sustainable management of the various areas through defining cooperation and coordination mechanisms between relevant agencies. The following table summarizes the different legal instruments and regulatory tools relevant to the protection of the natural and cultural attributes of the property.

Table 1.4. National and International Legal Instruments and Regulatory Tools Relevant to the Protection of the Property National Legal Instruments International Instruments Adopted by Iraq St ate Board of Antiquities and Heritage Law No. 45 2000 World Heritage Convention 1974 Water Resources Protection Bylaw No. 2 2001 Ramsar Convention 2008 Antiquity and Heritage Law No. 55 2002 Convention on Biological Diversity 2009 Constitution of I raq 2005 Framework Convention on Climate Change and Kyoto Protocols 2009 Investment Law No. 13 2006 Convention for Combating Desertification 2010 Ministry of Environmental Law No. 37 2008 Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species 2014 Water Resources Law No. 50 2008 Ministry of Planning Law No. 19 2009 Protection and Enhancement of the Environment Law No. 27 2009 Wildlife Protection Law No. 17 2010 Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities Law No. 13 2012 Prote cted Area Establishment and Management Bylaw No. 2 2014 Other National Regulatory Tools Poverty Reduction Strategy 2009 National Development Plan (2013-2017) 2013 Strategy on Water and Land Resources of Iraq (SWLRI) 2010 Integrated National Energy Strategy for 2013-2030 (INES) 2013 National Environmental Strategy and Action Plan for Iraq 2013 (2013-2017) Draft Mandate of the National Committee for World Heritage 2014

31 | P a g e

Part III (Management Plans of the Cultural Component Parts) of this Consolidated Management Plan offers an evaluation of the existing legal framework with a view to: • Assessing the overall enabling environment for the protection, conservation, management, presentation, stakeholder participation and sustainability of the cultural attributes of the proposed property; • Determining to what level the obligations to the World Heritage Convention are met and protection is enforced at the country level under existing legislations and regulations; • Offering recommendations for enhancing the existing legal framework for the protection of the cultural attributes of the property.

As regards ecosystem management, Part II (Management Plans of the Natural Component Parts) reviews the existing legal mechanisms and concludes that: • The aim of these mechanisms is to enhance the role of the executive bodies in the implementation of sound environmental management, and reduction of environmental pollution caused by wrong practices and over-utilization of resources; • Each law has a specific field for which it is applicable and thus the laws are complementary and cover most legal protection needs for the natural attributes of the property.

7.2. Existing Institutional and Strategic Frameworks

The natural components are managed primarily by the Ministry of Environment (MoE) in coordination with the Ministry of Water Resources (MoWR) and in association with local governments and national civil society organizations . The MoE and MoWR play the role of general facilitators in the development and adoption of annual plans addressing the conservation and development of the natural components.

Several previous strategies and conservation-oriented plans have also been adopted either specifically for the Marshlands or are of relevance to the area considered in their largest extent – that is beyond the boundaries and buffer zones of the proposed natural components. These include the New Eden Plan, the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan, the National Environmental Strategy and Action Plan, and a National Development Plan (2013-2017). Further, the MoE has adopted a very clear vision for the active engagement and participation in related international treaties and conventions such as the Ramsar Convention, Convention on Biological Diversity, the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species, the Convention on Migratory Species, and the African-Eurasian Water Bird Agreement. These include extensive training programs in the fields of scientific research and monitoring, protected areas, and wetland management, with the aim to ensure the highest levels of management of the property.

Further, international cooperation organizations play a significant role in supporting the national efforts of the site’s conservation and protection through the adoption and provision of needed technical and financial support geared towards the effective long-term management of 32 | P a g e the property, particularly since 2003 when the rehabilitation program started.

Part II (Management Plans of the Natural Component Parts) provides a complete list of institutional and civil society stakeholders involved in the use and management of the natural components of the property, together with a stakeholder analysis and results of the consultation process undertaken during the first half of 2015.

As for the cultural components and the archaeological sites inside the natural components, the State Board of Antiquities and Heritage (SBAH), currently under the Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities (MoTA), is the main authority directly responsible for the follow up of the conditions and conservation of these properties. At the governorate level, Antiquity and Heritage Directorates (AHD) are directly responsible for ensuring the conservation, management and monitoring of archaeological sites inside their respective jurisdiction. They are assisted by the Antiquity and Heritage Police that maintains a permanent presence at Uruk and Ur and regularly patrols the site of Eridu. A number of foreign archaeological missions are involved in research and conservation works in Ur and Uruk. Prior to the development of this management planning framework, there existed no strategic planning for the conservation of these archaeological sites.

33 | P a g e

SECTION VIII. Overarching Management System of the Property

This section clarifies the mechanism ensuring coordination and cooperation between all parties involved in the management and development of the property. It highlights responsible actors, lines of authority, and coordination mechanisms. Detailed management systems for the natural components and cultural components are included in Parts II and III of the Consolidated Management Plan.

Iraq is a State Party to the World Heritage Convention since 1974. With a view to better fulfilling Iraq's commitments under this convention, an inter-ministerial National Committee for World Heritage (NCWH) was created in 2013 with membership from the MoE and MoTA. It is within this body's mandate to be the national authority ensuring the oversight of Iraqi properties inscribed on the World Heritage List.

In the prospect of the inscription of The Ahwar of Southern Iraq on the World Heritage list, the NCWH will: • Become the overarching body coordinating management arrangements between concerned government institutions for the seven components of the property; • Invite other concerned ministries to join the NCWH, in priority the MoWR, Ministry of Oil (MoO), and Ministry of Agriculture (MoA). • Provide guidance to the main management agencies to ensure that the protection and management of the property meet World Heritage standards particularly as regards risk preparedness and monitoring of the various indicators set in the Management Plan; • Ensure sufficient allocation of human and financial resources for the protection and conservation of the property; • Be charged with periodic reporting to the World Heritage Committee on the state of conservation of the property.

Figure 1.1. Proposed Overarching Management System of the Property

National Committee for World Heritage (NCWH)

MoE, MoTA, MoC, MoWR, MoO, MoA, etc

Team of Technical Advisors (TTA)

Deputy Minister of Technical Assistant to the Minister of

Archaeology Environment

State Board of Archaeology Wetlands, Marshlands and Natural and Heritage (SBAH) Resources Management Department

34 | P a g e

SECTION IX. Vision, Goals and Strategic Objectives

9.1. Visions Statement for the Property

On the basis of initial consultations with stakeholders, the authors of this Management Plan have drafted the following long-term vision for the marshes and the archaeological sites that compose the property:

The Awhar are an outstanding place where people, nature and cultural sites exist in harmony. The marshes' habitats and ecosystems are durably restored, with high levels and quality of water, and are teaming with wildlife. Inhabitants are free to enjoy livelihoods and cultural traditions based on their immemorial relation to the marshes. Cultural sites are studied, conserved, protected and contribute to local development. Natural and cultural values are appreciated and respected by the inhabitants and the Iraqi people as a whole. All components of the property are accessible to visitors respectful of this extraordinary place.

This vision statement will be further refined through a more comprehensive consultation process with the managing authorities and the stakeholders in the property on the basis of the following principles: • The vision should be a statement which: Captures the expectations of all stakeholders, and represent s a consensus. Creates a clear, inspirational but realistic picture of what it is hoped the property will be like in 20-30 years. Furthers local, national and international conservation principles and standards. Shows how the values and integrity of the property are to be safeguarded and improved. Fully respects the important values of the property and ensures their conservation. Functionally links the property to its surrounding landscapes. Identifies how the property contributes to the improved welfare of local people, and resonates with the social, economic and environmental aspirations of the stakeholders in the area, consistent with the overriding requirement for protection of its values.

9.2. Overall Strategic Management Goals and Objectives

The overall strategic management goal is to protect the integrity and authenticity of the property’s physical natural and cultural attributes – and hence their global value – over the long-term.

In order to attain this goal, management plans for each component of the property have been developed along the following strategic common objectives : 35 | P a g e

1. Protect all components of the property from the mains threats susceptible to impact their integrity, authenticity, and key attributes. Such threats include, in particular, development and environmental pressures, neglect and unsustainable use. 2. Communicate and advocate the importance and values of the property's natural and cultural heritage to the Iraqi and international public including local communities, civil society, institutions and decision-makers, scientists and visitors. 3. Facilitate the involvement of all key stakeholders, including local communities, in the planning, management and monitoring of the property from environmental, cultural, social and economic perspectives. 4. Coordinate with the international community on the management of the property in terms of funding, joint programming, monitoring and development. 5. Ensure that legal and administrative mechanisms, together with human and financial resources, are in place to achieve the above objectives.

9.3. Specific Management Goal and Objectives for the Natural Components

The conservation of the natural components of the property adopts the integrated ecosystem-based approach to biodiversity conservation and ecological sustainability (as developed by the Convention on Biological Diversity – CBD). Under this approach, the Marshlands are treated as an ecosystem comprising institutional, ecological and socioeconomic components. This last component encompasses cultural attributes and values. The interdependence of these components underlines the fact that ecosystem management is not about the natural system alone, but about the entire complex of nature, people and their management systems.

The overall management goal for the four natural components of the property has therefore been defined as follows: To integrate natural and cultural resource management for the Marshlands so as to ensure that the region's key biodiversity and cultural attributes are conserved on the long-term and provide sustainable benefits for the present and future well-being of the Iraqi people, especially those whose livelihoods and cultural identity rely directly on the Marshlands.

The strategic goal for the institutional component is: To establish effective national institutional mechanisms to ensure the integrated management of natural and cultural resources in the Marshlands at local, national and international levels .

The strategic goal for the ecological component is: To ensure the long-term conservation of the Marshlands and the provision of existing ecosystem services as well as ecological fluxes for the benefit of all the organisms depending on it.

36 | P a g e

The strategic goal for the socioeconomic component is: To sustainably and equitably use the natural and cultural resources of the Marshlands and support the marsh-based livelihoods and culture of local communities

The following strategic objectives provide a framework for achieving strategic goals and at the same time integrating sectoral operational objectives.

The institutional objectives are: • To establish well-defined and effective management institutions for the sustainable management of the Marshlands. • To improve the planning and regulatory framework for the sustainable development of the Marshlands. • To create communication tools for the purpose of raising public awareness, enhancing knowledge and also for information exchange and learning about the Marshlands.

The ecological objectives are: • To conserve the ecological functions of the Marshland ecosystems, and the interactions between them. • To maintain or restore the wetland habitats and ecosystems of the Marshlands within their normal thresholds.

The socioeconomic objectives are: • To implement effectively the principals of the ecosystem approach for the sustainable use of the Marshlands natural resources for the long term benefit of all stakeholders. • To develop socioeconomic opportunities for local communities in particular allowing the maintenance of marsh-based livelihoods and culture. • To durably protect, conserve, study and raise awareness about the archaeological sites within the natural components.

9.4. Specific Management Goal and Objectives for the Cultural Components

37 | P a g e

• Management and infrastructure development; • Interpretation, education, visitation, and tourism; • Awareness building and partnerships.

On that basis, the overall management goal for the three cultural components of the property has been defined as follows: To ensure the long-term conservation of all the archaeological remains included in the property, limiting negative impacts while respecting the value of this heritage for local people and visitors, and providing economic benefits to local stakeholders based on the sustainable use of these sites.

Strategic objectives for each set of constituents are as follows: • Protection objectives: To provide for legal, institutional and planning mechanisms allowing the effective implementation of site-specific management plans together with coordinated management at the overall property level. • Research objectives: To foster and regulate excavation and research, encourage public archaeology, and develop national documentation capacities. • Conservation objectives: To develop and implement coordinated, sustainable and cost-effective conservation plans and actions, including monitoring and maintenance regimes. • Capacity building objectives: To establish, improve and sustain the required technical and professional capabilities for the efficient protection, conservation and management of each site. • Management and infrastructure development objectives: To establish, improve and sustain the required management system and infrastructure for the efficient protection, conservation and management of each site. • Interpretation, education, visitation, and tourism objectives: To disseminate high-standard knowledge about the sites, and provide a quality visiting and educational experience aligned on international standards. • Awareness building and partnerships objectives: To encourage the local population and authorities to be partners in protecting the sites and their surroundings, and allow local communities to benefit from visitation and tourism activities.

38 | P a g e

SECTION X. Operational Objectives and Timeframe

This section outlines the main operational objectives for the conservation of all attributes and values of the property with their timeframes. These objectives form the basis for the Action Plans included in Parts II and III of this Consolidated Management Plan.

Table 1.5. Operational Objectives, Responsible Actors and Timeframe Operational Objective Responsible Actor(s) Timeframe Activate the National Committee for World Heritage (NCWH); invit e ministries concerned by the property (MoWR, MoE + MoTA Mid 2015 MoO, MoA, etc.) to be represented and approve its mandate. Establish a Team of Technical Advisors (TTA) under the NCWH that will play the major coordination role within and NCWH End 2015 between concerned government agencies at national and governorate levels. Improve institutional capacity for the protection of the natural components by establishing a new Nature MoE End 2015 Conservation Agency (NCA) linked institutionally to the Cabinet of Ministers. Improve legal framework for protection of archaeological sites by applying pressure to speed up revision of the MoTA End 2015 Antiquity and Heritage Law. Sign an MoU with MoWR and MoE pertaining to the protection and conservation of archaeological sites inside the MoTA End 2015 natural components of the property, including those that may be identified in the future. Develop and start implementing effective outreach and communication strategy amongst stakeholders in the MoE + MoTA End 2015 property to ensure their effective participation in conservation efforts and the full development of a Vision Statement for the property. Develop a resource mobilization strategy to ensure adequate funding for the protection, conservation and NCWH End 2015 developm ent of all components of the property on the basis of the Consolidated Management Plan. MoE + MoTA Ensure that national, regional and local development plans are compatible with the values of the property. MoE + MoTA Early 2016 NCWH Institutionalise participatory local mechanisms through MoUs with local communities and the creation of Local MoE + MoTA Early 2016 Steering Committees. Develop a Risk Preparedness Plan in consultation with all stakeholders. NCWH Mid 2016 MoE + MoTA Engage with international oil companies in the south of Iraq to ensure their commitments to respect the values and MoE + MoTA Mid 2016 integrity of the property. + MoO + NCWH

39 | P a g e

Carry out baseline survey of keystone and indicator species within the natural components. MoE Mid 2016 Develop a research strategy and plan (including excavation) for archaeological sites. MoTA Mid 2016 Document intangible cultural heritage and traditional environmental knowledge and practices inside the natural MoE + MoC End 2016 components thus meeting the requirements of the 2003 UNESCO Convention on the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. Improve on-the-ground protection of archaeological sites by marking boundaries and buffer zones, and fencing MoTA + Local End 2016 sites including those excavated inside the natural components. Governments + Municipalities Finalise training of 50% of concerned staff in all relevant aspects of conservation, monitoring, and risk MoE + MoTA End 2016 preparedness. NCWH Develop and start implementing detailed conservation plans for all components of the property ensuring compliance MoE + MoTA End 2016 with guidelines from WH, Ramsar, CBD, ICOMOS and IUCN. NCWH Renew engagement with upstream neighbours (Syria, Iran and Turkey) to ensure an adequate flow of water NCWH + MoWR End 2016 entering the Marshlands. MoFA Attain minimum required management structures for all the components. MoE + MoTA Early 2017 Draft a new law for the Marshlands to ensure the effective operation of the management system. MoE + MoTA Early 2017 NCWH Improve planning process(es) by establishing a permanent specialised presence of SBAH inside planning MoTA Early 2017 committees at all levels. Establish a national water quality and quantity monitoring system to improve the decision-making process. MoWR Early 2017 Develop an integrated research strategy for the property. MoE + MoTA Mid 2017 Conduct a comprehensive study on the economic valuation of the ecosystem services within the Marshlands to MoE Mid 2017 enhance the existing decision making process. Establish a monitoring and maintenance regime for all archaeological sites. MoTA Mid 2017 Improve accessibility and updating of data and information about the natural components to ensure better MoE + MoTA End 2017 planning and management of key biodiversity and cultural attributes. MoWR + MoA NCWH Finalise training of 100% of concerned staff to establish full technical and professional capabilities for the MoE + MoTA End 2017 management contingent of all the components of the property. NCWH

40 | P a g e

Develop and implement range carrying capacity guidelines for fishing and grazing practices within the natural MoE + MoA Early 2018 components. Organize local, national and international awareness raising campaigns to reduce the negative impacts of NCWH Early 2018 development activities in the property. MoE + MoTA Prepare and implement socio-economic guidelines for key sectors to streamline actions addressing illiteracy, gender MoEd + MoL + Mid 2018 issues, poverty and access to natural resources for maintenance of marsh-based livelihoods. MoLSA + MoA + MoE Complete archaeological surveys in the natural components (Howeizah). MoTA Mid 2018 Incorporate socio-economic guidelines in the Management Plan for the property. MoE + MoTA End 2018 NCWH Establish minimum required infrastructures at the three cultural components, particularly Ur and Uruk, including MoTA End 2018 for visitors (signage and temporary facilities). Declare 100% of the key biodiversity areas (KBA) within the Marshlands as international areas (IBAs, IPAs, Ramsar MoE Early 2019 sites, etc.). Finalise a tourism management plan including a plan to train guides. MoE + MoTA Mid 2019 NCWH Develop education and interpretation plans and material for all components and values of the property. MoTA + MoE + MoC End 2019 + MoEd Declare 50% of the key biodiversity areas (KBA) within the Marshlands as protected areas according to the MoE + NSCPA Early 2020 international standards. Understand and address the significance and specific risks faced by the archaeological sites inside the natural MoTA Early 2020 components . Lead oil companies to rehabilitate and restore 20% of their concessions according to the baseline survey of MoE + MoO Mid 2020 keystone and indicator species. Enhance the public services and infrastructures for local communities living in and around the Marshlands by 40% MoF + MoMPW + End 2020 of the current level. MoWR + MoA + MoH + MoEd + MoO

41 | P a g e

Section XI. Reporting Mechanism

Iraq as a State Party to the World Heritage Convention has an obligation to regularly prepare reports about the state of conservation and the various protection measures put in place at World Heritage sites in the country. These reports allow the World Heritage Committee to assess the conditions at the sites and, eventually, to decide on the necessity of adopting specific measures to resolve recurrent problems. One of such measures could be the inscription of a property on the List of World Heritage in Danger. Reporting also provides a mechanism for regional co-operation and exchange of information and experiences between States Parties to the World Heritage Convention.

Periodic reporting happens every six years. The next deadline for Arab States is 2016.

It is the mandate of the National Committee for World Heritage (NCWH) to prepare such periodic reports along the indicative format prepared by the World Heritage Committee. To allow for the NCWH to gather the necessary information on the state of conservation of the property, Directors of Environment and Antiquities at the level of each concerned governorate will report both to their direct ministerial authority and to the NCWH on the state of conservation of the property's component(s) under their respective jurisdictions.

42 | P a g e

Section XII. Resource Mobilization

Effective implementation of the Management Plan is contingent on the adequate allocate of human and financial resources.

As regards human resources, the MoE and MoTA will train and/or redeploy their existing staff to ensure that, by early 2017, minimum required management structures are attained for all components. By late 2017, 100% of concerned staff will have been trained to establish full technical and professional capabilities for the management contingent of all the components of the property.

As regards financial resources, by the end of 2015, the NCHW, in close coordination with MoE and MoTA, will develop a resource mobilization strategy to ensure adequate funding for the protection, conservation and development of all components of the property on the basis of the Management Plan.

43 | P a g e

PART II. Management Plans of the Natural Component Parts

of The Ahwar of Southern Iraq: Refuge of Biodiversity and Relict Landscape of the Mesopotamian Cities Property Nominated by the Government of Iraq in January 2014 for Inscription on the World Heritage List

44 | P a g e

CONTENTS

Acronyms Chapter I. Issues Common to the Natural Components Chapter II. Management Plan of the Huwaizah Marshes Chapter III. Management Plan of the Central Marshes Chapter IV. Management Plan of the West Hammar Marshes Chapter V. Management Plan of the East Hammar Marshes Chapter VI. Implementation Plan for the Natural Components

45 | P a g e

46 | P a g e

ACRONYMS AHD Antiquity and Heritage Directorate ARC-WH Arab Regional Centre for World Heritage CBD Convention on Biological Diversity CMT Central Management Team CRIMW Centre for the Restoration of the Iraqi Marshlands and Wetlands GoI Government of Iraq IBA Important Bird Area IPA Important Plant Area IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature KBA Key Biodiversity Areas MoA Ministry of Agriculture MoC Ministry of Culture MoE Ministry of Environment MoEd Ministry of Education MoF Ministry of Finance MoFA Ministry of Foreign Affairs MoH Ministry of Health MoHESR Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research MoI Ministry of Interior MoMPW Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works MoO Ministry of Oil MoP Ministry of Planning MoLSA Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs MoST Ministry of Science and Technology MoTA Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities MoU Memorandum of Understanding MoWR Ministry of Water Resources NCWH National Committee for World Heritage NGO Non-Governmental Organization NSCPA National Steering Committee for Protected Areas OUV Outstanding Universal Value ROWA Regional Office for West Asia 47 | P a g e

SBAH State Board of Antiquities and Heritage SMT Site Management Team TTA Team of Technical Advisers UNEP United Nations Environment Programme UNEP-DTIE-IETC UNEP Division of Technology, Industry and Economics – International Environmental Technology Centre UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization WWF World Wide Fund for Nature

48 | P a g e

Chapter I. Issues Common to the Natural Components

49 | P a g e

CONTENTS

Section I. Overview of the Natural Components and their Associated Cultural Values Section II. Key Features Section III. Factors Affecting the Natural Components Section IV. Key Threats Section V. Legal and Policy Framework for Protection and Conservation Section VI. Stakeholders Involved in the Use and Management of the Marshlands Resources Section VII. Proposed Management Structure Section VIII. Proposed World Heritage Compliance Monitoring and Reporting System Section IX. General Management Goals and Objectives Section X. Operational Objectives and Timeframe

50 | P a g e

Section I. Overview of the Natural Components and their Associated Cultural Values

The four natural components of the property are the Huwaizah Marshes , Central Marshes , West Hammar Marshes and East Hammar Marshes , otherwise known as the southern Iraqi Marshes or Ahwar in Arabic. They represent a major part of the alluvial plain which covers vast regions of Iraq. Water covers significant parts of the property throughout the year and often seasonally, leading to the emergence of outstanding bio-geographical features. The Ahwar are a natural phenomenon and major fresh water reservoir of outstanding natural beauty where life flourishes on land and in the water, and which comprises associated cultural values. The surface area of water in the Ahwar fluctuates in size as it depends on the amount of water entering its various basins from a variety of sources, which also depend on the level of rainfall, floods and streams. The Ahwar are categorized as inland wetlands created by riverine marshes, and are characteristic as a lush wetland within a sea of dry desert. This creates a unique environment where biodiversity evolves and adapts in ways that are hardly comparable to other regions of the world. The result of the interaction between the physical and biological components of the Ahwar creates the outstanding mosaic of the Ahwar ecosystem. The Ahwar is currently an ecosystem under rehabilitation but which is estimated to have self-recovered the majority of its attributes that give it its global natural value.

Table 2.1. Centre Point Coordinates of the Natural Components Components Governorate(s) Coordinates of the central point The Huwaizah Marshes Maysan N 31 33 44/E 47 39 28 The Central Marshes Dhi Qar, Maysan N 31 05 07/E 47 03 15 The West Hammar Marshes Dhi Qar N 30 44 21/E 47 26 19 The East Hammar Marshes Basrah N 30 50 30/E 46 41 03

In the 1970s, the size of the Marshlands was estimated to be within the range of 1,000,000 to 1,500,000 ha. In the early 2000s, after the area's drastic man-made desiccation of the 1980s and 1990s, the total area of the Ahwar was less than 10% of the 1973 baseline. After a review and scenario building by the Government of Iraq and its international partners during the period 2004-2006, the anticipated goal adopted for the Ahwar restoration was 75% of the 1973 reference point, hence totalling around 556,000 ha of restored areas by the end of the current decade.

The size of the property proposed for World Heritage nomination is 210,899 ha supported by a buffer zone of 207,643 ha. The size of the property and its buffer zone represent the majority of the area targeted for the maximum restoration of the Ahwar. The design of the property was fundamentally based on the national target area, fully coinciding with the protection and sustainability of the majority of the natural values historically known for the Ahwar.

51 | P a g e

Table 2.2. Size of the Natural Components and Their Associated Buffer Zones Components Area of Area of buffer Governorate(s) Proportion of component (ha) zone (ha) governorates' size The West Hammar Marshes 79,991 68,403 Dhi Qar 11.5% The Central Marshes 62,435 83,958 Dhi Qar , Maysan 5% of two governorates The Huwaizah Marshes 48,131 42,561 Maysan 5.64% The East Hammar Marshes 20,342 12,721 Basrah 1.73% Total area of with buffer zones 210,899 207,643

The boundary design of the property, as well as the buffer zone, was based on extensive field assessments and previously established mappings of the whole of the Ahwar achieved through the key international initiatives that have been implemented since 2004. Clear and simple boundary lines were developed using physical landmarks such as roads and rivers. The stripe of the buffer zone was designed around the main area of the property in order to ensure better and continuous protection for the property, mainly from existing land uses and possible future developments.

More specifically, the design of the boundaries of the four natural components of the property was based on the following principles: • To include the majority of the natural values and attributes associated with its global importance. • To illustrate the best sites which provide optimal habitats needed to achieve the ecological and biological requirements of all key species and their conservation. • To achieve the complementary function of each of the components to the wider serial nomination. • To cover all areas targeted by the national environmental and nature conservation strategies. • To avoid, whenever possible, overlap with existing or planned human induced pressures such as oil prospecting, provided that it does not comprise areas of particular importance for the key natural values and attributes.

The natural components of the property represent four standalone hydrological systems functioning fully independently from each other. The same could not be stated for the ecological interdependence and interrelatedness. To address this issue, a process has been started by the Ministry of Environment and its partners to finalize the design of the buffer zone in order to ensure the identification and establishment, as well legal endorsement, of a set of ecological corridors ensuring the ecological connectivity of the components of the property.

52 | P a g e

Map 2.1. Boundaries and Buffer Zones of the Natural Components

53 | P a g e

The main components of the Ahwar as we know them today started being formed around 3,000 years ago. Previously, and during the formation period, the region experienced several phases of human settlement. This is why forty-five small and medium-sized archaeological sites are included within the boundaries or buffer zones of the natural components with pottery showing occupation from the 4th millennium BCE to the early Islamic period. The study of these sites is just starting.

Before the large scale draining, local communities of Ma’adan, or Marsh inhabitants, used to live on the outskirts and inside the Marshlands relying on a combination of buffalo rearing heavily dependent on reed fodder, fishing, hunting, and limited cultivation activities. They developed a very specific material and intangible culture and lifestyle in symbiosis with the marsh environment and resources. However, desiccation and village destruction led to the large scale displacement of most Marsh inhabitants. At present, the natural components are devoid of large human settlements . The 2007 census indicates approximately 350,000 inhabitants living in the broader area of the Ahwar with approximately 5% of these living within the confines of the property. Another 60% live within the buffer zone. The reliance of communities on natural resources is lowest in the East Hammar and highest in the Huwaizah. Marsh Arabs who have remained or returned after the start of the reflooding are largely impoverished and poorly served by government services. The resumption or maintenance of their mash-based lifestyle is heavily dependent on the hydrological and ecological integrity of the natural components.

In terms of land tenure , the four natural components of the property are fully owned by the Iraqi Treasury represented by the Ministry of Finance (MoF). The Ministries of Environment (MoE) and of Water Resources (MoWR) are the main public bodies charged with the management of the natural resources of the areas. Archaeological sites are legally under the responsibility of the State Board of Antiquities and Heritage (SBAH), itself falling under the Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities (MoTA). However customary rights of land and resource use, embedded in the area's tribal system, remain prevalent throughout the area. This also applies to archaeological mounds: their upper parts emerging over the water has long been used by local people as seasonal settlements and burial grounds.

54 | P a g e

Section II. Key Features

2.1. Topography and Geology

Iraq’s topography is subdivided into three zones: the Folds zone, the Alluvial Plain zone and Al Jazirah and Western Desert zone. The Ahwar are located in the southern part of the alluvial plain. The plain is an extensive uniform flat area with minor slopes towards the Arabian Gulf. More specifically, the north-south slope of the Marshes is of a very low incline with around 6-8 m of elevation in the northern parts of the Central Marshes to less than 2 m elevation in the southernmost end of the West Hammar marshes.

Map 2.2. General Topographical Map of the Property

55 | P a g e

The Ahwar are covered by the thick quaternary period sediments, which were deposited by the Euphrates and Tigris Rivers and their tributaries and distributaries. Tectonically, the alluvial plain is part of the Zagros fold-thrust which developed from the collision between the Arabian and Iranian plates, forming an asymmetrical subsiding basin. Structural studies based on the modern tectonics confirmed the presence of a wide basin which includes the continental alluvial plain as well as the marine basin of the Arabian Gulf, separated by the Zubair Plateau. The average subsidence of the plain is approximately 1.4 cm every year, concurrent with merely 1.3 mm of deposition per year, and in recent years the latter has even declined to 0.4mm per year. The alluvial plain of the Ahwar was developed during the final phase of the alpine movement which constructed the Zagros fold-thrust from the end of the Pliocene to the early Pleistocene.

The plain is bordered to the east and northeast by the hills of Hamrin and to the west and southwest by the Arabian Platform comprising high altitude limestone. The geological sequence in the middle and southern regions of Iraq is subdivided, from older to recent as follows: the Paleozoic of 5 km in thickness mostly comprised of siliciclastic rocks deposited in shallow sea; the Mesozoic of around 5 km in thickness mostly comprising evaporites, shale sand carbonate rock, the upper part of which shows succession of carbonates and sandstone which were deposited in shallow sea. The Cenozoic-Tertiary period comprises of carbonates which deposited in the open Paleogene Sea which later converted to the Neogene lagoon and evaporates facies of the restricted sea. Finally, geologic sequence includes the Cenozoic-Quaternary period which comprises gravel, sand, silt and clay sediments covering the alluvial plain.

Table 2.3. The Geological Timescale of the Ahwar Start Date Eon Era Period Epoch (mya) Holocene 0.01 Quaternary Pleistocene 1.64 Pliocene 5.2 Neogene Miocene 23.3 Oligocene 35.4 Paleogene Eocene 56.5

Phanerozoic Phanerozoic Cenozoic Tertiary Paleocene 65

2.2. Climate

According to the Koppen (1936) classification of global climate, the Ahwar are located within the dry climate region, which is characterized by level of evaporation and transpiration as compared to long term average rainfall. This region extends between 20 and 35 degrees north-south of the equator and covers vast continental regions often belted by mountainous ranges. The region is further categorized into secondary sub-

56 | P a g e regions including the dry arid climate to which the Ahwar belong. This dry arid climate (see table 2) is unique for its true desert environment and covers around 12% of Earth’s surface area. The region is dominated by drought tolerant species and adaptive biodiversity within areas of very scarce water resources.

Daily temperature often exceeds 50°C in summer and can drop all the way to below zero on cold dry winter nights. Average temperatures range between 22.2°C and 27.2°C, with the highest average recorded at 36°C and the lowest at 11°C. The hottest months are June through August with monthly averages between 34°C and 36°C. In contrast, the coldest months are December through February with monthly averages between 8.8°C and 12.2°C.

As for rainfall in the Ahwar, it is mainly seasonal with very low averages. Most precipitation takes place from January to March, ranging from 20 to 40 rainy days, with a daily average of 1 to 10mm. Annual average rainfall ranges between 42 and 185mm.

Relative humidity is another key physical characteristic of the Ahwar however there is no discernible uniformity across the region or during the seasons. Average relative humidity is approximately 34.5%, with the highest levels recorded in winter (67-80%) and the lowest in summer (40- 45%).

Evaporation levels are another key determinant of the Ahwar climate, with highest averages ranging between 1,455.1 and 1,251.2mm, and lowest averages ranging between 205.6 to 155.7mm. Annual averages for evapotranspiration typically range between 2,536.3 to 2,909.3mm.

57 | P a g e

Table 2.4. Climatic Parameters of Key Meteorological Stations of the Ahwar Average Average Average Average Temperatures Rainfall Evaporation Humidity (%) Summer Summer Summer Summer

Autumn Autumn Autumn Autumn

Winter Winter Winter Winter Spring Spring Spring Spring N Station

116.84 1455.1 22.68 45.72 155.7 568.6 587.2 0 0 32.8 18.1 13.5 25.4 36.9 26.9

54 39 Amarah Station

17.78 55.88 40.64 205.6 765.6 1451. 796.2 26.9 61.6 38.3 20.5 34.6 13.5 25.4 35.4 Nasiriyah Station 0 4 2

27.94 81.28 43.18 187.7 594.9 1251. 618.8 36.2 14.1 25.4 34.6 26.7 69.2 47.3

49 Basrah Station 0 2 3

Low levels of rainfall in the Ahwar, particularly in hot summer seasons, lead to excessive levels of evaporation and evapotranspiration. The factors of temperature and rain level are key in the determination of the environmental setting of the Ahwar, as they have a substantial effect on water availability and level in addition to water quality and distribution. A very particular feature of the Ahwar is the fact that they are embedded within a sea of scorching deserts while still embracing lush biodiversity and highly productive ecosystems.

As elaborated above, the extreme climatic conditions of the Ahwar in terms of high average temperatures and low rates of precipitation are key factors dictating their biological diversity and its composition. The Ahwar are one of the driest areas in the world in which freshwater habitats are abundant and wildlife refuges flourish, thus fulfilling the physical and ecological requirements for a wide spectrum of species assemblages. Further, the Ahwar represent an extended outdoor laboratory for species adaptation to harsh environmental conditions, and are natural wetland havens on the long migration route towards east Africa before entering the vast dry deserts of the Arabian Peninsula, hence providing the last stopover site along the very exhaustive journey across two continents.

2.3. Soils

The soils of the Ahwarare primarily made of recent nonconsolidated sediments comprised of fine sand and silt sediments which were deposited in the main channels of the rivers. The second deposition area is in the river overbanks in which silt, fine sand and clay are deposited. Thirdly, the floodplain area receives deposits mainly of clay with an active bioturbation processes taking place. The 1m section of alluvial sediments is

58 | P a g e composed of three types of soil as follows: the alluvial sandy surface layer rich with organic matter is approximately 7cm in thickness, the shelly clayey silt layer includes a variety of mollusk shells and ranges between 7 and 30cm in depth, and finally the clay and silty-clay layer ranges between 30-100cm and includes a wide variety of microscopic marine organisms. The organic matter in the first layer ranges from 2-20% and is often suitable for the formation of coal. It includes between 20-60% of lime in the form of calcite or chemically precipitated dolomite, and also intermittently includes the shells of microscopic organisms or even shells of larger organisms. The analysis of particle size revealed the composition to be approximately 62% silt, 21% sand, and 17% clay. The mineral analysis also revealed the presence of many clay minerals such as smectite, allite, palygorskite, kaolinite and chlorite in addition to non-clay minerals such as calcite at 43%, quartz at 21%, dolomite at 10%, feldspar at 9%, and authigenicgypsum at 5%.

2.4. Hydrology The Ahwar are fed by the branches of the Tigris and Euphrates Rivers, in addition to rain- fed waters during the winter season and its consequent flooding period. The areas covered by water fluctuate yearly and seasonally, however, waters are highest after the winter flooding and the spring snow melting from the mountain ranges in the north. The total water area is at its lowest during dry summers. This rather continuous and extensive variation in the water levels and water covered surface areas creates a highly variable physical environment which reflects organically on the habitat structures and composition, thus leading to more diversity in terms of ecosystems. This is of high significance when the Ahwar are compared to less dynamic water systems.

The permanent marshes in 1973 measured more than 10,000 km2. Following the desiccation in the 1980s and 1990s, the vast wetlands area of pre-1970 is today but a fragmented network of marsh units. Beginning in the early 1980s, dams on the Euphrates River in Turkey, Syria and Iraq began influencing the flow of water to the marshes. In 1991, a decision was made by the Iraqi Government to drain the marshes for the purpose of removing most of the people living in the region. Further infrastructure development and water withdrawals exacerbated the draining with the result that by 2003, the Marshes were less than 10% of their 1973 size.

The volume of water in the marshes and the extent of the wetlands have fluctuated widely since then, due to local initiatives, further infrastructure development outside Iraq and severe drought. By 1991, most of the marshes around Basrah had been destroyed and major projects such as the Al Ezz River were underway to further drain the Central Marshes. The Main Outfall Drain was being used to divert water around Hammar Marshes. By 2000, further sections of marsh had been drained by the use of dykes and canals. By 2000, 90% of the marshes were gone, leaving roughly 1,000 sq km of marsh habitat. These were mostly in the Huwaizah Marshes (Maysan governorate), with some scattered in Basrah and Dhi Qar. Areas that were once lakes turned into salt pans and barren desert. Some agriculture was attempted in former marsh areas, but often failed due to low nutrient levels and poor soil quality. The situation continued to worsen, leading some to predict the complete disappearance of the marshes within a few years. A massive re-flooding occurred between 2003 and 2006 due to the ad hoc destruction of dykes and canals as well as plentiful rainfall. Map 3.2 shows the re-flooded marshes having grown back to 55% of their 1973 extent by 2006. 59 | P a g e

Map 2.3. Change in the size of the Southern Iraqi Marshes from 1973 to 2010

Source: Atlas of the Iraqi Marshes (2010)

60 | P a g e

The Marsh governorates have 43,136 km of irrigation canals, aqueducts and ditches that provide water to agricultural lands. Large amounts of this water are lost through evaporation and seepage. Map 2.4. Hydrology and Irrigation Canals in Southern Iraq

The Euphrates and Tigris Basin is a highly controlled system, with 36 dams currently in operation and another 21 either under construction or planned within the next 10 years. Dams restrict the amount of water entering the Marshes and also interfere with the seasonal pulse of water during the rainy season that originally helped to flush the Marshes and keep them healthy.

Table 2.5. Dams Built, Planned, and Under Construction in the Tigris and Euphrates River Basins, 2008 Country Dams Dams under construction Planned dams Iraq 9 3 2 Iran 6 4 6 Turkey 1 1 5 Syria 56 0 0 Total 36 8 13 Source: Atlas of the Iraqi Marshes (2010) 61 | P a g e

2.5. Natural Habitats

The Ahwar are described as “internal wetland alluvial marshes” characterized by shallow fresh water, and are integral to the Tigris-Euphrates alluvial salt marsh. The Ahwar are embedded in a vast semiarid desert environment which shapes the characteristics of their dry arid climate. Physical and natural factors interact here to produce a diverse biological mosaic.

The habitats of the Ahwar are divided into three primary categories, the water habitats, the marsh habitats and the terrestrial habitats as follows: • Water habitats: Inland river or canal Unvegetated rivers and canals Submerged river and canal vegetation Riparian vegetation Inland standing water Unvegetated mudflat Aquatic communities Submerged aquatic vegetation Free floating vegetation Floating-leaved aquatic vegetation Pond or lake – unvegetated standing water • Marsh habitats Permanent marsh Herbaceous tall emerged vegetation (Helophytic vegetation) • Reed bed Phragmitesaustralis • Reed mace bed Typhadomingensis • Schoenoplectus litoralis bed a.i.4. Cladium mariscus bed Woody vegetation • Riparian willow Salix sp. • Riparian poplar Populus sp. Brackish or saltwater marsh vegetation Salt pioneer swards with phanerogamic communities • Terrestrial habitats Desert 62 | P a g e

Desert shrub Unvegetated desert Woodlands Shrubs Herbaceous vegetation Sparsely vegetated land

63 | P a g e

Map 2.5. Habitats of the Natural Component

64 | P a g e

2.6. Flora

The vegetation cover in the aquatic and terrestrial habitats of the Marshlands represents a foundation for the ecological web on which the remaining biodiversity elements are dependent. Different plants form basic habitats needed for the reproduction of fish migrating from the sea to the marshes. The same is the case with regard to nesting endemic threatened and near-threatened bird species. Alwaan, in his 2006 report on the Marshlands, confirms the historic presence of 104 species of aquatic plants; while in 1977, Al Heely recorded 371 species (noting that the latter study was not limited to the Marshlands of southern Iraq). Today there is confirmation of the presence of 86 species of plants belonging to 34 families. The family Cyperaceae forms the largest family within the Marshlands, and the species of Ranunculus sphaerospermus and Nymphaea alba are of regional importance (regionally threatened). There are ten different vegetation types in the Marshlands, and they represent the succession of vegetation cover across the three natural habitats (aquatic, marsh, and terrestrial). Following is a brief description of each of these vegetation types: • Riparian vegetation : this vegetation type extends across the banks of the inland water bodies and running water streams, and mainly includes annual species and perennial shrubs such as Tamarix sp., Capparis spinosa , Polygonum salicifolium , Bacopa monnieri , Cynanchum acutum , Panicum repens , Paspalum paspaloides , Aeluropus lagapoides , Cynodon dactylon , and Cressa critica . • Submerged aquatic vegetation : this vegetation type is considered one of the most common to the aquatic environment of the marshlands. It dominates the inland water bodies, both stagnant and running, and includes the threatened species Ranunculus sphaerospermus . The vegetation type is characterized by species such as Myrophyllum vercitillatum , Najas marina , Najas minor , Vallisneria spiralis , Potamogeton crispus , P. lucens , P. nodosus , P. pictinatus , P. perfoliatus , and Ceratophyllum demersum . • Free floating vegetation : as the name indicates, this vegetation type floats on still water bodies, with a blooming period during spring and the beginning of summer. The vegetation type is represented by species such as Lemna gibba , Lemna minor , and Salvinia natans . • Floating leaved aquatic vegetation (rooted floating vegetation) : like “free floating vegetation” this type of vegetation also grows in the still inland waters, however, more in the open shallows. The plants of this type have leaves that float and lower vegetative parts that are submerged and anchored in the soil. Representative taxa include species such as: Nymphaea alba , and Nymphoides indica . • Herbaceous tall emerged vegetation (helophytic vegetation) : this vegetation type is dominant in the marsh habitats and is widely spread across the marshlands. The vegetation type is dominated by Phragmites australis , Typha domingensis , Schoenoplectus litoralis , and Cladium mariscus . It is important to note that the reed plant is a natural symbol of the Marshlands, which is reflective of its abundance and significance to the marshlands. • Trees (woody vegetation) : this vegetation type occurs in various areas of the Marshlands, mostly in the vicinity of dried water bodies. The vegetation type is represented by the genus Salix and Populus , noting that these are the only two native trees occurring on the marshlands. • Halophytic vegetation : this vegetation type spreads in the marsh areas bordering the water bodies, especially in areas with high soil salinity resulting from evaporation and osmosis. The family Chenopodiaceae is dominant here, represented by Halocnemum strobilaceum , Salicornia herbacea , Suaeda sp., and some Tamarix sp. 65 | P a g e

The following three vegetation types are specific to terrestrial habitats of the Marshlands: • Desert shrub vegetation : this vegetation type is notable in the desert areas which are dominated by varying densities of desert shrubs. Heat tolerant plants are the main ones occurring here, such as Lyceum barbarum , Capparis spinosa , and Prosopis farcta . • Woodland shrub vegetation : this is represented by small shrubs mainly from the dominant taxa of Tamarix sp. • Sparsely vegetated land vegetation: this vegetation type is a fundamental Protected Area of the grassland habitat. It manifests itself in patchy green areas and is dominated by Polypogon monspeliensis .

2.7. Fauna

The Ahwar of southern Iraq are home to 38 species of mammals, 264 species of birds, 21 species of reptiles and amphibians, and 44 species of fish. The Ahwar represent the natural habitats in which such species flourish and disperse over vast areas of aquatic, marsh and land habitats and ecosystems. Of the vertebrates occurring in the Ahwar, there are 26 species and subspecies that are either endemic to the marshes or, in case of fishes, to the Euphrates-Tigris system. According to the IUCN Red List, 16 species of vertebrates that are recorded in the Ahwar are globally threatened in addition to 15 other species that are near threatened. Annexes of the nomination file include a full inventory of the species present. The Ahwar support several criteria related to biodiversity which qualify them to be wetlands of high global importance. This recognition was initiated by the inclusion of the Huwaizah Marshes on the Ramsar List in 2006 under 5 criteria out of 9 adopted for the agreement. Historically speaking, the Ahwar are a prime site for wintering water birds in the west of Eurasia. The Ahwar include seven important bird areas (IBAs) identified in 1995, which demonstrates their global caliber. A recent (to be published) study was undertaken by Nature Iraq to update the IBA list, and the addition of four new IBAs was proposed for within the Ahwar. Under the current study, each of the four components of the property represents a main IBA. Furthermore, the Ahwar are considered to be the largest wintering and stop-over site within the dry/arid climate, as they are a global gateway for migrating birds on the Siberia- Caspian-Nile route. This is also the largest of three migration routes belonging to the Western Palearctic eco-region for duck species. In addition, the property is part of the West Asia-East Africa migration route of waders and shorebirds.

The Ahwar are a natural refuge and critical resting area for millions of nesting and visiting bird species. It is evident that the Huwaizah and East Hammar components are the wintering grounds for two thirds of the water birds of the Middle East, thus reconfirming their vital contribution to global biodiversity priorities.

66 | P a g e

Map 2.6. Location of the Property in Relation to: 1) West Asia/East Africa Migration Route for Wader; 2) West Asia/East Africa Flyway for Shorebirds (Pale Red Dhading) (Source: Boere & Stroud 2008) .

Map 2.7. Location of the Property in Relation to the West Siberian/Caspian/Nile Flyway for Ducks (flyway 3)

67 | P a g e

Birds of the Ahwar The Ahwar are a critical habitat for 68 species of water birds as more than 1% of their global population is recorded in the area. 77 bird species have been recorded breeding in the Ahwar. The property hosts over 10% of the world’s population of approximately 35 species of migrating birds. This percentage often reaches 50% in peak migration seasons. A prime example is the Marbled Teal ( Marmaronetta angustirostris ) of which approximately 18,000-20,000 were observed wintering in the Ahwar, representing about 40% of its global population. Another example is the Basra Reed-warbler ( Acrocephalus griseldis ) for which the Ahwar are the breeding grounds of more than 70% of the maximum estimate of its global population. The Ahwar are also home to twelve globally threatened species and another twelve near threatened bird species.

Table 2.6. Threatened and Near-Threatened Species Occurring in the Ahwar No Common Name Scientific Name IUCN Red List Status 1. Lesser White-fronted Goose Anser erythropus Vulnerable 2. Red-breasted Goose Branta ruficollis Endangered 3. Falcated Duck Anas falcata Near-threatened 4. Marbled Teal Marmaronetta angustirostris Vulnerable 5. Ferruginous Duck Aythya nyroca Near-threatened 6. White-headed Duck Oxyura leucocephala Endangered 7. Dalmatian Pelican Pelecanus crispus Vulnerable 8. Egyptian Vulture Neophron percnopterus Endangered 9. Cinereous Vulture Aegypius monachus Near-threatened 10. Greater Spotted Eagle Clanga clanga Vulnerable 11. Eastern Imperial Eagle Aquila heliaca Vulnerable 12. Pallid Harrier Circus macrourus Near-threatened 13. Red Kite Milvus milvus Near-threatened 14. Pallas's Fish Eagle Haliaeetus leucoryphus Vulnerable 15. Slender-billed Curlew Numenius tenuirostris Critically endangered 16. Eurasian Curlew Numenius arquata Near-threatened 17. Black-tailed Godwit Limosa limosa Near-threatened 18. Great Snipe Gallinago media Near-threatened 19. Black-winged Pratincole Glareola nordmanni Near-threatened 20. European Roller Coracias garrulus Near-threatened 21. Saker Falcon Falco cherrug Endangered 22. Basra Reed Warbler Acrocephalus griseldis Endangered 23. Semicollared Flycatcher Ficedula semitorquata Near-threatened

68 | P a g e

Map 2.8. Distribution of Endemic Bird Species in the Natural Components

Map 2.9. Distribution of Basra Reed Warbler in the Natural Components

69 | P a g e

Map 2.10. Distribution of Marbled Duck in the Natural Components

70 | P a g e

Table 2.7. List of Regionally Threatened Species and Subspecies Occurring in the Ahwar No Common Name Scientific Name IUCN Red List 1 Lesser White-fronted Goose Anser erythropus Critically 2 White-headed Duck Platalea leucorodia Criticallyendangered 3 African Darter Anhinga rufa Critically 4 Goliath Heron Ardea goliath Criticallyendangered 5 African Sacred Ibis Threskiornis aethiopicus Critically 6 Greater Spotted Eagle Aquila clanga Endangered 7 Eastern Imperial Eagle Aquila heliacal Endangered 8 Eurasian Spoonbill Platalea leucorodia Endangered 9 Purple Swamphen Porphyrioporhyrio Endangered 10 Black-tailed Godwit Limosa limosa Endangered 11 Basra Reed Warbler Acrocephalusgriseldis Endangered 12 Black Francolin Francolinus francolinus arabistanicus (1) Vulnerable

13 Little Grebe Tahybaptusruficolis iraquensis (1) Vulnerable 14 Pygmy Cormorant Phalacrocorax pygmeus Vulnerable 15 White-tailed Lapwing Vanellus leucurus Vulnerable 16 Slender-billed Gull Larus genei Vulnerable 17 Whiskered Tern Chlydonis hybrid Vulnerable 18 White-winged Tern Chlidoniasleucopterus Vulnerable 19 Pied Kingfisher Cerylerudis Vulnerable 20 Graceful Prinia Prinia gracilis Vulnerable 21 Iraq Babbler Turdoides altirostris Vulnerable 22 Mesopotamian Crow Corvus corone capellanus (1) Vulnerable

(1) The evaluation of these taxa was applied on the subspecies level

There are three restricted range subspecies present in the Ahwar, and two subspecies that are near-endemic to the Mesopotamian region; Zitting Cisticola (Cisticola juncidis subsp. neuroticus ) and Graceful Prinia ( Prinia gracilis subsp. irakensis ), as well as two endemic bird species, Iraq Babbler ( Turdoides altirostris ) and Basra Reed Warbler ( Acrocephalus griseldis ).

71 | P a g e

Table 2.8. Endemic Subspecies of the Ahwar No Scientific Name Common Name 1. Tachybaptus ruficollis iraquensis Little Grebe 2. Francolinus francolinus arabistanicus Black Francolin 4. Corvus corone capellanus Mesopotamian Crow

Three more bird species occur as isolated populations within the Ahwar away from their African ranges; these are the African Darter ( Anhinga rufa ), African Sacred Ibis ( Threskiornis aethiopicus ) and Goliath Heron ( Ardea goliath ). The Ahwar represent the main population of the latter species outside of Africa. A recent regional assessment of the threatened species occurring within the Ahwar produced a total of 22 threatened species. Mammals of the Ahwar 38 species of mammals are recorded in the Ahwar and the terrestrial areas immediately surrounding them (due to their ecological connection with the habitats within). A number of endemic and near-endemic species of restricted range can be found in the Ahwar. These include the Mesopotamian Gerbil ( Gerbillus mesopotamiae ), Bunn’s Short-tailed Bandicoot Rat ( Nesokia bunnii ) and the subspecies of the Smooth-coated Otter ( Lutrogale perspicillata maxwelli ). In addition to these, six more mammal species of threatened and near threatened status also occur in the Ahwar and have been included in IUCN’s Red List.

Table 2.9. Threatened and Near-Threatened Mammal Species Occurring in the Ahwar No Common Name Scientific Name IUCN Red List Status 1 Long-fingered Bat Myotis capaccinii Vulnerable 2 Bunn’s Short-tailed Bandicoot Rat Nesokia bunnii Endangered 3 Smooth-coated Otter Lutrogale perspicillata Vulnerable 4 Eurasian Otter Lutra lutra Near-threatened 5 Striped Hyena Hyaena hyaena Near-threatened 6 Euphrates Jerboa Allactaga euphratica Near-threatened

The recent regional assessment of various taxa of species in the Ahwar has produced two endangered species; Smooth-coated Otter ( Lutrogale perspicillata ) and Bunn’s Short-tailed Bandicoot Rat ( Nesokia bunni ). Reptiles and Amphibians of the Ahwar Records confirm the presence of 21 species of reptiles and amphibians in the natural components of the property and their adjacent areas. The only globally threatened species of reptiles recorded in the Ahwar is the Euphrates Soft-shell Turtle ( Rafetus euphraticus ) which occurs in each of the four components and was evaluated as regionally vulnerable. Another key reptile species is Murray’s Comb-fingered Gecko ( Stenodactylus 72 | P a g e affinis ), which is a highly restricted range species and was evaluated regionally (on the Ahwar level) to be data deficient.

Invertebrates of the Ahwar The number of invertebrate species recorded in the Ahwar is limited. This is believed mainly to be due to fragmented research on this taxon rather than the richness of the area. Further research would definitely reveal additional species. Nevertheless, one particular anadromous crustacean Metapeneus affinius was recorded in the Ahwar intertidal areas. In the Order Odonata alone, 25 species were recorded from the Ahwar, including a species of global status. Fish of the Ahwar The fish of the Ahwar include 44 species; 24 freshwater species and 20 marine species. 14 species are endemic to the Tigris-Euphrates basin, with six of these recorded in the Ahwar. These are Luciobarbu sesocinus, Luciobarbus xanthopterus, Luciobarbus subquincunciatus, Mesopotamechthys sharpeyi, Cyprinion kais , and Silurus triostegus . A number of anadromous (living dually in salt and freshwater) fish breed in the intertidal areas of the Ahwar, which play a critical role in their life cycle; for breeding, rearing of young, and nutrition. Demonstrative examples of these species are Tenualosa ilisha , Liza subviridis , and Thryssa whiteheadi . Another key locally migrating species is the Bull Shark (Carcharhinus leucas ) which has been a near threatened species on IUCN’s Red List since 2010. On the regional level, the Red List assessment has produced two endangered species; Barbus grypus and Mesopotomechthys sharpeyi , and a vulnerable species; Tenualosa ilisha .

73 | P a g e

Map 2.11. Distribution of Endemic Fish in the Natural Components

2.8. Archaeological Remains

Georges Roux conducted the first informal archaeological reconnaissance of the Ahwar area in the late 1950s at the time of their vast expansion. Using maps and spotting mounds from overhead helicopter flights, he visited eight previously unknown archaeological tells made temporarily accessible by low lake levels. He described them as “littered with copious amounts of pottery”, and made a preliminary ceramic analysis providing evidence for long-term settlement there, from at least the 3 rd millennium BCE into the Islamic period. Given that only the uppermost portions of these sites were then exposed above the waterline, and the large quantity of sediment deposited every flood season, Roux postulated that fuller exposure would surely reveal even earlier material.

However, until the drainage and drought of the past decades uncovered dozens of archaeological mounds previously unknown, there had never been a systematic archaeological survey of the region, nor was satellite photography from the 1960s–1970s helpful. This prevented a chronological reconstruction of the settlement history, and accounts for the appearance of an “empty” region on the archaeological maps of Mesopotamia. 74 | P a g e

Between 2007 and 2010, the State Board of Antiquities and Heritage (SBAH) undertook a systematic survey of the areas uncovered by drainage and drought. Three components of the property – the Central, West and East Hammar – are covered by the survey. Excavation started at four sites in 2011. Results are still unpublished, but information from survey and excavation reports already allow for casting a new light on the settlement history of the contemporary marshes.

The surface survey led to the identification of forty-five sites inside the natural components of the property. Of those, twelve are in the Central Marshes and ceramic analysis shows occupation from the Parthian and early Islamic periods. Another four sites are located in the East Hammar Marshes and show occupation from the Parthian, Sassanid and Islamic periods. The West Hammar Marshes, with twenty-nine surveyed sites, is the component part of the property with the highest density of sites and the earliest stages of occupation. Pottery from the 4th millennium BCE was found at four sites (Al-Heway, Ash-Shaty, Hmud and Al-A'ain). There is evidence of later successive settlement on the same mounds. Eighteen additional sites showed pottery from the 3rd and 2 nd millennia. Islamic pottery was found at ten sites.

Excavation at four selected sites inside the property started in summer 2011 and is still on-going. Two Islamic sites, Msehib and Abu Shu'ayb, are located respectively in the Central Marshes and the buffer zone of the West Hammar Marshes. At two other sites, Tell Abu Adh Dhahab, and the twin sites of Tell Abu Rabab and Tell At Tazl, all situated in the West Hammar Marshes, the most ancient occupational level reached so far is Paleo-Babylonian. Information about these sites are available from the reports of the 2011 excavations.

In 2010, a team of American archaeologists (C. Hritz and J.R. Pournelle) conducted a short preliminary archaeological, geological and landscape investigation in the West Hammar Marshes, however outside the area included in the property. Combining ground survey with high-resolution satellite imagery, they looked for traces of settlements and (possibly associated) relict land use systems visible in the now-desiccated landscape.

Results of the recent excavation and surveys are too preliminary to be conclusive at present. However recent excavation findings at Tell Abu Rabab, the pursuit and intensification of archaeological excavation inside the property in the next few years, and the prospect of additional ground and aerial surveys, are expected to lead to a better understanding the adaptation of human settlement to the evolving environmental and hydrologic context of the southern Mesopotamian plain. Research is expected to show how smaller settlements were linked to the three main archaeological components of the property (Ur, Uruk and Eridu) and other large urban centers.

75 | P a g e

Map 2.12. Archaeological Sites within the Property

76 | P a g e

2.9. Socioeconomic Features

Human communities have maintained a long term relationship with Ahwar by using their natural resources, which in turn have influenced the level of services provided by the Ahwar to their inhabitants and the impacts of human presence on the natural values of the property. All four natural components are devoid of large human settlements due to their remoteness from urban centers and, for the Huwaizah, their vicinity to a national border. Long-time inhabitants of the Ahwar, the Marsh Arabs or Ma’adan, today live in several villages and small size towns situated for the most part outside the property and along the rivers that feed into its natural components (as shown in the maps below). The 2007 census indicates approximately 350,000 inhabitants living in the broader area of the Ahwar with approximately 5% of these living within the confines of the property. Another 60% live within the buffer zone.

Human communities have adapted their settlement patterns to the diversity of the natural features of the Ahwar. As a result, permanent villages and seasonal settlements are found in areas permanently or seasonally covered with water. Most settlements today occur on the edges of the Ahwar. However, until the 1980s settlements were also common on ridges emerging over the water and on floating islets ( chibayish ) which the Ma’adan created by mixing mud and reed, perpetuating a practice already is use as early as the 4th millennium BCE when the marshes were situated to the northwest of their present location. These manmade islets could be permanent or temporary and were particularly widespread on lakes in the Huwaizah. In the other components of the property, families or clans also used for settlement the top of archaeological tells protruding above the water (‘ ishan ). The Ma’adan used to live off a combination of buffalo rearing heavily dependent on reed fodder, fishing, hunting, and limited cultivation activities. They developed a very specific culture and lifestyle in symbiosis with the marsh environment and resources. Their floating villages topped with reed huts, together with grand mudhifs (large reed buildings) used as guesthouses, were remarkable features of a material culture that had withstood the test of time: pictorial representations of similar reed buildings were found on Sumerian seals and other artifacts.

The Ahwar inhabitants experienced a change in lifestyle starting in the 1950s with labor migration to the large urban centers and the introduction of modern devices and materials in the marshes (such as motorboats, rifles, concrete, etc.). The process accelerated in the 1970- 90s. During the 2000s, the Ahwar were drained and the inhabitants brutally forced out for a mix of political, geostrategic and economic reasons. Vast numbers became internally displaced persons (IDPs) in other regions of Iraq. Those who managed to remain close to the Ahwar settled in villages which grew into small towns. Unable to fully rely on their traditional marsh-based activities, the Ma’adan have experienced impoverishment. Furthermore, the towns on the edges of the Ahwar are poorly served by government institutions with few schools or clinics. For the Ma’adan who still live in or around the Ahwar, one of the results of this accelerated process of socioeconomic change is that they are one of the poorest social groups in Iraq and have the highest rate of illiteracy, particularly among women.

The social fabric and what used to be the iconic cultural landscape of the Ahwar were therefore dramatically affected over the past decades. Following the partial reflooding of the Ahwar starting in 2003, a limited number of individuals and families moved back to lake islets, for the 77 | P a g e most part on a seasonal basis. Others resumed buffalo rearing on the banks of the marshes. However, even in the prospect of a larger number of Ma’adan relying again on the resources provided by the Ahwar, it is highly unlikely that settlement patterns will be reverted in the near future as people now aspire to access to services and education for their children, and new habitat styles with basis amenities. Men also tend to seek wage labor whenever possible. This is why communities are today mostly located on the edges of the natural components of the property, although they use the property’s resources and some continue to use man-made islets on a temporary or seasonal basis.

2.10. Ecosystem Services

The wellbeing of the Ahwar is crucial for the wellbeing of the people living in it. The ecosystem provides several key services for the Ahwar areas in particular, and for the wider Iraqi community in general. These include the provision of food, clean water, and climate control. The daily life of the Ahwar communities is organically connected to the roles played by the marshes on both natural and cultural levels. Therefore, maintaining a balanced approach towards the development of the area requires a strong recognition for such services and benefits.

The main ecosystem services provided by the Ahwar include:

The Provision Services: The Marshlands produce a wealth of provisions for Iraqis, including wild and cultivated sources of food and fuel, freshwater and valuable biochemical and genetic materials. Local communities traditionally use the marshes and land to harvest food grains such as rice and millet, vegetables and dates, and to raise livestock such as water buffalo. Wild animals such as water fowl, boar and fish are supplemental to local diet. Buffalo milk and dairy products, together with fish were once a major portion of the national food economy. Further to these immediate provisions, the reserves of crude oil found in the Marshlands area can also be considered as provisions of ancient marsh ecosystems. The region’s rich biodiversity has long fueled the “production” of these services, supporting significant populations and wildlife.

The Regulating Services: The ecosystems of the Marshlands provide natural controls on the variations in climate and water flow and help purify wastewater and protect against natural hazards. The area has a mitigating force for desert sandstorms, helping to reduce erosion of soil and damaging effects on the Gulf. Temperatures and humidity in the wider region are moderated by the marsh climate, supporting agricultural productivity downwind. The Marshlands also serve to moderate seasonal droughts by providing a natural storage basin of water. The groundwater stored in the marshes has historically served as a mechanism to purify and desalinize soil in neighboring agricultural regions, ensuring better conditions for agriculture. In addition, the bee population of the Marshlands also helps pollinate economically important crops in the region and support Iraqi food security.

The Cultural Services: The non-material benefits that Iraqis and others derive from the Marshlands consist of a variety of inspirational, ethical, aesthetic and educational values. The customs and oral traditions of the Marsh tribes, as well as the tens of archaeological sites found in the

78 | P a g e area, represent valuable tangible and intangible heritage of Iraq. Such natural and cultural services hold universal value, drawing tourists and recreationists, and provide opportunities for education and research with global benefits.

The Supporting Services: Underpinning the aforementioned services are a number of underlying supporting processes. The formation of soils, through the recycling of organic matter and retention of sediments, helps to support the Marshlands environment. Similarly, the health of the natural marshes is sustained by the cycling of essential nutrients. Without such supporting services, the quality of air and water in Iraq would be compromised, affecting the wetland’s direct services to Iraqis.

Table 2.10. Ecosystem Services Provided by or Derived from the Marshlands. Provisioning services – the goods of products obtai ned from Marshlands’ ecosystem Crops Paddy rice, great millet, dates, vegetables and fruits Livestock Asian water buffalo, cattle, sheep, water-buffalo milk and dairy products Food Capture fisheries Shrimp, yellowfin sea bream, khishni Aquaculture Cyprinids, grass carp, shellfish Wild foods Wild boar , wat erf owl (coot , teal), desert monitor Freshwater Freshwater for drinking, cleaning, cooling, and transportation (canoeing and boating) Fiber Reeds for housing and mats; date palm wood Fiber and fuel Fuels Reeds, crude oil, cattle dung Biochemical Potential use of Marsh flora ex tr acts , native herbs for pharmaceuticals and pest con tr ol Genetic materials Resistance and breeding of native plant and animal species Regulating services – the benefits obtained from th e Marshland ecosystem’s control of natural processe s Climate regulation Moderation of the national rainfall patterns and control desertification and dust storms Storage and retention of water flowing from Euphrates-Tigris system upstream and tidal flow Hydrological flows downstream; Permeable clay and silt facilitates recharge of the Recent Alluvium aquifer Water regulation Water purification and Removal of harmful pollutants from water by trapping metals and organic materials; soil microbes waste treatment degrade organic waste rendering it less harmful Erosion regulation Reeds, grasses and estuarine vegetation retain soils and sediments Natural hazard regulation Marsh areas naturally absorb seasonal floods and tidal surges; moderation of drought at local scale Pollination Habitat for bees and birds, the key pollinators of economically important crops Cultural services – the nonmaterial benefits that I raqis obtain from Marshlands ecosystem Customs, oral traditions, knowledge and rituals attached to the use of the land and rivers; tangible Ethical values and intangible cultural heritage; an area of global importance for world civilization and religions

79 | P a g e

Canoeing, bird and wild-life watching, recreational fishing, archaeological site visitation, Marsh Recreation and tourism communities Aesthetic Globally significant natural beauty Educational Science, cultural awareness, specialized vocational training, public awareness of national, regional and global importance Supporting services – the underlying processes that are necessary for the production of all other ecos ystem services Soil formation Retention of sediment, recycling and supporting the health of the ecosystem Nutrient cycling Returning phosphorus, sulfur and nitrogen to Iraq’s atmosphere, water and soils

Source: Managing Change in the Marshlands: Iraq’s C ritical Challenge. United Nations White Paper rep ort for the United Nations Integrated Water Task Force for Iraq. United Nation s, 2011

80 | P a g e

Section III. Factors Affecting the Natural Components

3.1. Water Quantity and Quality

Since the creation of the southern Iraqi marshes their hydrological fluctuation and seasonal cycle have been significantly motivated by the hydrological regime of the Tigris and the Euphrates Rivers. Towards the ends of the twentieth century, specifically during mid-1970, the natural hydrological cycle of the two rivers has changed dramatically due to dams’ construction in Turkey, where they originate. This led to reduce their annual quantity of water as well as their actual water discharge. Not surprising that the sequences of the water shortage from such projects can reach and affect the hydrological system of the marshlands. On the other hand, the desiccation processes that initiated in early 1990’s during Sadam Husain’s regime led to lose 90% of the total marshlands area by 2000. The drain-age process was started by constructing major hydraulic drains and channels. The main work also includes building several embankments across the marshlands area to cut the circulation of the water across the Central, Huweizah, and Hammar marshes and control the draining processes. In April 2003, the dried area of the marshlands were inundated and three years later 30% of the marshlands were re-flooded again with the help of the new government of Iraq and the remaining population of Marsh inhabitants. Meanwhile, the new re-flooded marshes become the focal point in order to examine their ability to recover. The great water pulse encourages the remaining of the aquatic habitat to rebirth for the next few years and gave the hope to restore the ecological values of the marshlands. However, the impact of salinization may affect their recovery rate and become less effective to exhibit the same historical functions and the re-flooded marshes’ ecosystems may lose their recreational ability. Although the hydrological regimes of the re- flooded marshes are showing different levels of recovery responses, the flooding process was chaotic and some of the re-flooded marshes received constant water supply with bad water quality.

Without water supplies, the Marshlands would not exist. This essential life source is diminished as water is withdrawn, stored in dams or diverted upstream. Iraq’s drainage policies caused the dramatic transformation of the Marshlands over the past 40 years. However, these activities are continuing today in Northern and Central Iraq, the neighboring countries and even in the immediate Marshlands area. The cumulative impact of these hydraulic works on the Marshlands has been enormous, affecting the quantity, quality and timing of the water. While dams have limited the flow of water to the Marshlands, they have also disrupted its ecological systems by nearly eliminating seasonal flood periods. Besides requiring a huge investment of capital, water diversion and dam projects have also resulted in the resettlement or displacement of local people impacted by the change in water flow. With 15 dams planned for construction in Iraq, and several more in riparian countries, control over the hydrological system that feeds the Marshlands will only continue to increase, as will its impact on the ecological system and its inhabitants. The current plans to expand irrigation canals in the Marshlands area will certainly change water usage. Recent projects that diverted water into the Marshlands, such as the project that diverted wastewater in the Main Outfall Drain into the Hammar Marshes, are examples of interventions trying to influence positive change.

81 | P a g e

The Marshlands relies on the ebb of tidal flows and its ecosystems to filter out an estimated 105 million tons of pollutants and sediment per annum. This important natural function is being disrupted by natural and human actions. A recent growth in aquatic plant populations (macrophytes) and dams and dykes built along the channels leading to the area have contributed to a cumulative reduction of the water flowing into and out of the Marshlands and into the Gulf. Suspended particles are settling in the Marshlands’ sedimentation bed, though a large amount of this sediment will now be trapped behind dams, further reducing the load. There is also a concern that disrupting tidal flow is contributing to changes in the natural properties of Marsh water and soils. Higher salinity levels, as well as a decrease in plankton and organic carbon levels, appear to be reducing soil fertility and threatening freshwater for drinking, agriculture and human consumption. The significant differences between the major ions concentrations among the marshlands indicate the differences in the water sources for each marsh. Generally, the high chloride ion concentrations in the Hammar Marshes as oppose to the sulfate ion concentrations are indicative of marine water influence, which mainly attributed to the tidal ef fect of Shatt Al Arab River; while sulfate ion concentrations were higher than chloride ion in the Al-Huwaizah Marshes is an indicator for fresh water sources.

3.2 Oil Extraction and Infrastructure

One-third of Iraq’s oil reserves lie under or within close proximity of the Marshlands area, some of which have begun to be developed since the 1960s. The government’s push to rapidly expand national oil production in the area is a veritable competing factor for the Marshlands landscape and natural resources. The coming years hold great potential for changes to the area, with many of the oil fields at the beginning stages of production and the infrastructure for piping, processing and exportation underdeveloped. Production is expected to increase, from 45,000 to 1.8 million barrels per day at Majnoon, and from 3,100 to 535,000 barrels per day at Halfaya. Production is very water-intensive, and recent shortages in water have already resulted in declining output. Oil companies are now building water injection infrastructure to use sea water to increase pressure; however, the impact on ground water and soils of these new techniques have not been fully assessed. The potential impact that land competition related to oil production activities can have on local communities and the natural environment is a concern. Many of the international oil companies have taken measures to reduce potential negative impacts, offering jobs to local communities undertaking environmental assessments and partnering with others to implement corporate social responsibility projects. There are 30 significant oil fields in the Marsh governorates. Half of these are currently in production and five are considered supergiant oil fields with over five billion barrels of oil each. The draining and re-flooding of the Marshes happened, in part, with future oil extraction in mind. The Rumaila, West Qurna and Majnoon oil fields had the Marsh areas around them dried in order to allow for the building of petroleum infrastructure. There are 1,060 oil infrastructure sites located in Maysan, Dhi Qar and Al Basrah governorates. Infrastructure sites include oil wells, refineries, pump stations, oil tanks and power stations. Pipelines connect refineries to docks on the Gulf coast. As of 2009, there were 2,615 km of oil pipelines in southern Iraq.

The issue of oil exploration and extraction has always been the center of concern and attention to national and international conservation agencies. Nonetheless, the property boundaries have no existing or planned oil related activities, eliminating the direct impact of such 82 | P a g e potentially harmful activities from the four components. Specifically, the delineation of the property was done such that existing oil and gas operations will not take place within the property. However, the buffer zone includes several oil concessions of high national priority which are subject to high level restrictions in terms of environment and social impacts and safeguards.

3.3. Pollution

Industrial waste, sanitation practices, agricultural runoff and remnants of past military operations all contribute to higher pollution levels in the Marshlands. Some 31 large industries distribute wastewater directly into the Tigris and Euphrates which ultimately passes through the Marshlands. A majority (57 percent) of all big industries do not have wastewater treatment facilities. Additionally, a lack of waste management infrastructure serving the Marshlands communities means that the polluted water is discharged into the marshes. Amara, Nassirya and Najaf all discharge untreated waste directly into tributaries flowing into the marshes. As a result, E. coli levels have increased to levels unsuitable for human consumption. Development of the Marshlands area is also constrained by a legacy of military debris, toxic and radioactive material, contaminated soils and demolition waste, and human and animal remains.

3.4. Agriculture

Farming and other agricultural activities are one of the biggest competitors for the Marshlands’ natural resources both in terms of its use of land and water. In the 1990s, the Iraqi government converted 400 km 2 of drained wetlands to agricultural cropland. While some of this land has since been recovered, approximately 22 percent of the former Marshlands remain agricultural lands. Additionally, some 1.2 million ha of land in Iraq are irrigated with waters from the Tigris-Euphrates Basin. In 2006, water drawn from the Marshlands served 232,000 ha for the production of cereal grain, rice, dates and vegetable gardens. The same year, planned agricultural development was estimated to require nearly 23 MCM for Dhi-Qar, Maysan and Basrah alone, and the agricultural area was expected to double. Agriculture is also contributing to pollution and contamination. The Marshlands and agriculture have been portrayed as mutually exclusive; however, it is imperative to note that sustainable farming relies on healthier marshes.

Most agricultural land in Iraq is located in the area between the Tigris and Euphrates Rivers in the central and southern parts of the country. Agricultural land accounts for 13% of all land in Iraq and major crops include wheat, barley, dates and, in the south, rice. Main agricultural crops in the Marsh governorates include wheat, barley, rice and dates. In 1973 there were 2,584 sq km of agricultural land, which increased to 11,238 sq km by 2009. The expansion of agricultural lands coincided with the draining of the Marshes. The 2008/09 drought has devastated the local date crops and caused many farmers to use water from the Marshes for irrigation. Recent drought has led to reduced crop yields and most available water has been diverted to agricultural uses, leaving little for the Marshes.

Agriculture activities rarely take place within the natural components. Nonetheless, agriculture drainage water is one of the factors considered in 83 | P a g e the management planning of the sites as it affects water quality, and consequently would have diverse effects on the property’s biodiversity if not properly addressed and maintained. There is no trend for any agricultural expansion within the Ahwar, in fact, evidence has been collected that agriculture activities in the property are declining overall.

3.5. Urbanization

Towns and communities on the fringe of the Marshlands, such as Chibayish, Suq Al Shuyukh and Al Mudaina, are expanding to cope with population movements to the area, encroaching upon sensitive ecological areas. Though the full scope of urbanization is not known, the additional pressures put on the Marshlands environment, such as an increase in demand for local water and loss of natural habitat for infrastructure and housing can be anticipated. There are many competing land uses - agriculture, industry, oil production and human settlements - in or near the Marshes. Sections of Huwaizah Marshes have been designated as a Wetland of International Importance under the Ramsar Convention. The effective, long-term development and management of the Marshes must reconcile and balance these competing land uses in a way that best meets the needs of the diverse interests in the region.

3.6. Visitor Pressure

The Ahwar presently receive low numbers of visitors. Limited groups of journalists, students and researchers arrive to the property in coordination with the management authorities. Ecotourism development, however, represents one of the key activities put under future monitoring as it has a great potential for improvement and development, especially in light of the increasing international recognition and improvement of the management conditions. However, tourism does not presently pose a threat to the Ahwar.

3.7. Overfishing and Bird Hunting

Fishing practices, such as using an electric rod to charge the water, poison and explosives, also harm the ecosystem. Further education and regulatory supports are needed to foster more sustainable, best management practices. As for game bird hunting, it represents a more serious challenge to biodiversity, especially during migration seasons. Various techniques are employed including fire guns and netting. In response, the governmental authorities have adopted hunting and fishing control mechanisms coinciding with programs that promote awareness-raising within local communities and advocate the achievement of stronger local and national support to the conservation of the property. Some of the key management interventions in this regard include the establishment and involvement of hunting and fishing, community-based organizations, local leaders and media in the implementation of respective programs and activities.

84 | P a g e

3.8. Habitat Destruction

The issue of habitat destruction often has specific impacts on key species. A good example is the reed harvesting activity undertaken by local communities which has proven to have a direct negative impact on the Basra Reed Warbler. The management actions taken in response are to control the reed harvesting in terms of location as well as technique (e.g. the height of the harvested reed, diameter of reed stems, water depth, etc.). The strategy is to provide alternative harvesting areas away from all breeding sites and seasons.

3.9. Minefields

The lack of security posed by sectarian violence, crime, smuggling of illicit drugs and products, and unexploded mines is a formidable obstacle to future development in the Marshlands area. While the future of the Marshlands is very much dependent on factors of governance, capacity and coordination, security trends will continue to define the rate at which all stakeholders will be able to work toward improved quality of life in the region. Previous restoration projects have been delayed, amended or derailed due to security implications across Iraq. Operational and logistical solutions to serving communities and ensuring a safe environment are paramount to addressing the overarching development concerns in the area. The United Nations estimates that it would take 18 years to rid Iraq of unexploded mines, many of which are likely buried in the Huwaizah marshes. However the boundaries of that component of the property have been designed so as to leave out most areas where mines have yet to be cleared.

3.10. Climate Change

Changes occurring to the regional climate are a compounding factor for development in the Marshlands area. Notwithstanding the Marshlands’ role in regulating temperatures, humidity and sandstorms, the variability and intensity of precipitation occurring not only in other parts of Iraq, but also in Turkey and Iran, are impacting Marshlands’ water security and constraining socio-economic development. The recent drought has placed a burden on the vulnerable Marsh communities, the limited rehabilitation efforts and the constrained agricultural and oil production in the area. Management of climate change should, therefore, aim to encourage adaptation capacities of these stakeholders and promote the strengthening of the Marshlands’ climate regulatory processes.

3.11. Factors Specific to the Archaeological Sites

Development Pressure There is no development pressure affecting the recently excavated sites nor those only surveyed, as the natural components are mostly uninhabited. A few archaeological tells in the Central and West Hammar Marshes are however used as seasonal settlements by fishermen and

85 | P a g e households breeding buffaloes. Trespassing may also be an issue for sites recently excavated.

Wind Furthermore, excavated areas left uncovered are affected by rain and dust/sand blown by the wind. Besides causing erosion, the sand also buries recent excavations. Temporary protective measures were undertaken by covering excavation sites with thick plastic sheet held in place with sand.

Water If the waters of the marshes seem to have generally played a protective role for archaeological mounds, the glaze found at Abu Rabab displays defects (cracks and blackening) likely caused by a prolonged stay in the water.

The issue of fluctuating water levels as a result of upstream dams and river diversion outside the property is considered to be a key pressure factor.

One important potential pressure to these sites is seasonal floods and permanent reflooding. In the prospect of a reflooding of the area, rescue excavation at a significant number of sites, together with a ground survey of the surrounding landscape, will need to be completed within the next five years to yield enough scientific data to allow for a comprehensive understanding of the history of human settlement in the contemporary Ahwar. Provisions to this effect are to be included in the MoU between the MoTA and the MoE, MoWR and local authorities.

Visitation The issue of tourism is not considered to be a pressure factor at present, however it may become so as the site becomes better known and in light of adopted plans to develop ecotourism and encourage visitation. There are no plans for making them more accessible. On the one hand, their remoteness makes them more difficult to develop for visitors and to protect, and visitation would cause unnecessary threats to their conservation. On the other hand, they are of limited visual interest for non-specialized visitors. Even in the prospect of tourism development, access to the archaeological sites in the marshes will be reserved for a highly specialized public.

86 | P a g e

Section IV. Key Threats

All key threats affecting the status of conservation of the natural components are listed below . It is recognised that the operation and construction of upstream dams on the waterways feeding the Ahwar, together with oil-related activities in the vicinity of the property, are two major threats to the natural system of the Ahwar and their ecosystem services that sustain marsh-base lifestyles.

Table 2.11. Key Threats to the Conservation of the Natural Components Threats Huwaizah Central Marshes East Hammar West Hammar Archaeological Sites Infrastructure Development Very low Low Low Low Very low Modification of hydrological High Very high Very high High Medium Systems (droughts + floods) Agriculture Expansion Very low Low Low Low Very low Mining/Oil Very low High Medium Low Very low Water Pollution Very low Low Very low Low Low Solid Waste Very low Medium High Very low Medium Climate Change Low No data No data No data Very low Desertification Very low Very low Very low Very low Very low Fishing Medium High Medium Very high Medium Hunting Low High High Very high Medium Grazing/animal husbandry Very low Very high Low Medium Medium Invasive and Exotic Species No data No data No data No data N/A Military/security activities Medium Very low Very low Very low Very low Natural Catastrophes Very low Very low Very low Very low Very low Tourism and Visitor Very low Low Very low Very low Very low Pressure Lack of regular maintenance/ Medium Very high High High Low conservation interventions Improper conservation N/A N/A N/A N/A Very low interventions Water and/or N/A N/A N/A N/A Medium wind erosion Invasive vegetation growth N/A N/A N/A N/A Very low Uncontrolled Low High Medium Medium Medium access/trespassing

87 | P a g e

Section V. Legal and Policy Framework for Protection and Conservation

The current legal framework effective in Iraq, along with those under development and supported by international conventions and treaties, address the strategic goal of protecting and sustaining the ecosystems and sites of significant cultural and natural heritage - including wetlands and archaeological sites - throughout Iraq. Various laws, bylaws and regulations support the protection and sustainable management of the various areas through defining cooperation and coordination mechanisms between relevant agencies. As regards ecosystem management, the aim of these mechanisms is to enhance the role of the executive bodies in the implementation of sound environmental management, and reduction of environmental pollution caused by wrong practices and over-utilization of resources. Each law has a specific field for which it is applicable and thus the laws are complementary and cover most legal protection needs for the property. The following summarizes the different legal, regulatory and policy instruments relevant to the Marshlands.

Water Resources Protection Bylaw No. 2 of 2001 Its objective is to protect the water resources against pollution and improve their quality by eliminating pollutants from various sources (e.g. general facilities, private facilities, factories, workshops, and other agricultural or industrial practices in the various economic sectors). The bylaw supports the conservation of the natural values of the property through its articles addressing the prohibition of all pollutant drainage or waste disposal into any water resource, as well as adherence to the environmental safeguards, all unless authorized by relevant authorities.

Law of Antiquities and Heritage No. 55 of 20 The law governs the protection, conservation and management of antiquities and cultural heritage which are national treasures of Iraq. The National Antiquity and Heritage Authority is given jurisdiction, inter alia, over the designation of sites, the conduct of scientific excavations, the protection and conservation of antiquities as well as heritage and historic sites.

Ministry of Environment Law No. 37 of 2008 This law aims to protect the general conditions of natural resources, biodiversity, and natural and cultural heritage; to assure sustainable development and achieve regional and national cooperation. In addition, the law addresses various protected areas and their enhancement, and the prevention of deterioration or pollution, or in some cases, the minimization of the impact of pollution. The law sets measures and actions which to mitigate negative impacts – or their reduction to acceptable levels – in accordance with national guidelines and international standards. As it relates to the Marshlands, the law is of primary importance as a foundation to ensure the adequacy of conservation as well as the sound protection of the natural values, with particular emphasis on biodiversity conservation and reduction of pollution.

Water Resources Law No. 50 of 2008 This law addresses the planning for and investment in water resources, including ground and surface water, with the aim to ensure the most efficient use of the water resources, their development, enhancement, and use. The protection of ground and surface waters are central to this 88 | P a g e law, especially against pollution, with priority given to the environmental aspects associated with the rehabilitation and sustainability of the Marshlands as a key national water body.

Protection and Enhancement of the Environment Law No. 27 of 2009 It aims to protect and enhance the environment through addressing threats. Further, the law addresses the general health, natural resources, biodiversity and natural and cultural heritage to assure sustainable development and achieve sought-after regional and national cooperation. The law also contributes to the assurance of the maximum level of protection to the natural values of the Marshlands through articles associated with the protection of land against urban encroachment or other land use related pressures. The law targets the reduction of damages and risks related to extractive industries, with particular focus on habitat destruction and pollution, as well as the protection of surface water resources against pollution. This is reflected through a set of articles addressing the management of pollutants and their drainage to water resources. It also targets habitat conservation by prohibiting illegal hunting or any other biodiversity related pressure factor, including the introduction of exotic plant and animal species unless duly authorized by relevant authorities. This law further refers as well to cultural heritage as being a component of the environment warranting protection and enhancement.

Wildlife Protection Law No.17 of 2010 This law focuses on the protection of wildlife as a national wealth through the control and organization of hunting areas, as well as the procedures and measures related to licensing for hunting and the identification of permitted species, seasons, and localities. The law has the objective of eliminating the threat of extinction of species of particular conservation importance, hence contributing to safeguarding the natural values of the Marshlands represented by its key species of birds, fishes, plants and animals, and the application of all necessary actions to ensure their viability and well-being.

Protected Areas Establishment and Management Bylaw No. 2 of 2014 The bylaw sets guidelines and processes for the selection and establishment of protected areas as well as their legal designation and management arrangements. The legal instrument ensures the effective management of protected areas and the prohibition of violations. The bylaw is considered of great importance as it directly supports the maintenance of the conservation status of protected areas by addressing pressure factors and adopting necessary measures for their mitigation. These measures include the prohibition of change of land category or the conduct of any harmful human activity such as agriculture or human settlements. It also controls the activity of hunting, including poaching and transport of aquatic and terrestrial wildlife, and the prohibition of the introduction of exotic species of plants and animals. The bylaw also adopts a set of articles addressing the early warning systems and response plans.

National Environmental Strategy and Action Plan for Iraq (2013-2017) This strategy deals with biodiversity as a cross-cutting issues under the following headings. (1) Protection and improvement of water quality to promote sustainable water resources management and improve scarcity and quality of marshlands water and this habitat recovery. (2) Control 89 | P a g e of land degradation and desertification. (3) Maintenance of marine and coastal environment to promotes water quality in the marine environment, the sustainable management of marine fisheries, biodiversity protection, the establishment of marine and coastal protected areas and rehabilitation of degraded coastal habitats. (4) Protection and sustainable use of biodiversity which promotes long term maintenance of ecosystems and biodiversity, comprehensive field survey using standard qualitative and quantitative methods for monitoring and detecting future changes, environmental management techniques to restore natural biodiversity, identification of endangered ecosystems, establishment of protected areas, establishment of gene bank of local species, identification of local species, ecotourism, promotion of biodiversity into different education curricula, updating legislation and regulations and raising environmental awareness and public participation. (5) Reduction of oil pollution, radioactive contamination and integrated management of hazardous chemicals which promote enhancing institutional and legislative structures by developing deterrent legal procedures, strengthen the regulatory system and public participation.

National Development Plan (2010-2014) It deals with biodiversity in the following areas. (1) Promotion of sustainable agriculture, protection of agricultural land, management and provision of required levels of water quantity and quality. (2) Water resources management and land reclamation together with rural development to improve situation of rural communities. (3) Maintenance of biodiversity and protected areas, and establishment of gene banks. (4) Achievement of the objectives of poverty alleviation and millennium development goals. (5) Sustainable development through improvement of the environmental situation of Iraq, by addressing: water quality, soil quality, desertification, and the improvement of environmental awareness.

Poverty Reduction Strategy (2009) This strategy highlights the higher level of poverty in rural areas compared to urban areas due to decreasing ability for people to benefit from ecosystem services on account of repeated drought, decreasing water levels and lack of efficient water policy, together with other critical challenges such as unsustainable use of ecosystem resources. As regards the Marshlands, the strategy notes outmigration from some areas and villages in search of better opportunities, and provides for specific measures to address poverty in these communities.

Integrated National Energy Strategy (2013-2030) This strategy identifies the current challenges facing Iraq’s energy sector and the opportunities presented by Iraq’s energy resources as regards upstream and downstream oil, natural gas, power, and related industries. The strategy is built on 5 objectives: (1) energy security; (2) government value creation; (3) economic diversification; (4) employment growth; (5) environmental sustainability. It does not include any specific outline of biodiversity conservation objectives, but the importance of environmental sustainability is clearly acknowledged.

Strategy on Water and Land Resources 2010 The objective of this strategy, which is under development, is to guide the sustainable management and development of the water and land resources for the next twenty-five years. As of December 2013, the project has entered the strategic planning phase including: (1) the definition 90 | P a g e of the strategic guidelines for the sectors involved in the national water resources master plan (the strategic guidelines of some of the key sectors are being discussed and shared with the Iraqi decision makers and stakeholders in a number of high level meetings) and (2) the implementation of different planning scenarios to define the opportunities prioritization and the related investment plan.

91 | P a g e

Section VI. Stakeholders Involved the Use and Management of Marshlands Resources

The Government of Iraq manages the natural components through the Council of Ministers. Furthermore, local governments at the Governorate and district level are also involved. This entails that a large number of institutional and civil society stakeholders are involved in different aspects of the use and management of the Ahwar. A stakeholder analysis was conducted as part of the preparation of the Management Plan and resulted in the following list.

Table 2.12. Stakeholders Involved in Management and Use of the Marshlands Category (1) : Decision-makers Category (3): Local Community Health and Environment Committee in the National Parliament Tribal Shaykhs National Committee for World Heritage Concerned local NGOs National Committee for Protected Areas Representatives from local community Committee for the Restoration of the Marshes (Basrah, Mayan, Dhi-Qar) Religious Shaykhs Committee for the Restoration of Health and Environment (Basrah, Mayan, Dhi-Qar) Governorates (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) Head of the Urban Planning Departments (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) Local Councils (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) Districts in the Governorates (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) Category (2): Government Southern Environment Directorate Marshes Section, Environment Offices (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) Natural Systems Branch, Biodiversity Units, Environment Offices (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) Environment Section, College of Science, University of Basrah Marshes Studies Centre, Dhi-Qar University Centre for Restoration of Iraqi Marshlands and Wetlands (CRIMW) (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) South Oil Company and Maysan Oil Company Tourism and Antiquity Directorates in (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) Directorates of Agriculture (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) Education Directorates (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) Health Offices (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) Directorates of Planning and Statistics (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) Municipality Headquarters (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) Veterinary Clinics (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) 92 | P a g e

Environment Police (Basran, Maysan, Dhi-Qar) Local police (in each concerned district) Border Police (Maysan)

The influence and importance of the various stakeholders with regards to the use and management of the natural components was further assessed using “the influence and importance matrix”. The stakeholders placed in segment A were evaluated as have high influence and low importance. A high influence is attributed to the legal mandate, formal authority and strong linkages with other stakeholders. A low importance means that they neither benefit directly from the natural resources of the natural components of the property nor engage directly in management actions. The stakeholders placed in segment B were evaluated as having high influence and high importance. The high influence is attributed to the legal mandate, formal authority and elaborate organizational structure with complementary organs. Their high importance is linked to control of strategic resources, strong negotiating position and possession of specialist knowledge and skills. The stakeholders placed in segment C were evaluated as having low influence and low importance. Their low influence is attributed to poor organization, poor linkage with other stakeholders and dependence on other stakeholders. Their low importance is linked to a weak negotiating position and low social, economic and political status. The stakeholders placed in segment D should were evaluated as having low influence and high importance. Their low influence is attributed to poor organization and weak community institutions. Their high importance is linked to customs, their strong negotiating position and their geographical proximity to the natural components of the property.

Table 2.13. Categories of Key Stakeholders in the Natural Components Low Influence High Influence Stakeholders' (Group A) Group B Segment (Low Influence/High Interest) (High Influence/High Interest) High Interest Ministry of Health Council of Ministers Secretariat of the bilateral agreement between Iraq and Iran Ministry of Environment Secretariat of the bilateral agreement between Iraq and Turkey Ministry of Water Resources (CRIMW) Eden Society (NGO) Ministry of Oil Nature Iraq Society (NGO) Tribal shaykhs Iraqi Organization for Conservation of Nature (NGO) Local settlements/villages Ramsar Secretariat (Small Grants Fund) Town council of Al Deir Wetlands International (INGO) Town council of Al Harthah Town council of Al Fuhud Town council of Al Hammar Town council of Al Tar Town council of Karm Bin Said Town council of Al Chibayish District council of Al Kahlah 93 | P a g e

District council of Qal'at Saleh District council of Al Maymuna District council of Al Musharah District council of Al Salam Maysan Marshes Society (NGO) Urban Development Projects (Basrah, Maysan, Dhi Qar) UNEP-ROWA IUCN-ROWA UNDP UNESCO Ramsar Secretariat Low Interest Ministry of Electricity Religious Shaykhs Ministry of Education Parliament (Health and Environment Committee) Ministry of Transport Ministry of Tourism & Antiquities Arab League (World Heritage Program) Ministry of Agriculture Ur Society (NGO) Ministry of Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Regional organization for the protection of the marine Ministry of Finance environment (ROPME) Ministry of Defense Ministry of Interior Ministry of Foreign Affairs Ministry of Planning Secretariat of Convention of Biological Diversity (CBD) Birdlife International (INGO) Global Environmental Facilities (GEF) Oil companies

94 | P a g e

Consultation with Group B stakeholders (high influence/high interest) was conducted during the first half of 2015 resulting in the collection of the following recommendations to improve the management of the natural components of the property.

Table 2.14. Results of the Stakeholder Consultation Process: Priority Intervention Areas Key issues Key activities Status Recommendations Management area Develop and - Canada-Iraq Marshlands Initiative (CIMI) has The impacts on water resources of the Marshlands Water resources implement national developed three water resources scenarios over should be communicated to concerned parties (local management and regional the next two decades that will determine the communities – local authorities – government hydrological model. future of the Marshlands. organizations – NGOs – etc) in order to jointly come up - Ministry of Water Resources (MoWR) with its measures to mitigate adverse impacts. Center for the Restoration of the Iraqi Marshlands and Wetlands (CRIMW) has developed a five year plan for Marshlands Understanding (2009 – 2014). of current Enhance the national In total, forty two meteorological stations already - Double the number of existing meteorological stations Water resources hydrological hydrological existed and distributed all over Iraq. Most of within the Marshlands. management and future Monitoring scheme these stations are not work properly. - Monthly monitoring of water discharge is impacts of recommended at all discharge stations in the hydrological Marshlands. changes - All measured and recorded data shall be entered in a especially from national water database. neighboring Create integrated - There are several ad hoc activities and - Establish a simple water quality monitoring system Water resources countries (Syria national water researches on water quality monitoring. that should fit into the national water database management – Turkey – Iran) quality monitoring - Lack of integrated national water quality described above. system monitoring system. - Sampling of Water should be at fixed monitoring sites within the Marshlands with a frequency of twice a month for analysis of basic parameters. Control on Improve the national - Existing treatment plants are inefficient and/or - Develop, adopt and enforce a National legislation for Water waste treatment pollution waste water beyond capacity, and regulations are not Clean Water (including drinking/industrial/agricul tural sources management to enforced consistently. water quality protection guidelines) in Iraq. especially from reduce pollution - Untreated waste water from industrial and - Minimize the discharge sources of pollution through agricultural discharge to the domestic sources and runoff from agricultural good agricultural practices. runoff and Marshlands. lands are increasing problems in terms of - Encourage the use of phytotechnology to treat waste urban waste deteriorating water quality in the Marshlands. water (using phytoplankton to absorb pollutants). water. - Establish sewage treatment facilities in settlements within Marshlands, cities and villages that impact it.

95 | P a g e

Key issues Key activities Status Recommendations Management area Develop and Several enterprises and organizations including Use the World Heritage nomination process to draw Oil resources implement the International Council on Mining and Metals attention to the unique natural values of the Marshes, management regulations, (ICMM), Royal Dutch Shell and Goldman Sachs raise their profile in relation to the national measures and have acknowledged the incompatibility of development agenda and leverage support for an procedures to control extractive activities with the goals of World environmentally sustainable policy to oil extraction Implementa- impacts of oil. Heritage sites, and have committed to refrain from international organizations and MEA tion of from extractive activities inside them. implementation mechanisms environmental Enhance institutional - Engagement the Ministry of Oil in the World - Enhance the technical capacity building and training Oil resources framework and capacity of both Heritage planning process is in progress. on biodiversity-inclusive Environmental Impact management law Ministry of Oil and - The Ministry of Environment, during the Assessment, Strategic Impact Assessment and impact enforcement in Ministry of preparation of the nomination file for monitoring in the project portfolio. Iraq regarding Environment Marshlands, ensures that planned - Use the provisions of the WH Convention Operational oil extraction exploration/extraction activities in the project Guidelines (UNESCO World Heritage Centre 2008) to activities. area are outside the property. minimize negative impacts of oil development on the planned site(s) (e.g. buffer zones). - Build local and national stakeholder support for the establishment and sound management of the planned World Heritage site. Sustainable Lack of an integrated - There is an existing landuse plan for the - Adopt and implement new law specific for protected Landuse management landuse and landuse plan in Iraq Huwaizah Marshland as an international areas within the Marshlands that complement the both development of Ramsar site. the Ramsar boundaries along with the proposed site(s) national - CRIMW has a draft land use plan for the for the World Heritage Site. protected areas Marshlands, including areas designated for - Use the guidelines set by the World Conservation network agriculture, oil exploration, etc. Union (IUCN) to declare protected areas as described in - Develop an integrated landuse management the strategic action plan of PAs in Iraq under the plan of the entire as well as the nominated PoWPA under the CBD. Marshlands.

96 | P a g e

Key issues Key activities Status Recommendations Management area Sustainable Out of date and - The now defunct Ministry of State for the - Develop a five-year urgent “community services” Local communities livelihood for limited data about Marshlands, in cooperation with other levels of plan that addresses the immediate crisis affecting the local demographic and government, had funded infrastructure, health, areas of potable water, food, housing, health and communities economic profile of education and community services in the education. living within the Marshlands, along Marshlands. - Undertake a coordinated plan to remove land mines Marshlands with a - In addition, the Ministry of State for the and unexploded ordnance; comprehensive Marshlands developed an economic development - Adopt best practices for preventing illnesses and strategy to assist plan for the Marshes with limited treating diseases. Marshlands residents implementation actions. - Develop a long-term economic development strategy whose livelihoods for the Mar shlands that are integrated into district and have been impacted government plans. by the changes to the - Assess and examine alternative investments or Marshlands. businesses that are not dependent on the Marshland natural resources. Dialogue, There is a need for Develop communications strategy in order to - Build capacity in the areas of best management Stakeholders communication an appropriate ensure shared knowledge about ecosystem practices that include education and awareness; engagement and communication functioning and importance; and mutual treatment; regulation; and enforcement. networking program understanding strategic choices for conservation - Adopt strategies to ensure that local residents and sustainable use of natural resources with become knowledgeable of best management practices marshlands. and of their benefits to the community. Research, data Information on the Development of a comprehensive and user - The database should be updated regularly through Data & information management Marshlands is friendly data and information management periodic data input from the users. management and and scattered, formats system for development and implementation of a - There is need to have data quality controls in place. research participatory are not standardized WH management plan. Most of the existing data have a lot of quality issues. planning and many data are - Training or refresher sessions need to be a carried not easily accessible. out continually to encourage/motivate the users to use the application effectively. Limited Development of the Marshlands research - Development of an action plan to operationalize the Data & information uncoordinated Strategy research strategy management and research activities - Establishment of an Marshlands Research Advisory research and limited use of Group indigenous data for - Undertake research in priority areas. planning will lead to research results that are unsystematic and less useful for planning.

97 | P a g e

Section VI. Proposed Management Structure

The diagram below clarifies the structure proposed to ensure coordination and cooperation between all parties involved in the management and development of the four natural components of the property. It highlights responsible actors (MoE at the national and governorate levels), lines of authority, and coordination mechanisms with other primary management stakeholders at the local levels (particularly CRIMW, Antiquity and Heritage Directorates, other local authorities, oil stakeholders, and local authorities and communities).

Figure 2.1. Management Structure of the Natural Components

Technical Assistant to the Minister of Environment (a member of the TeTeamam of Technical Advisors of the National Committee for WH)

Wetlands, Marshlands and Natural Resources Management Department (Baghdad) (Currently Marshlands and Wetlands Department)

Southern Environment Directorate (Basrah) (Marshlands Section) Central MaManagementnagement Team (CMT)

Maysan Environment Directorate Dhi Qar Environment Directorate Basrah Environment Directorate

Site Management Team (SMT) of East Site Management Team (SMT) of Huwaizah: Site Management Team (SMT) of Central Hammar: - Head of Directorate Marshes & West Hammar: --- Head of Directorate - Staff of Marshlands Section --- Head of Directorate --- Staff of Marshlands Section - Local Steering Committee with --- Staff of MaMarshlandsrshlands Section --- Local Steering Committee with representatives of Maysan CRIMW & CRIMW --- Local Steering Committee with represenrepresentativestatives of Basrah CRIMW & CRIMW local committee, Border Police, other representatives of Dhi Qar CRIMW & CRIMW local committee, Antiquity and Heritage relevant local authorities, local communities local committee, Antiquity and Heritage Directorate, other relevant local authorities, Directorate, South Oil Company, other relevant local communities local authorities, local communities

98 | P a g e

Section VIII. Proposed World Heritage Compliance Monitoring and Reporting System

Monitoring of the state of conservation of the natural and cultural values of the Marshlands commenced in 2003 and is a multidisciplinary process which involves several key national agencies and institutions such as the Ministry of Environment (MoE), the Ministry of Water Resources (MoWR), and the Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research (MoHESR), in addition to several national and local NGOs. Furthermore, the State Board of Antiquities and Heritage (SBAH) has been regularly monitoring the archaeological sites though its local Antiquity and Heritage Directorates (AHDs).

In the prospect of the inscription of the property on the WH List, the Southern Environment Directorate will systematically request from the WH Section of MoE to review and validate any planning documents, regular or exceptional, related to the Huweizah, Central, West and East Hammar Marshes to check their compliance with WH standards. Only after this check is performed will documents be communicated to the Maysan, Dhi Qar or Basrah Directorate, any other upper-level department at MoE, any local authority, and/or site managers.

Furthermore, any development intervention proposed by national or local authorities (particularly the MoWR and is local sections of CRIMW) and of relevance to the four components and their environment will have to be submitted for review and approval to the WH Section of the MoE that will refer them to the National Committee for World Heritage (NCWH) in case of issues requiring higher technical or political support.

On a monthly schedule, site managers will monitor implementation of action plans, and report back simultaneously to their Directorates and the WH Section. The WH Section will review the monthly reports to monitor compliance with WH standards.

On a quarterly basis, and at any other time in case of emergency, the WH Section will inform the NCWH of progress and issues.

The NCWH will compile reports from all the Site Management Units of the property, and prepare a yearly report on the state of conservation of the property to share with MoTA, MoE, MoWR and the Iraqi National Commission for Education, Science and Culture (NatCom). The NCWH will alert these agencies at any time in case of issues requiring their urgent attention and/or action.

Furthermore, the NCWH will prepare the periodic reports that will be conveyed to the WH Committee through NatCom.

99 | P a g e

Section IX. General Management Goals and Objectives

The conservation of the natural components of the property adopts the integrated ecosystem-based approach to biodiversity conservation and ecological sustainability (as developed by the Convention on Biological Diversity – CBD) to address the threats identified by experts, and concerns expressed by stakeholders. Under this approach, the Marshlands are treated as an ecosystem comprising institutional, ecological and socioeconomic components . This last component encompasses cultural attributes and values. The interdependence of these components underlines the fact that ecosystem management is not about the natural system alone, but about the entire complex of nature, people and their management systems.

The overall management goal for the four natural components of the property has therefore been defined as follows: To integrate natural and cultural resource management for the Marshlands so as to ensure that the region's key biodiversity attributes and cultural values are conserved on the long-term and provide sustainable benefits for the present and future wellbeing of the Iraqi people, especially those whose livelihoods and cultural identity rely directly on the Marshlands.

The strategic goal for the institutional component is: To establish effective national institutional mechanisms to ensure the integrated natural and cultural resource management in the Marshlands at local, national and international levels .

The following strategic objectives provide a framework for achieving strategic goals and at the same time integrating sectoral operational objectives.

The institutional objectives are: 6. To establish well-defined and effective management institutions for the sustainable management of the Marshlands. 7. To improve the planning and regulatory framework for the sustainable development of the Marshlands. 8. To create communication tools for the purpose of raising public awareness, enhancing knowledge and also for information 100 | P a g e

exchange and learning about the Marshlands.

The ecological objectives are: 9. To conserve the ecological functions of the Marshland ecosystems, and the interactions between them. 10. To maintain or restore the wetland habitats and ecosystems of the Marshlands within their normal thresholds.

The socioeconomic objectives are: 11. To implement effectively the principals of the ecosystem approach for the sustainable use of the Marshlands natural resources for the long term benefit of all stakeholders. 12. To develop socio-economic opportunities for local communities in particular allowing the maintenance of marsh-based livelihoods and culture. 13. To durably protect, conserve, study and raise awareness about the archaeological sites within the natural components.

101 | P a g e

Section X. Operational Objectives and Timeframe

This section outlines the main operational objectives for the conservation of all attributes and values of the natural components of the property with their timeframes. These objectives form the basis for the Action Plan included below under Section VI.

Table 2.15. Operational Objectives, Responsible Actors and Timeframe Operational Objective Responsible Actor(s) Timeframe Activate the National Committee for World Heritage (NCWH); invite ministries concerned by the property MoE + MoTA Mid 2015 (MoWR, MoO, MoA, etc.) to be represented and approve its mandate. Establish a Team of Technical Advisors (TTA) under the NCWH that will play the major coordination role within NCWH End 2015 and between concerned government agencies at national and governorate levels. Sign an MoU with MoWR and MoE pertaining to the protection and conservation of archaeological sites inside MoTA End 2015 the natural components , including those that may be identified in the future. Develop and start implementing effective outreach and communication strategy amongst sta keholders in the MoE + MoTA End 2015 property to ensure their effective participation in conservation efforts and the full development of a Vision Statement for the property. Develop a resource mobilization strategy to ensure adequate funding for the pro tection, conservation and NCWH End 2015 development of all components on the basis of the Consolidated Management Plan. MoE + MoTA Ensure that national, regional and local development plans are compatible with the values of the property. MoE + MoTA +NCWH Early 2016 Institutionalise participatory local mechanisms through MoUs with local communities and the creation of Local MoE + MoTA Early 2016 Steering Committees. Develop a Risk Preparedness Plan in consultation with all stakeholders. NCWH + MoE + MoTA Mid 2016 Engage with international oil companies in the south of Iraq to ensure their commitments to respect the values MoE + MoTA + MoO Mid 2016 and integrity of the property. +NCWH Carry out baseline survey of keystone and indicator species . MoE Mid 2016 Document intangible cultural heritage and traditional environmental knowledge and practices of the marsh MoC End 2016 inhabitants thus meeting the requirements of the 2003 UNESCO Convention on the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. Improve on-the-ground protection of archaeological sites by fencing excavated sites. MoTA End 2016

102 | P a g e

Finalise training of 50% of concerned staff in all relevant aspects of conservation, monitoring, and risk MoE + MoTA End 2016 preparedness. NCWH Devel op and start implementing detailed conservation plans for each component ensuring compliance with MoE + MoTA End 2016 guidelines from WH, Ramsar, CBD, and IUCN. NCWH Renew engagement with upstream neighbours (Syria, Iran and Turkey) to ensure an adequate flow of water NCWH + MoWR End 2016 entering the Marshlands. MoFA Attain minimum required management structures for all the components. MoE + MoTA Early 2017 Draft a new law for the Marshlands to ensure the effective operation of the management system. MoE + MoTA +NCWH Early 2017 Establish a national water quality and quantity monitoring system to improve the decision-making process. MoWR Early 2017 Develop an integrated research strategy for the property. MoE + MoTA Mid 2017 Conduct a comprehensive study on the economic valuation of the ecosystem services within the Marshlands to MoE Mid 2017 enhance the existing decision making process. Improve accessibility and updating of data and information to ensure better planning and management of key MoE + MoTA +MoWR End 2017 biodiversity and cultural attributes. + MoA +NCWH Finalise training of 100% of concerned staff to establish full technical and professional capabilities for the MoE + MoTA End 2017 management contingent of all the components. NCWH De velop and implement range carrying capacity guidelines for fishing and grazing practices. MoE + MoA Early 2018 Organize local, national and international awareness raising campaigns to reduce the negative impacts of NCWH Early 2018 development activities in the property. MoE + MoTA Organize local, national and international awareness raising campaigns to reduce the negative impacts of NCWH Early 2018 development activities in the property. MoE + MoTA Prepare and implement socio-economic guidelines for key sectors to streamline actions addressing illiteracy, MoEd + MoL + Mid 2018 gender issues, poverty and access to natural resources for maintenance of marsh-based livelihoods. MoLSA + MoA + MoE Complete archaeological surveys in the natural components (Huwaizah). MoTA Mid 2018 Incorporate socio-economic guidelines in the Management Plan for the different components. MoE +NCWH End 2018 Declare 100% of the key biodiversity areas (KBA) within the Marshlands as international areas (IBAs, IPAs, MoE Early 2019 Ramsar sites, etc.). Finalise a tourism management plan including a plan to train guides. MoE + MoTA Mid 2019 NCWH 103 | P a g e

Develop education and interpretation plans and material for all attributes and values of the property. MoE + MoTA + MoC + End 2019 MoEd Declare 50% of the key biodiversity areas (KBA) within the Marshlands as protected areas according to the MoE + NSCPA Early 2020 international standards. Understand and address the significance and specific risks faced by the archaeological sites. MoTA Early 2020 Lead oil companies to rehabilitate and restore 20% of their concessions according to the baseline survey of MoE + MoO Mid 2020 keystone and indicator species. Enhance the public services and infrastructures for local communities living in and around the Marshlands by MoF + MoMPW + End 2020 40% of the current level. MoWR + MoA + MoH + MoEd + MoO

104 | P a g e

Chapter II. Management Plan of the Huwaizah Marshes

Component Part of The Ahwar of Southern Iraq: Refuge of Biodiversity and Relict Landscape of the Mesopotamian Cities Property Nominated by the Government of Iraq in January 2014 for Inscription on the World Heritage List

105 | P a g e

CONTENTS

Section I. General Overview of the Huweizah Marshes Section II. Key Features Section III. Factors Affecting the Component Section IV Management Objectives Section V. Proposed Management Structure

106 | P a g e

Section I. General Overview of the Huwaizah Marshes

The Huwaizah Marshes are located within the governorate of Maysan to the east of the Tigris River. The Huwaizah is bordered to the east and southeast by the transnational area with Iran, to the south and southwest by the Basrah governorate’s administrative boundary, and to the north and west by the administrative borders of Maysan Governorate. The city of Amarah, the capital of the Maysan Governorate, is located to the west of the component. The Huwaizah Marshes represent the northeast corner of the property with a total surface area of 90,691 ha of primarily freshwater marsh. The Huwaizah are the first wetland in Iraq recognized as a Ramsar Site in 2007.

Map 2.13. The Huwaizah Marshes Component with its Buffer Zone

107 | P a g e

Table 2.16. Centre Point Coordinates of the Huwaizah Marshes Components Component Governorate Coordinates of the central point The Huwaizah Marshes Maysan N 31 33 44/E 47 39 28

Table 2.17. Size of the Huwaizah Marshes Components and its Associated Buffer Zones Component Area of Area of buffer Governorate Proportion of component (ha) zone (ha) governorates' size The Huwaizah Marshes 48,131 42,561 Maysan 5.64%

The Huwaizah Marshes represent a natural drainage system to the rivers of Tayeb, Duwarîg and Karkha descending from Iran, and to the left branches of the Tigris River, specifically Al Mashrah and Al Kahla’. The Huwaizah extend from the lower drainage of the Sannaf seasonal Marshes to the south through the Suayb River which represents a key outlet.

This component is a unique freshwater system, receiving high water quantities from floods and limited amounts of seasonal rain which descends from the northern and northeastern heights. Concurrently, it is the sole natural component that was not subject to drastic drought during the man-induced drainage phase in the 1980s and 1990s, leading to the salvation of its key ecological elements. This component enjoys an independent hydrological system and stands out from the rest of the Iraqi marshes as the only one that retains its water bodies throughout the year. The component embraces a number of large deep ponds.. Further, the water quality of the Huwaizah Marshes is the highest among the rest of the marshes. This factor generates species diversity and abundance, particularly as regards congregatory birds and fish. The Huweizah are a primary refuge for many of the key bird species of African and Indian origin in the Middle East, which have since spread back to other components after the reflooding that took place as of 2003. This component also represent an important source of nutrition for fish as well as for breeding.

No archaeological survey has been conducted so far within the boundaries of this component.

108 | P a g e

Section II. Key Features

2.1. Topography and Geology

The Huwaizah Marshes are located within the alluvial plain and belong to the quaternary period. They are aligned in the north by the outcrops of the Bai Hassan formation of the Tertiary period. The Pliocene-early Pleistocene outcropping occurs on the southwest flank of the Hamrin fold near AtTib area with an approximate elevation of 100m asl, then gradually declines towards the south and southwest to less than 10m asl at the edge of the Huwaizah Marshes. The west is bordered by the natural banks of the Tigris River, the south by the outlets of Kassara and Swayb, and the east by the eastern borders of Iraq.

Map 2.14. Topography of the Huwaizah Marshes

109 | P a g e

2.2. Climate

Climatic data for the Huwaizah Marshes is collected from Amarah Meteorological Station. Seasonal temperatures are variable in the Marshes with the highest average reaching 36.9°C in summer and the lowest falling to approximately 13.5°C in winter. The summer season is dry and witnesses no rainfall. Highest occurrence of rain is recorded in winter with a maximum of 116.84mm. Due to high average temperatures, evaporation levels are highest in summer with an average of 1,455.1mm. The lowest records have been recorded in winter at 155.7mm. Overall average evapotranspiration is approximately 2,536.3mm. These factors influence relative humidity conditions in the Huwaizah Marshes, with a maximum record of 54% in winter and a lowest record of 18.1% in summer.

2.3. Soils

The Huwaizah Marsh soils are primarily of recent alluvial nonconsolidated nature with a high silt/high calcium ratio reaching 55%, in addition to the presence of quartz and other clay minerals. The calcite composition decreases towards the river which indicates a non- riverine origin, and thus is thought to be a result of high evaporation of open water bodies. The clay minerals in the water bodies resemble the riverine deposits in deltas and the alluvial plain, hence confirming the riverine origin. Often these deposits form dark gray to black layers reaching 50cm in thickness, and are caused by remnant organic matter of plant origin (peat) or other organic matters mixed with silt. The Huwaizah soil also includes lime nodules and mollusk shells.

2.4. Hydrology

The size of the Huwaizah Marshesh is 48,131ha inclusive of the buffer zone. It is fed mainly from the rivers of Mashrah and Kahlah which branch from the river Tigris. The Kahlah River further branches into Ummu Zubair, Altous, and Husayji. The Kahlah is also fed from the seasonal marsh of Sannaf which receives most of its waters from the rivers of Tayyeb and Dwarej in the northeast. The Kassara drainage is the main drain which actually reconnects with the river Tigris near the village of Kassara. Another outlet is the Swayb drain which pours into the Shatt Al Arab to the south of the city of Al Qurna located outside the component.

In addition to the fact that the Huwaizah Marshes enjoy their independent hydrological system, they also feed from other large seasonal floods descending from the surrounding mountain ranges. This characteristic is unique to the Huwaizah, and as a result, had become a key factor maintaining stable levels of water quality and quantity in the Marshes during different seasons and climatic conditions.

110 | P a g e

Map 2.15. Hydrology of the Huwaizah Marshes

The Huwaizah Marshes stand out from the rest of the Iraqi marshes because they are the only ones that retain their water bodies throughout the year, even in spite of the period of man-induced upstream drainage. The component embraces a number of large deep ponds averaging between 4-6 m in depth. Further, the water quality of the Huwaizah Marshes is the highest among the rest of the marshes. This is due to the relative difference between sulphates and chloride when compared to the other marsh areas.

The water depths in the Huwaizah vary significantly as compared to the other components, reaching maximum depth at Al Athim Lake, Umm Al Ne’aj and Sawda. The average range is from 4 to 6 m deep, hence generating another factor provoking species diversity. For example, the open 111 | P a g e water bodies represent a suitable habitat for congregatory birds and their association with the abundance of fish in terms of numbers and species.

2.5. Habitats

The habitats of the Huwaizah Marshes are primarily of two categories: aquatic and marsh habitats.

Map 2.16. Habitats of the Huwaizah Marshes

The aquatic habitats are represented in the main branch of the Tigris River that enters the Huwaizah Marshes, also known as the inland river, or canal, which further divides into a number of secondary habitats. In some cases, the river beds and water canals that are subject to high water 112 | P a g e velocity are free of flora species, and are described as non-vegetated rivers and canals. In contrast, the submerged plant species occur in rivers and water canals with less water velocity. This is described as submerged river and canal vegetation. The rivers cause the precipitation of sandy clay mud over the banks from the main runoff of the river, creating parallel shallow banks with lush riparian vegetation. These areas are considered extremely rich and are usually used for agriculture and usually colonized by various grass and shrub species. Another habitat system is the inland standing water habitat that is representative of the open water bodies with mainly silt deposits. Again, these include a number of secondary habitats.

During the flooding season, increased water levels cause the extensive plains areas to be covered with temporary water bodies which eventually dry out during the dry season. This is a seasonal process and is very characteristic of the Ahwar. The transitional areas between the water bodies and the dry lands form a narrow strip of clay deposits which are highly influenced by the amount of water collected. This creates what is known as non- vegetated mudflat habitats. Further, the aquatic communities’ habitats are secondary habitats with characteristics particular to shallow waters. These host a variety of plant types: submerged aquatic vegetation, free floating vegetation, and floating leafed aquatic vegetation. There are more habitats that form in the northern parts of the Huwaizah Marshes where the permanent plant-free water ponds are established. These are called lake non-vegetated standing water. They are up to 4m in depth and often include the tahal phenomenon, which are sturdy floating reed clusters.

The second type of primary habitats present in the Huwaizah Marshes is called the marsh vegetation habitat. This includes two secondary habitats. The permanent marsh habitat is dominant and characterized by dark deposits that reach to 50cm in thickness. This habitat is unique for its helophytic vegetation and the dominant vegetation type of herbaceous tall emerged vegetation. The habitat is dominated by two plains species: the Reed bed, Phragmites australus and the Reed mace bed, Typha domingensis . In addition, woody vegetation cover is established on the marsh banks or in their proximity, and usually includes two types: the Riparian willow dominated by the Salix sp. and the Riparian poplar, mainly Populus sp.

The other secondary habitat is that of brackish or saltwater marsh vegetation which contains similar deposits as those of the permanent marshes, however, this habitat is characterized by the Salt pioneer swards which are usually present in the vicinity of the gateways of water level regulators. The occurrence of such vegetation is a result of osmosis and high temperatures which create suitable conditions for halophytic vegetation, including Suaeda sp. and Tamarix sp.

113 | P a g e

2.62.62.6.2.6 ... Flora

The Huwaizah Marshes are the richest in terms of plant life among the four components. They embrace 32 families and approximately 68 species, with the highest number of species belonging to the family Cyperaceae (with 15 species). The Huwaizah include the seven main vegetation types representative of the marsh habitats. Three of these are dominant; the free floating vegetation with the floating leaved aquatic vegetation (14%), the submerged aquatic vegetation (29%), and the herbaceous tall emerged vegetation (26%). Key representative species of the Huwaizah Marshes include the species of Phragmites australis , Typha domingensis , Salvinia natans , Lemna minor and Ceratophllum demersum . In addition to these, the regionally threatened species Ranunculus sphaerospermus is also present.

2.7. Fauna The Huwaizah Marshes have a unique biodiversity, which qualified them to be included on the Ramsar List. Regardless of the tremendous pressures exerted by the drainage period in the 1990s, the Huwaizah have continued to host significant numbers of key fauna and flora. These marshes are believed to have the capacity to be an ecological refuge for representative species of animals and plants. These species could act as an ecological reserve vitally needed for the self-rehabilitation and reconstruction of ecosystems and species populations, especially following severe conditions caused by humans or nature.

The Huwaizah Marshes are a large breeding site for approximately 165 bird species. The most common of these include the Pygmy Cormorant (Phalacrocorax pygmeus ) (most common), Little Egret ( Egretta garzetta ), Little Grebe ( Tachybaptus ruficollis ), Common Gull ( Larus canus ), and Black-headed Gull ( Larus ridibundus ). The component is the sole refuge for some species such as the African Darter ( Anhinga rufa ). The Huwaizah component represents one of two known breeding sites for the Sacred Ibis ( Threskiornis aethiopicus ), of which 26 adult birds were recorded in 2005. These Marshes are also the prime breeding site for the famous Iraq Babbler ( Turdoides altirostris ) and the Basra Reed- warbler ( Acrocephalus griseldis ). Further, there are two globally threatened species that are exclusive to this part of the Ahwar; the Lesser White-fronted Goose ( Anser albifrons ) and White-headed Duck ( Oxyura leucocephala ).

Regarding mammals , the component hosts the endemic Mesopotamian Gerbil ( Gerbillus mesopotamiae ) and the near endemic and vulnerable Smooth-coated Otter ( Lutrogale perspicillata maxwelli ). The Eurasian Otter ( Lutra lutra ) is also present, and was historically common in the Huwaizah, however, today it is categorized on the IUCN Red List as near threatened. The decline of Otter numbers is due to over-hunting and to the severe drainage period which occurred the 1990s.

The fish of the Huwaizah are diverse with approximately 17 species, including Luciobarbus xanthopterus, Silurus triostegus , and Mesopotamichthys sharpeyi ; the latter being categorized as regionally endangered. All fish species recorded in the Huwaizah are exclusively of the riverine type (freshwater fish species). A recent study conducted in 2008 revealed the common occurrence of the Euphrates Soft-shell Turtle 114 | P a g e

(Rafetus euphraticus ).

2.8. Socioeconomic Features

Economic activities within the Huwaizah Marshes are limited to the peripheries of the component. Most activities take place outside the property with approximately 80% of the communities depending on cattle herding, fishing, game bird hunting, small scale agriculture, and reed and mace harvesting for fodder and the building traditional houses and guesthouses. Around 85% of the livestock rearing is of buffalo.

Map 2.17.Human Settlements in the Huwaizah Marshes

115 | P a g e

Section III. Factors Affecting the Component

3.1. Development Pressures

Infrastructure Development : this factor is non-existent in the Huwaizah as the local populations live in small scattered villages or households outside the boundaries of the component. Modification of Natural Systems : this factor is associated with the water quantity as a result of the establishment of dams and diversion channels. It is considered of high concern for the Huwaizah, especially noting the excessive drainage activities in the 1980s and 1990s, however, the Huwaizah Marshes were able to self-restore the majority of their water systems and biodiversity during the last decade. The following are key measures to address this problem: - Full control over the water resources and assurance of adequate water shares - Elimination of constraints obstructing the water cycle in the Huwaizah - Continuous maintenance of the river beds feeding into the Huwaizah - Adoption of modern irrigation technologies to ensure high water efficiency Agriculture Expansion : there are no agricultural activities within the component; however, small farms do exist to the west of its boundaries within the buffer zone and use water from a water canal not related to the component, hence the impact on the Huwaizah is limited. Mining and Oil Industry : there are no mining activities within the Huwaizah component; however, to the south of its boundaries lies the Majnoon oil field. It has been recognized that this activity has no impact on the Huwaizah component, however, close coordination and communication is and will be maintained with relevant government agencies and private corporations involved to prevent any negative effect on the component.

3.2. Other Pressures

Water Pollution : the Huwaizah Marshes are considered to have the least pollution level due to the limited human activities within and around the component, nonetheless, limited pollution is caused by the influx of sewage water into the inlets coming from the city of Amarah. Solid Waste : this is limited problem mainly concerning plastic waste left behind by visitors or community members. Climate Change : there are no adequate studies on the impact of climate change on the Huwaizah Marshes, however it is thought to influence the intensity of fluctuation in water levels. Desertification : the Huwaizah Marshes do not suffer from any indicators of desertification.

116 | P a g e

Hunting and Fishing : - Fishing: fishing is a very common activity in the Huwaizah Marshes, and when compared to other human activities, it is considered to have the highest impact. The current fishing levels are not considered fully sustainable. A program has been put in place to monitor the species, numbers, distribution and techniques used for fishing. - Bird hunting: this is an active factor with particular pressure exerted on water birds in the winter season and much lower levels documented in summer. Many hunters come to the Huwaizah during the hunting season (winter). However, it is categorized of medium impact due to the remoteness of the area and strong control by the border police. Grazing : grazing intensity is the lowest in the Huwaizah as compared with the natural components due to the low number of livestock. When it occurs, it takes the form of free grazing, meaning there is no shepherd involved, and is limited to a small number of buffalo and cattle herds. The activity is also limited by the abundance of deep water which is inaccessible to livestock. Invasive and Exotic Species : there is evidence of the occurrence of a low number of exotic and introduced species to the Huwaizah, however their impact has not yet been studied. There is a definite need to extend research to assess ecological dynamics and implications of such species. Natural Catastrophes : The Huwaizah Marshes have not been subject to any natural catastrophes or extreme events in recent times. Tourism and Visitor Pressure : The Huwaizah Marshes receive a very limited number of visitors every year, thus this activity is considered of least concern to the well-being of the component.

117 | P a g e

Table 2.18. Threats to the Huwaizah Marshes Component Threats Level Infrastructure Very low Development Modification of hydrological Systems High (droughts + floods) Agriculture Expansion Very low Mining/Oil Very low Water Pollution Very low Solid Waste Very low Climate Change Low Desertification Very low Fishing Medium Hunting Low Grazing/animal husbandry Very low Invasive and Exotic Species No data Military/security activities Medium Natural Catastrophes Very low Tourism and Visitor Very low Pressure Lack of regular maintenance/ Medium conservation interventions Uncontrolled Low access/trespassing

118 | P a g e

Section IV. Management Objectives

The Huwaizah Marshes is the first wetland in Iraq recognized as a Ramsar Site and is affected by several human induced and natural factors which dictate its management objectives. These addresses the protections and enhancement of the primary ecological processes as well as the abundance of plant and animal life. They also aim at maintaining the goods and services provided to local communities by the ecosystem along with their sustainable utilization.

The main factors influencing the Huwaizah Marshes management are: • The quantity and quality of waters entering the component; • The level of effectiveness of the legal frameworks and enforcement mechanisms; • The level of institutional coordination and collaboration between concerned stakeholders; • The available level of funding for management; • The local traditions and systems and their role in achieving sustainable utilization of natural resources.

The following key objectives are set for the management of the Huwaizah Marshes component: 1. To ensure the allocation of sufficient water quantities for the component through the effective control of incoming waters and monitoring of the allocated water budget while maintaining the infrastructure that provides it. 2. To ensure adequate quality of the water coming into the component through an effective water quality monitoring system. 3. To promote the sustainable utilization of natural resources along with enhanced understanding and appreciation of its conservation and proper enforcement of regulations such as those related to hunting. 4. To develop and maintain a comprehensive database for the fauna and flora of the component and the establishment of a research station for the preservation and maintenance of specimens. 5. To enhance the level of institutional cooperation leading to effective long- term management. 6. To provide adequate financial allocations by the fed and local governments to implement priority interventions and projects. 7. To reach a sustainable balance between the maintenance of marsh-based livelihoods for local communities, improved socioeconomic opportunities, enhanced participation in local decision-making, and natural resource use.

119 | P a g e

Section V. Proposed Management Structure

Figure 2.2. Management Structure of the Huwaizah Marshes Component

Technical Assistant to the Minister of Environment

Wetlands, Marshlands and Natural Resources Management Department (Baghdad) (Currently Marshlands and Wetlands Department)

Southern Environment Directorate (Basrah) (Marshlands Section) Central Management Team (CMT)

Maysan Environment Directorate

Site MManagementanagement Team (SMT) of Huwaizah: --- Head of Directorate --- Staff of Marshlands Section --- Local Steering Committee with representatives of Maysan CRIMW & CRIMW local committee, Border Police, other relevant local agencies, local communities

120 | P a g e

Chapter III. Management Plan of the Central Marshes

121 | P a g e

CONTENTS

Section I. General Overview of the Central Marshes Section II. Key Features Section III. Factors Affecting the Component Section IV. Management Objectives Section V. Proposed Management Structure

122 | P a g e

Section 1. General Overview of the Central Marshes

The Central Marshes component extends mostly over Dhi Qar Governorate with a smaller stretch over Maysan Governorate, and is situated between the Euphrates to the south and the Al Ezz River to the east. As the name indicates, the Central Marshes are located in the Centre of the Ahwar with a total area (including the buffer zone) of 146,393 ha.

Map 2.18. The Central Marshes Component with its Buffer Zone

123 | P a g e

Table 2.19. Centre Point Coordinates of the Central Marshes Components Component Governorates Coordinates of the central point The Central Marshes Dhi Qar & Maysan N 31 05 07/E 47 03 15

Table 2.20. Size of the Central Marshes Components and its Associated Buffer Zones Component Area of Area of buffer Governorates Proportion of component (ha) zone (ha) governorates' size The Central Marshes 62,435 83,958 Dhi Qar & Maysan 5% of two governorates

The southern boundaries of the component follow the river Euphrates drainage system while the river Tigris establishes the eastern boundary. To the east of the component is the Basrah governorate (West Qurna). The Central Marshes are fed naturally from the Tigris through its branches of Batira, ‘Arid, and Majar, as well as Gharaf coming from the city of Kut through the shoreline of Abu Lehya which is a main feeding source of the Abu Zirq marshes

A dirt embankment on the Euphrates River was created as a measure to rehabilitate the Central Marshes which are today almost exclusively dependent on water levels of the Euphrates. However long periods of drought and inadequate drainage policies have resulted in a dramatic change in the quality of the waters within the components, with indications of higher relative salt and mineral concentrations. On the other hand, the Central Marshes are characterized by high reed densities intertwined with open water ponds of various sizes and depths. The variation in the topography of the Central Marshes further enriches the biological productivity of the areas in terms of vegetative cover and wildlife numbers and make it today’s ecological core of the Ahwar. Being distinctive for its horizontally extensive ecosystems, it provides a vast habitat for many of the viable populations of taxa of high biodiversity and conservation importance. It also provides an ecosystem service which contributes significantly to the local economy and sustainable livelihoods.

Twelve archaeological sites are in the Central Marshes with ceramic analysis showing occupation from the Parthian and early Islamic periods, including the site of Msehib which is under excavation.

124 | P a g e

Section II. Key Features

2.1. Topography and Geology

The Central Marshes lie between the Tigris River to the east with 4m high banks, and the Euphrates River to the south with 2-4m high banks. They are affected in the north by the subsurface folds of Abu Amud and Ahdab, both ranging around 7m high. The whole of the Central Marshes belongs to the quaternary period.

Map 2.19. Topography of the Central Marshes

125 | P a g e

2.2. Climate

Climatic data for the Central Marshes is collected from the meteorological stations of Amarah and Nasiriyah. Seasonal temperatures vary with a high summer average of 36.9°C to 35.4°C and a low winter average of around 13.5°C. Summer in the Central Marshes is dry with no rainfall. Winter receives most of the annual rain with a high average ranging from 116.84 to 55.88mm per annum. Due to high average temperatures, evaporation levels are highest during the summer season with an average ranging between 1,455.1 to 1,451.4mm. The lowest records range between 155.7 and 205.6mm during the winter season. Overall average evapotranspiration ranges between 2,536.3 and 2,856.4mm. These factors influence relative humidity conditions in the Central Marshes with a maximum record ranging between 54% and 61.6% in winter and the lowest record ranging between 18.1% and 20.5% in summer.

2.3. Soils

The soils in the Central Marshes are recent alluvial depositions comprising silty clay deposits with high calcite content. Here, the 50cm thick soil is also characterized by the gray to black color layer as a result of the peat, in addition to other organic matter mixed with the silt. It also includes the lime nodules and mollusk shells. The main minerals here are quartz, clay minerals and approximately 50% lime deposits; the latter typically represented by the Baghdadia-Zikri lake composition. Calcite composition decreases towards the river, indicating a non-riverine origin, and thus is thought to be a result of high evaporation of open water bodies. The clay minerals in the water bodies resemble the riverine deposits in deltas and the alluvial plain, hence confirming the riverine origin.

2.4. Hydrology

The surface area of the Central Marshes is 146,393ha inclusive of the buffer zone. These marshes receive their water mainly from the Tigris River through the Batira Gateway, the Grand Majar, and the Arid River. In addition, the western part of the Central Marshes is fed by Abu Zirq Marshes which are connected to the Gharaf River through the Islah Gateway. The south of the component is fed by the Euphrates via nine branches: the rivers of Khanziri, Abu Judhea’, As Saba’, Al Badriah, Hujaylah, Abu Nursi, Abu Sibat, Abu Juwaylanah and Sabagheah. These feeders alternately act as drainage channels for the Central Marshes dependent on the water levels in the Euphrates River and the marshes. Gateways have been established at the inlets of all these rivers to control the water levels.

The Central Marshes have suffered and still do as a result of the fluctuating water influx from the Tigris and Euphrates, in addition to other factors related to drought. A series of hydrological alternatives were adopted to rehabilitate the Central Marshes, and an agreement was reached to establish a dirt dam on the Euphrates River with the main purpose being to supplement water levels of the Central Marshes. The solution was adopted as a temporary one and is currently being monitored to be given a permanent status through the establishment of adequate gateways. So far the impacts of the management measure have been positive and been confirmed to have positive implications on the socioeconomic and 126 | P a g e ecological conditions of the area. This positive impact extends beyond the Central Marshes to the West Hammar Marshes which are also dependent on water levels of the Euphrates.

Map 2.20. Hydrology of the Central Marshes

127 | P a g e

Further, the dirt dam triggered an increase in the water level of the Central Marshes, thus leading to more reed vegetation cover as well as an increase in fish numbers and diversity. The fluctuation and variation of water sources of the Central Marshes, the long periods of drought, and inadequate drainage policies have resulted in a dramatic change in the quality of the waters within the components, with indications of higher relative salt and mineral concentrations. On the other hand, the Central Marshes are characterized by high reed densities intertwined with open water ponds of various sizes and depths. Some of these are Baghdadi Lake and the Big Hammara and Small Hammara Lakes, in addition to some older lakes such as Zijri, Umm Al Bunni and Kubab.

The variation in the topography of the Central Marshes further enriches the biological productivity of the areas in terms of vegetative cover and wildlife numbers, an ecosystem service which contributes significantly to the local economy and sustainable livelihoods. Moreover, the rather reciprocal water feeding process between the Euphrates River and the Central Marshes, and the function of the water retention structures as feeders as well as drainage outlets, have led to the improvement of the water quality of the Central Marshes, particularly within their central and southern parts.

2.5. Habitats

There are three types of habitats in the Central Marshes: the aquatic, marsh, and terrestrial habitats. The aquatic habitats follow the same description as those in the other natural components of the property (see the Huwaizah Marsh habitat description above). One difference, however, is the absence of the jepshat phenomenon in the Central Marshes. The habitats of the Central Marshes are also typical of those in the other components

The terrestrial habitats found in the Central Marshes include three subcategories: the desert habitat, the desert shrub/woodland habitat and the herbaceous vegetation habitat. The desert habitat embraces permanent desert plant species with high temperature tolerance. These include Capparis spinosa and Prosopis farcta . The rest of the desert areas are usually unvegetated. The woodland habitat is dominated by shrub species such as Tamarix sp., and the herbaceous vegetation category is present in sparsely vegetated lands.

128 | P a g e

Map 2.21. Habitats of the Central Marshes

2.62.62.6.2.6 ... Flora

The Central Marshes have historically been the hub of plant diversity in the Ahwar. They include the three habitat types and representation from each of the ten vegetation types listed above. The Central Marshes host 28 plant families and 65 species. The highest number of species belongs to the family Poaceae , with eleven species. The submerged vegetation type is dominant in these marshes with 45%, and is represented by the genus Potamogeton and the species Ceratophyllum demersum . Second to that is the herbaceous tall vegetation, with approximately 22%, dominated by Phragmites australis and Typha domingensis . A mere 11% belong to the floating vegetation types and the final 22% is shrub vegetation. The regionally threatened Ranunculus sphaerospermus is common to the Central Marshes. Sparse marshes also occur in the internal areas, providing adequate habitats for halophytic shrubs including Salicornia herbacea , Halocnemum strobilaceum , Tamarix sp., and Suaeda sp. The desert habitats of the Central Marshes host typical species of Capparis spinosa , Lysium barbarum and Prosopis farcta . Finally, there is a scattered occurrence of species representative of the shrub vegetation type.

129 | P a g e

2.72.72.7.2.7 ... Fauna

The relative richness of the Central Marshes component with regard to fauna qualified it to be the first site in Iraq to be designed as a national park in 2013, reflecting its conservation value for the Ahwar and the country as a whole. 147 bird species breed in the Central Marshes, and these marshes host more than 1% of the global population of several bird species including the Great White Pelican ( Pelecanus onocrotalus ), Grey Heron ( Ardea cinerea ), and Caspian Gull ( Larus cachinnans ). Nine more bird species have a global status ranging from endangered to near threatened according to IUCN’s Red List, including the Dalmation Pelican ( Pelecanus crispus ), Greater Spotted Eagle ( Aquila clanga ), Eastern Imperial Eagle ( Aquila heliaca ), Marbled Teal ( Marmaronetta angustirostris ), Ferruginous Duck ( Aythya nyroca ), White-headed Duck ( Oxyura leucocephala ), Black-tailed Godwit ( Limosa limosa ), and Basra Reed-warbler ( Acrocephalus griseldis ). Furthermore, the Central Marshes are part of the home range of an endemic subspecies, the Iraqi Little Grebe ( Tachybaptus ruficollis iraquensis ).

The Central Marshes are considered to be the richest component of the Ahwar with regard to mammals . Bunn’s Short-tailed Bandicoot Rat (Nesokia bunni ) was first described from this location. Additionally, the mammals of the Central Marshes include the Long-fingered Bat ( Myotis capaccinii ), Euphratic Jerboa ( Allactaga euphratica ), Mesopotamian Gerbil ( Gerbilus mesopotamiae ) and Smooth-coated Otter ( Lutrogale perspicillata maxwelli ).

Fish species recorded in the Central Marshes include Mesopotamichthys sharpeyi and Barbus grypus , which have both been evaluated as endangered on the regional level of the Ahwar. This component also represents a critical habitat for the globally threatened Euphrates Soft-shell Turtle ( Rafetus euphraticus ).

130 | P a g e

2.8 Archaeological Sites

The State Board of Antiquities and Heritage (SBAH) has recently surveyed twelve archaeological sites in the Central Marshes. Parthian and Islamic pottery has been found. The Islamic site of Msehib is under excavation.

Map 2.22. Archaeological Sites in the Marshes

131 | P a g e

2.9 Socioeconomic Features

The Central Marshes are characterized by a limited number of people living within them. Communities are concentrated in a number of villages which are on the peripheries of the property or within a limited distance - mostly on the banks of the Euphrates and its feeding channels. Reliance on the natural resources of the marshes is relatively high. The Marshes also stand out for the wide distribution of floating islets (chibayish ) which are made of mud and reed and are used for temporary residence within the property’s water bodies.

Map 2.23. Human Settlements in the Central Marshes

132 | P a g e

Section III. Factors Affecting the Component

3.1. Development Pressures Infrastructure Development: This factor does not represent a high concern inside the component’s boundaries except over some areas along the southern parts of the buffer zone. Some settlements exist in the western parts near the Abu Zirq Marshes, with only a few households located within the boundaries. Generally speaking, most of the settlements in the district of Chibayish and around the main roads. The master plan of this administrative region does not overlap with the Central Marshes boundaries, however it does overlap with parts of the buffer zone towards the southern areas. Modification of Natural Systems: The issue of fluctuating water levels as a result of upstream dams and river diversion outside the protected area is considered to be a key pressure factor. During the 1980s and 1990s, the Central Marshes endured the highest level of deterioration due to over-drainage. Nevertheless, a major proportion of the hydrological and ecological systems and values were restored right after the reflooding took place in 2003. Archaeological sites face specific pressures (erosion) related to water fluctuation. Several measures are being implemented to address this issue, specifically: - The improvement of control over water resources and the effective allocation of the water budget including the adequate utilization of the control infrastructures (nine infrastructures) which were constructed to secure sufficient feeding and recycling of water into the Central Marshes. A good example of this is the Euphrates soil dam which contributes significantly to feeding waters into the southern parts of the component; - The adoption of an effective monitoring system which deals with any water obstructions and ensures continuous maintenance of the feeding channels; - The adoption of modern irrigation techniques ensuring high water use efficiency; - Improved coordination between concerned agencies to limit water erosion on archaeological sites. Agriculture Expansion : There are no large scale agriculture activities within the Central Marshes. However, there are a number of scattered agricultural areas to the west and north of the component (some of which lie within the buffer zone). This factor does not represent a major threat. Mining and Oil Industry : The Central Marshes are safe from all mining and extractive industry activities. Some mining areas lie to the east of the component at Qurna oil field, but the boundary delineation is such that the activities pose no threat to the component. However, continuous coordination and cooperation with relevant agencies and corporations remains needed to ensure close monitoring of any future impacts and to make sure no future plans will pose any threat to the Central Marshes.

133 | P a g e

3.2. Other Pressures Water pollution : The Central Marshes are considered to have very low pollution levels. The extensive size of the marshes and the relative absence of human settlements in most of its regions keeps it in a rather low-pollution state, however, where settlements are concentrated to the south, the issue of solid and liquid wastes is recorded to be relatively high compared to other areas. A particular problem is the water pollution coming from the cities of Islah and Maymunah. Climate Change : There is no sound research done on climate change impacts to the area, however, general impressions are that the water fluctuation is associated with climate change factors. Desertification: The Central Marshes face no pressure of desertification. Hunting and fishing : - Fishing: fishing is considered to be the most common natural resource use in the Central Marshes, and highest when compared to the other three natural components of the property. If the fishing pressure is to continue at its current pace, it would definitely represent a major impact on key fish species in terms of numbers and distribution. Many of the fishing techniques are ecologically harmful (e.g. using electricity) and only a few fisherman use traditional fishing methods today. - Game hunting: this is a very active pressure in the Central Marshes, especially in winter. Large numbers of hunters come into the area for game hunting with a focus on water birds and ducks. Although high, game hunting is not considered the prime pressure on the Central Marshes when compared to reed harvesting activities. The presence of hunters and human settlements further cause disturbance to wild animals and birds, especially in the southern regions. Grazing : Grazing is considered a significant factor influencing the diversity of the Central Marshes. It is addressed as a key threat in the management plan, especially in regard to the activity of reed harvesting. The pressure level coincides with the relatively high human population residing near the Central Marshes and who hold the majority of the buffalo herds in the region. Grazing takes two forms: the first is free grazing of buffalo in the marshes and the second is based on reed collection to be transported outside the marshes for cattle consumption as fresh fodder. The latter form is dominant in shallow areas on the peripheries of the component, however, it often occurs in core areas as well. Exotic and Invasive Species : There are records of limited numbers of exotic introduced species in the Central Marshes. No comprehensive research has been done to evaluate their impact, however this is considered in the implementation of the new management plan. Natural Disasters : The Central Marshes have not been subject to any form of natural disasters, and no historical records of such events are available. Tourism and Visitor Pressure : Relatively speaking, the Central Marshes receive the highest numbers of visitation, especially in the vicinity of the town of Chibayish. Most of the visitors are domestic and arrive for day recreational visits from neighboring areas. Other visitors include small numbers of journalists and researchers. The issue of tourism is not considered a pressure factor at present, however it may become so as the site becomes better known and in light of adopted plans to develop ecotourism and encourage visitation.

134 | P a g e

Table 2.21. Threats to the Central Marshes Component Threats Biodiversity Archaeological Sites Infrastructure Development Low Very low Modification of hydrological Very high Medium Systems (droughts + floods) Agriculture Expansion Low Very low Mining/Oil High Very low Water Pollution Low Low Solid Waste Medium Medium Climate Change No data Very low Desertification Very low Very low Fishing High Medium Hunting High Medium Grazing/animal husbandry Very high Medium Invasive and Exotic Species No data N/A Military/security activities Very low Very low Natural Catastrophes Very low Very low Tourism and Visitor Pressure Low Very low Lack of regular maintenance/ Very high Low conservation interventions Improper conservation N/A Very low interventions Water and/or N/A Medium wind erosion Invasive vegetation growth N/A Very low Uncontrolled High Medium access/trespassing

135 | P a g e

Section IV. Management Objectives

The Central Marshes are the first Iraqi site designated as a national park and are foreseen to play the model role for the establishment of protected areas and as a learning case for future programs. The national park also includes a number of archaeological sites with an associated cultural value. The management plan is based on the goals defined for the national park.

The Central Marshes are affected by several human induced and natural factors which dictate its management framework. The management plan addresses the protection and enhancement of primary ecological processes as well as the abundance of plant and animal life. It also aims at ensuring the protection, conservation and study of the archaeological sites within its boundaries. Finally, it aims to maintain the goods and services provided to local communities by the ecosystem along with their sustainable utilization.

The main factors influencing the Central Marshes management are: • The quantity and quality of waters entering the component; • The level of effectiveness of the legal frameworks and enforcement mechanisms, especially after the marshes’ designation as a national park; • The level of institutional coordination and collaboration between concerned stakeholders; • The available level of funding for management; • The local traditions and systems and their role in achieving sustainable utilization of natural resources.

The following key objectives are set for the management of the Central Marshes component: 1. To ensure the allocation of sufficient water quantities for the national park through the effective control of incoming waters and monitoring of the allocated water budget, while maintaining the infrastructure that provides it - taking into consideration the supply it receives from the Euphrates dam. 2. To ensure the adequate quality of the water coming into the marshes through an effective water quality monitoring system. 3. To promote the sustainable utilization of natural resources along with enhanced understanding and appreciation of its conservation and proper enforcement of regulations such as those related to hunting, particularly in light of its recent designation. 4. To develop and maintain a comprehensive database to provide better understanding of the impacts of human activities such as reed collection, buffalo grazing and species introduction. This is to be handled by a research station mandated to preserve and protect the specimens of the fauna and flora of the marshes and the establishment of a research station for the preservation and maintenance of specimens. 5. To ensure the protection, conservation and study of the archaeological sites. 136 | P a g e

6. To enhance the level of institutional cooperation leading to effective long- term management, especially in light of its recent designation as a national park. 7. To provide adequate financial allocations by the central and local governments to implement priority interventions and projects which would support the site’s management. 8. To reach a sustainable balance between the maintenance of marsh-based livelihoods for local communities, improved socioeconomic opportunities, enhanced local participation in decision making, and natural resource use.

137 | P a g e

Section V. Proposed Management Structure

The Central and West Hammar Marshes are managed by a single Local Management Team inside the Dhi Qar Environment Directorate.

Figure 2.3. Management Structure of the Central and West Hammar Marshes

Technical AssiAssistantstant to the Minister of Environment

Wetlands, Marshlands and Natural Resources Management Department (Baghdad) (Currently Marshlands and Wetlands Department)

Southern Environment Directorate (Basrah) (Marshlands Section) Central Management Team (CMT)

DDDhi Qar Environment Directorate

Site Management Team (SMT) of the Central and West Hammar Marshes: --- Head of Directorate --- Staff of Marshlands Section --- Local Steering Committee with representatives of Dhi Qar CRIMW & CRIMW local committee, Antiquity DirDirectorate,ectorate, other relevant local agencies, local communities

138 | P a g e

Chapter IV. Management Plan of the West Hammar Marshes

139 | P a g e

CONTENTS

Section I. General Overview of the West Hammar Marshes Section II. Key Features Section III. Factors Affecting the Component Section IV. Management Objectives Section V. Proposed Management Structure

140 | P a g e

Section I. General Overview of the West Hammar Marshes

The West Hammar Marshes lie fully within the Dhi Qar Governorate southwest of Nasiriyah City. They are bordered to the north by the Euphrates River, to the east by the East Hammar Marshes and to the south by the Zubair Plateau and the Main Outfall Drain separating it from the southern desert in the east. The area of the component is 148,393 ha including the buffer zone.

Map 2.24. The West Hammar Marshes Component with its Buffer Zone

141 | P a g e

Table 2.22. Centre Point Coordinates of the West Hammar Marshes Components Component Governorates Coordinates of the central point The West Hammar Marshes Dhi Qar N 30 44 21/E 47 26 19

Table 2.23. Size of the West Hammar Components and its Associated Buffer Zones Component Area of Area of buffer Governorates Proportion of component (ha) zone (ha) governorate's size The West Hammar Marshes 79,991 68,403 Dhi Qar 11.5%

The West Hammar Marshes are fed solely by the Euphrates River. Recently, a measure was taken to address the issue of water shortage by connecting a secondary channel from the Main Outfall Drain to the West Hammar. The West Hammar are characterized by a vast surface area embracing a wide spectrum of natural habitats and land forms. This is greatly reflected in its abundance of birds, and their unique characteristic of relative salinity. Further, these marshes create a border between the Marshlands and the Western Desert, hence presenting a distinctive case of transition in ecosystems regarding species adaptation and resilience. A gradual change in water depth towards the middle and south of the marshes, along with their brackish water quality, represent other key factors determining the marshes’ level of species diversity and abundance. Much of the vegetation cover has returned, including reed and papyrus, and associated fish and bird species. The West Hammar comprises the last stopover area for millions of migrating birds before entering the vast Arabian Desert.

Twenty-nine archaeological sites have been surveyed in the West Hammar and some are under excavations.

142 | P a g e

Section II. Key Features

2.1. Topography and Geology

The West Hammar extend to the south of the Euphrates River where the banks range from 2-4m in height, and are bordered to the north by the Zubair Plateau with 20m high banks and ascends towards the southwest. Similar to the East Hammar, they are an extension of the southern desert and are covered by sand sediments belonging to the Debdeba sand formation from the Pliocene-early Pleistocene period. This plateau is a result of the movement of the deep salt strata which pushed up the rock layers to form elongated folds that are also characterized by extended width and short intervals in the north–south direction which do not appear on the surface. Typical of such fold systems are Zubair and Rumaila.

Map 2.25. Topography of the West Hammar Marshes

2.2. Climate 143 | P a g e

Climatic data is collected for the West Hammar Marshes from Nasiriyah Meteorological Station. Seasonal temperatures are variable with the highest average reaching 35.4°C in summer and the lowest falling to approximately 13.5°C in winter. The summer season is dry and witnesses no rainfall. The highest rainfall is recorded in winter with a maximum record of 55.88mm. Due to high average temperatures, evaporation levels are highest in the summer season with an average of 1,451.4mm. The lowest records reach 205.6mm in winter. The overall average evapotranspiration is around 2,856.4 mm. These factors influence relative humidity conditions in the the West Hammar Marshes, with a maximum record of 61.6% in winter and lowest record of 20.5% in summer.

2.3. Soils

The soils of the West Hammar are highly comparable to the other marshes, and contain the dark to black soil layer with a composition mainly of sandy clay silt (70%). Carbonate particles represent the main silt minerals in addition to quartz, feldspar and the typical silt minerals. Quartz composition increases toward the south due to the gradual proximity to the Zubair Plateau. It is also notable here that the Ahwar gradually transform into salt mudflats towards their southern banks adjacent to the sand dunes covering the Zubair Plateau.

2.4. Hydrology

As a result of their southern location, the West Hammar Marshes are fed solely by the Euphrates River. The eastern parts of these marshes are fed from between the cities of Suq Al Shuyukh and Chibayish. Recently, a measure was taken to address the issue of water shortage by connecting a secondary channel from the Main Outfal Drain to the West Hammar. This is considered to be a temporary measure until a permanent solution is adopted.

The southern and southeastern parts of these marshes are fed from a cluster of rivers and channels which originate from the Euphrates. Two important rivers to the West Hammar are Karmasheah and Umm Nakhlah which supply the northwest parts of these marshes all the way to the center. These primary feeders suffer from water shortage towards their southern extension due to exhaustion from irrigation use. It is important to note, however, that the post irrigation drainage water goes back to aquatic ducts which resupply the West Hammar Marshes with a relatively large quantity of water.

The water depth in the West Hammar slightly varies from 1.8 to 3 m, depending on the water quantities received from the main feeding channel from the Euphrates. This gradual change in water depth towards the middle and south of the marshes, along with their brackish water quality, represent key factors determining the marshes’ level of species diversity and abundance.

The West Hammar Marshes were subject to a substantial water shortage in 2008 and beyond. As a result, an alternative was adopted by the 144 | P a g e government to enhance water supply through a branch from the Main Outfall Drain in late 2009. This is the Khamayseah Canal which supplies an average of 20-50m³/sec. Despite the fact that the salinity of these marshes is now relatively high, due to the rather saline source, the Khamayseah supply has had a significant contribution to the increase in flooding levels. This has led to the return of much of the vegetation cover including reed and papyrus, and associated fish and bird species. Further, human settlers that had abandoned the area due to the drought have been increasingly returning to their traditional settlements.

Map 2.26. Hydrology of the West Hammar Marshes

2.52.52.5.2.5 ... Habitats

The habitat description of the West Hammar is almost identical to that of the East Hammar in regards to the water habitat category, with one 145 | P a g e difference related to the depth of the unvegetated still water which more resembles that of the Huwaizah Marshes. However, here there is an evident salt water habitat well demonstrated in the Al Rashed Marshes. These marshes’ vegetation habitats are also very similar to those of the other components, except for the presence of the 50cm dark deposit layer resulting from remnants of decomposed organic matter. Further, as for the habitats, the impact of inefficient drainage systems has affected the quality of water, and subsequently the composition of the various marshes. The terrestrial habitats are similar to the rest of the components with no particular mentionable difference.

Map 2.27. Habitats of the West Hammar Marshes

146 | P a g e

2.62.62.6.2.6 ... Flora

The West Hammar Marshes embrace 44 species of plants belonging to 25 families, with seven of the species belonging to the Poaceae family. This component includes representation from nine of the vegetation types. The submerged vegetation and herbaceous tall vegetation are dominant, with typical representation by Phragmites australis , Typha domingensis , and Schenoplectus litoralis . The species Panicum repens is another species dominating the banks of thesemarshes. Submerged vegetation is represented by Ceratophyllum demersum and the regionally threatened Nymphaea alba . Salt marshes are abundant here as well and are dominated by Halocnemum strobilaceum , Suaeda sp., Salicornia herbacea and Tamarix sp. In contrast, the desert habitats include the heat tolerant perennial species of Capparis spinosa , Lysium barbarum , and Prosopis farcta .

2.7. Fauna The West Hammar component is considered to be the richest in the property in number of bird species. 169 bird species have been recorded here, and this component hosts more than 1% of the global population of four species: Common Coot ( Fulica atra ), Common Teal ( Anas crecca ), Tufted Duck ( Aythya fuligula ) and Mallard ( Anas platyrhynchos ). Bird species of conservation status that winter in the area include the Eastern Imperial Eagle ( Aquila clanga ), Marbled Teal ( Marmaronetta angustirostris ), Ferruginous Duck ( Aythya nyroca ), Black-tailed Godwit ( Limosa limosa ), Basra Reed-warbler ( Acrocephalus griseldis ) and Iraq Babbler ( Turdoides altirostris ).

Although less prominent than in the East Hammar, this component’s fish diversity is also influenced by the tidal movement between these marshes and the sea. Due to this feature, Bathygobius fuscus and Tenualosa ilisha are species that are frequently recorded here. Fish species that were evaluated as threatened on the regional level include Mesopotamichthys sharpeyi , Tenualosa ilisha and Barbus grypus . Similar to the other three components, the Euphrates Soft-shell Turtle (Rafetus euphraticus ) is recorded in the West Hammar Marshes.

147 | P a g e

2.8. Archaeological Sites

Twenty-nine archaeological sites have been surveyed in the West Hammar with four displaying the earliest stages of occupation (possibly 4 th millennium BCE). Islamic pottery was found at ten sites. The SBAH has recently undertaken excavations at Tell Abu Adh Dhahab (N 30 44 18.72 E 46 41 33.12), Tell Abu Rabab (N 30 45 41.34 E 46 46 41.82), Tell at-Tazl and associated Tell at-Tawila (N 30 46 04.70 E 46 52 00.30), together with Abu Shu'ayb situated in the buffer zone (N 30 45 40.40 E47 05 11.03).

Map 2.28. Archaeological Sites in the Marshes

148 | P a g e

2.92.92.9.2.9 ... Socioeconomic Features

Most inhabitants within and near the West Hammar Marshes are concentrated in the small towns of Suq Al Shuyukh, Karmat Bani Sa’ad, Okaikah and Hammar, which are actually located outside the property. The West and East Hammar share many of their socio economic specificities, as historically they were considered as one coherent marsh area.

Map 2.29. Human Settlements in the West Hammar Marshes

149 | P a g e

Section III. Factors Influencing the Component

3.1. Development Pressures Infrastructure Development : The West Hammar have no active infrastructure development. Existing human settlements are dispersed in the form of small villages or scattered households mostly around the component and rarely inside it. There is a potential that such settlements could expand towards the component in the west and north, however not in the near future. Modification of Natural Systems : The issue of water shortage and fluctuation caused by the establishment of water collection structures is a primary pressure factor on the West Hammar Marshes. Like the rest of the marshes, the drainage periods in the 1980s and 1990s were detrimental to site biodiversity. Outstandingly, the West Hammar was able to restore most of its values as a result of the reflooding started in 2003. Archaeological sites face specific pressures (erosion) related to water fluctuation. Several measures are being implemented to address this issue, specifically: - Improved control over water resources and secured water budget; - Working on the provision of additional water quantities to the southern areas of West Hammar from the Main Outfall Drain with a proposal to treat it before its utilization; - Completing the West Hammar water outlet; - Eliminating constraints which obstruct the water-flow while ensuring continuous maintenance to feeding channels; - The adoption of modern irrigation techniques ensuring high water use efficiency; - Improved coordination between concerned agencies to limit water erosion on archaeological sites. Agriculture Expansion : There are no large scale agricultural activities in the West Hammar. Small scattered agricultural areas occur in some of the northern and western parts of the component however they are mostly in the buffer zone and are not considered a major threat. Mining and Oil Industry : The West Hammar include no mining or extractive industry within its boundaries. The closest oil field lies far to the west and is considered of minor concern. The need to maintain strong communication and coordination with relevant agencies and corporations remains a key proactive measure for any future developments.

3.2. Other Pressures

Pollution : The West Hammar are subject to very low levels of pollution due to limited human activities within their boundaries. Potential for increasing sewage water pollution could be foreseen from the cities of Karmashea and Umm Nakhla. It is important to note here the high relative salinity of the southern area of the West Hammar Marshes, especially in summer, due to high evaporation. Solid waste is also a minor problem, with specific management measures included in the management plan. Climate Change : There is no sound research done on climate change impacts to the area, however, general impressions are that the water fluctuation is associated with climate change factors. 150 | P a g e

Desertification : The West Hammar face no pressure of desertification. Hunting and fishing : - Fishing: This is a common practice in the West Hammar and is considered to be high when compared to the other components. Current levels are not sustainable and would lead to detrimental effects on the fish species. It is important to note that this is considered a top management priority and efforts have been put into place to turn it into a more sustainable activity. - Game hunting: Like fishing, game hunting is a key activity in the West Hammar and takes place mostly in winter. Most of the hunters come from outside the marshes with little awareness of their potential impacts. Game hunting is the highest in West Hammar as compared to the other components. This is due to its remoteness and abundance of birds. The management plan address this threat as a top priority. Grazing : Grazing is a moderate level activity in the West Hammar as it contains a lesser numbers of cattle and livestock. The grazing pattern is the same patterns as in the other marshes: grazing is concentrated on the peripheries of marshes and seldom in core areas. Exotic and Invasive Species : There are records of limited numbers of exotic introduced species in the West Hammar Marshes. No comprehensive research has been done to evaluate their impact, however this is considered in the implementation of the new management plan. Natural Disasters : The West Hammar Marshes have not been subject to any form of natural disasters, and no historical records of such events are available. Tourism and Visitor Pressure : The West Hammar receives very few visitors; mostly domestic or researchers and journalists coming for short periods. The number of visitors might increase in the foreseen future, leading to the installation of a proper management response.

151 | P a g e

Table 2.24. Threats to the West Hammar Marshes Component Threats Biodiversity Archaeological Sites Infrastructure Development Low Very low Modification of hydrological High Medium Systems (droughts + floods) Agriculture Expansion Low Very low Mining/Oil Low Very low Water Pollution Low Low Solid Waste Very low Medium Climate Change No data Very low Desertification Very low Very low Fishing Very high Medium Hunting Very high Medium Grazing/animal husbandry Medium Medium Invasive and Exotic Species No data N/A Military/security activities Very low Very low Natural Catastrophes Very low Very low Tourism and Visitor Pressure Very low Very low Lack of regular maintenance/ High Low conservation interventions Improper conservation N/A Very low interventions Water and/or N/A Medium wind erosion Invasive vegetation growth N/A Very low Uncontrolled Medium Medium access/trespassing

152 | P a g e

Section IV. Management Objectives

Similar to the other natural components, the West Hammar Marshes are influenced by a number of factors dictating the management framework. The management plan addresses the protection and enhancement of the primary ecological processes as well as the abundance of plant and animal life. It also aims at ensuring the protection, conservation and study of the archaeological sites within its boundaries. Finally, it aims to maintain the goods and services provided to local communities by the ecosystem along with their sustainable utilization.

The main factors influencing West Hammar management are: • The quantity and quality of waters entering the component; • The level of effectiveness of the legal frameworks and enforcement mechanisms; • The level of institutional coordination and collaboration between concerned stakeholders; • The available level of funding for management; • The local traditions and systems and their role in achieving sustainable utilization of natural resources.

The following key objectives are set for the management of the West Hammar Marshes component: 1. To designate the component as a Protected Area. 2. To ensure the allocation of sufficient water quantities for component through the effective control of incoming waters and monitoring of the allocated water budget while maintaining the infrastructure that provides it. Special attention is given to the Main Outfall Drain as an alternative water source for this component. 3. To ensure the adequate quality of the water coming into the marshes through an effective water quality monitoring system. 4. To promote the sustainable utilization of natural resources along with enhanced understanding and appreciation of its conservation and proper enforcement of regulations such as those related to hunting. 5. To develop and maintain a comprehensive database to provide better understanding of the impacts of human activities such as reed collection, buffalo grazing and species introduction 6. To ensure the protection, conservation and study of the archaeological sites. 7. To enhance the level of institutional cooperation leading to effective long- term management. 8. To provide adequate financial allocations by the central and local governments to implement priority interventions and projects which would support the site’s management. 9. To reach a sustainable balance between the maintenance of marsh-based livelihoods for local communities, improved socioeconomic opportunities, enhanced local participation in decision making, and natural resource use.

153 | P a g e

Section V. Proposed Management Structure

The Central and West Hammar Marshes are managed by a single Local Management Team inside the Dhi Qar Environment Directorate.

Figure 2.4. Management Structure of the Central and West Hammar Marshes

Technical Assistant to the Minister of Environment

Wetlands, Marshlands and Natural Resources Management Department (Baghdad) (Currently Marshlands and Wetlands Department)

Southern Environment Directorate (Basrah) (Marshlands Section) Central Management Team (CMT)

Dhi Qar Environment Directorate

Site Management Team (SMT) of the Central and West Hammar Marshes: --- Head of Directorate --- Staff of Marshlands Section --- Local Steering Committee wiwithth representatives of Dhi Qar CRIMW & CRIMW local committee, Antiquity Directorate, other relevant local agencies, local communities

154 | P a g e

Chapter V. Management Plan of the East Hammar Marshes

155 | P a g e

CONTENTS

Section I. General Overview of the East Hammar Marshes Section II. Key Features Section III. Factors Affecting the Component Section IV. Management Objectives Section V. Proposed Management Structure

156 | P a g e

Section I. General Overview of the East Hammar Marshes

The East Hammar Marshes are entirely located within the Basrah Governorate to the north of the city of Basrah. They are bordered to the east and northeast by the Shatt Al Arab, to the north by the Euphrates River, to the northwest by the West Hammar Marshes and to the south and southwest by the Zubair Plateau. The total area of this component is 33,062 ha inclusive of the buffer zone.

Map 2.30. The East Hammar Marshes Component with its Buffer Zone

157 | P a g e

Table 2.25. Centre Point Coordinates of the East Hammar Marshes Components Component Governorates Coordinates of the central point The East Hammar Marshes Basrah N 30 50 30/E 46 41 03

Table 2.26. Size of the East Hammar Components and its Associated Buffer Zones Component Area of Area of buffer Governorates Proportion of component (ha) zone (ha) governorate's size The East Hammar Marshes 20,342 12,721 Basrah 1.73%

The East Hammar Marshes have a particular hydrology, different from that of the other natural components of the property. They are highly affected by tidal movements from the Arabian Gulf through the Shatt Al Arab and the Zubair Lagoon. The effect of the tidal waters in terms of quality and quantity vary across the component and result in the fluctuation of water levels even on a daily basis. This unique dynamic has a direct impact on the ecological constituents and processes of the component as compared to the other property components. During the last few decades, a drought has led to an increase of the maritime tidal effect on the area, resulting in a higher salinity level, which has in turn led to the redistribution of key fauna and flora reflective of the water quality. This creates very specific ecological conditions with fish species from marine origins and crustacean migrations utilizing the area for reproduction in the East Hammar.

The East Hammar Marshes are distinctive for the reliance of communities on government employment as compared to the other components. This explains why the level of dependency on natural resources is relatively less than in the other components.

Four archaeological sites have been surveyed in the East Hammar Marshes and show occupation from the Parthian, Sassanid and Islamic periods.

158 | P a g e

Section II. Key Features

2.1. Topography and Geology

The East Hammar Marshes are bordered in the north by the banks of the Euphrates at around 5 m in height, in the east by the banks of the Shatt AlArab ranging between 4-6 m in height, and in the south by the Zubair Plateau which reaches almost 20m in height and ascends to the southwest. The East Hammar Marshes represent an extension of the southern desert covered by the alluvial fan ascending from Hafr Al Batn region. This plateau is a result of the movement of the deep salt strata which pushed up the rock layers to form elongated folds that are characterized by extended width, and by short intervals in the north-south direction which do not appear on the surface. Typical of such fold systems are the Zubair and Rumaila.

Map 2.31. Topography of the East Hammar Marshes

159 | P a g e

2.2. Climate

Climatic data for the East Hammar Marshes is collected from the Basrah Meteorological Station. Seasonal temperatures are variable with the highest average reaching 34.6°C in summer and the lowest falling to approximately 14.1°C in winter. The summer season is dry and witnesses no rainfall. Highest rainfall is recorded in winter with a maximum record of 81.28mm. Due to high average temperatures, evaporation levels are highest during the summer season with an average of 1,251.2mm. The lowest records reach 187.7mm in the winter season. Overall average evapotranspiration is around 2,909.3mm. These factors influence relative humidity conditions of the East Hammar Marshes, with a maximum record of 69.2% in winter and the lowest record of 36.2% in summer.

2.3. Soils

The deposits of the East Hammar are mainly made of sandy clay silt. The carbonate composition (lime and dolomite) represent the main components of these deposits followed by quartz and feldspar. These deposits are transferred by rivers and wind and include the typical silt minerals mentioned above.

2.4. Hydrology

The East Hammar Marshes have a particular hydrology, different from that of the other natural components of the property. They are highly affected by tidal movements from the Arabian Gulf through the Shatt Al Arab and the Zubair Lagoon. The effect of the tidal waters in terms of quality and quantity vary across the component and result in the fluctuation of water levels even on a daily basis. This unique dynamic has a direct impact on the ecological constituents of the component as compared to the other property components. During the last few decades, a drought has led to an increase of the maritime tidal effect on the area, resulting in a higher salinity level, which has in turn led to the redistribution of key fauna and flora reflective of the water quality.

The surface area of the East Hammar Marshes is 33,062ha inclusive of the buffer zone. These marshes are fed from the north by the Shaafi River which branches from the Shatt Al Arab. The middle area of the East Hammar is supplied from the Mashab and Sallal Rivers which alternately act as drains depending on tidal movement. The southern areas of the component are fed through the Main Outfall Drain which crosses through the southern parts of the component, carrying drained waters from areas far to the west through the Shatt Al Basrah Channel and Al Zubair Lagoon. The Shatt Al Basrah Channel is directly connected to seawater, increasing the effect of tidal movement on the southern parts of the component and allowing the Main Outfall Drain to act as both a feeder and a drainage system.

160 | P a g e

Map 2.32. Hydrology of the East Hammar Marshes

2.5. Habitats

The habitats of the East Hammar Marshes follow the same pattern as the Central Marshes. However, the aquatic habitats in the East Hammar are categorized with relatively high salinity, leading to the establishment of what is referred to as salt water habitats. These are evident in the southern parts of the component, and are dominated by halophytic plant species which belong to phanerogamic communities. Further, the marsh vegetation is different from that of the Central and Huwaizah Marshes due to the inclusion of some carbonized organic matter of dark color, lime nodules, crystalline and non-crystalline gypsum, and mollusk shells. It is also noticeable in the East Hammar that the Salt pioneer 161 | P a g e swards extend to much larger areas as compared to the Huwaizah and Central Marshes. Further, the terrestrial habitats are similar to those of the Central Marshes except that Lycium barbarum is present here.

Map 2.33. Habitats of the East Hammar Marshes

2.62.62.6.2.6 ... Flora

17 families and 33 species have been recorded in the East Hammar Marshes. The family Poaceae again has the highest representation with seven species. The East Hammar is the least diverse in plant life as compared to the other natural components, and contains seven of the ten vegetation types. A particular characteristic of these marshes is the salinity due to sea water, resulting in a domination of the submerged vegetation type at 48%. Herbaceous tall vegetation accounts for approximately 39%. The following species are dominant here: Phragmites australis , Schenoplectus luteus , Potamogeton pectinatus , Meriophyllum verticillatum , and Ceratophyllum demersum . The East Hammar arealso characterized by the presence of internal salt marshes which are a good habitat for halophytic species such as Salicornia herbacea , Halocnemum strobilaceum , Tamarix sp. and Suaeda sp. In the desert habitats (terrestrial), the perennial heat tolerant species dominate, including Capparis spinosa , Lysium barbarum and Prosopis farcta . 162 | P a g e

2.7. Fauna 110 bird species are recorded in the East Hammar Marshes, including the Black-headed Gull ( Larus ridibundus ), Slender-billed Gull ( Larus genei ), Common Gull ( Larus canus ), Little Tern ( Sterna albifrons ), and Little Egret ( Egretta garzetta ); with the latter being the most common. Species of global status include the Dalmatian Pelican ( Pelecanus crispus ), Greater Spotted Eagle ( Aquila clanga ), Marbled Teal ( Marmaronetta angustirostris ), Ferruginous Duck ( Aythya nyroca ) and Black-tailed Godwit ( Limosa limosa ). The Basra Reed-warbler ( Acrocephalus griseldis ) and Iraq Babbler ( Turdoides altirostris ) are also present, as these marshes represent a significant proportion of their breeding area.

The East Hammar component is of prime importance for fish species. At least 32 species occur here in a unique ecological setting represented by tidal movement between the marshes and the sea. This attribute supports the prime function of the component as a fish nursery, feeding refuge, and ecological corridor for several marine species. There are more than 12 marine fish species which enter the East Hammar via tidal currents. Fish species of conservation importance recorded in these marshes include Luciobarbus xanthopterus , Barbus grypus , Mesopotamichthys sharpeyi and Tenualosa ilisha . Silurus triostegus comprises 6% of the total fish stock in this component. Lastly, the Euphrates Soft-shell Turtle ( Rafetus euphratica ) is also common in the East Hammar despite its globally threatened status.

163 | P a g e

2.8. Archaeological Sites

Four archaeological sites have been surveyed in the East Hammar Marshes showing occupation from the Parthian, Sassanid and Islamic periods. None of them has been excavated so far.

Map 2.34. Archaeological Sites in the Marshes

164 | P a g e

2.92.92.9.2.9 ... Socioeconomic Features

The East Hammar Marshes are distinctive for the dependency of communities on government employment as compared to the other property components. This explains why the level of dependency on the natural resources for various economic activities is relatively lower than in the other components.

Map 2.35. Human Settlements in the East Hammar Marshes

165 | P a g e

Section III. Factors Influencing the Component

3.1. Development Pressures

Infrastructure Development : The East Hammar do not include any infrastructure or settlements except for a few scattered small villages or households inside their boundaries and buffer zone thus this type of pressure does not represent a high concern. Modification of Natural Systems : As in the West Hammar, the fluctuation of water caused by upstream dams and diversion represents a major pressure. The East Hammar are no exception to the 1980s to 1990s drainage crisis, and like the rest of the property components, they have managed to self-restore many of their physical and biological values. The restoration process is still on-going. Archaeological sites face specific pressures (erosion) related to water fluctuation. Several measures are being implemented to address this issue, specifically: - Improved control over water resources and secured water budget; - Elimination of obstacles related to water reach and maintenance; - The adoption of modern irrigation techniques ensuring high water use efficiency; - Improved coordination between concerned agencies to limit water erosion on archaeological sites. Agriculture Expansion : There are no large scale agriculture activities within the East Hammar with the exception of very small agricultural lands located in the north-eastern part and extending into the buffer zone. The East Hammar receive their waters from Al Shafi and Al Mashab Rivers. Overall, this issue is not of high concern. Mining and Oil Industry : All mining and extracting activities are outside the component boundaries, however, some major oil extraction industry is taking place to the south within the Romaila oil field and to the west at the West Qurna oil field. The current impacts of this factor are limited. The Management Plans provides for improving communication and coordination with relevant agencies and corporations to ensure long-term protection and impact monitoring for the site.

3.2. Other Pressures

Pollution : The East Hammar have the lowest pollution levels relative to the other components, however some water contamination is caused by sewage water from the Shatt Al Arab settlement. Further, the waters received from the Main Outfall Drain are of somewhat high salinity, especially in the summer. In addition to the above, solid waste represents another minor concern. Climate Change : There is no sound research done on climate change impacts to the area, however, general impressions are that the water fluctuation is associated with climate change factors. Desertification : The East Hammar face no pressure of desertification. Hunting and fishing :

166 | P a g e

- Fishing: Fishing is a very common activity in the East Hammar and is considered of medium effect compared to the other components. Current fishing levels are not sustainable as they affect numbers of species and their distribution within this component. The threat level is also amplified by the recent use of non-traditional fishing methods. - Game hunting: This is another active practice, especially with regards to wintering water birds. Many hunters come from outside the area targeting water birds and ducks. This is a rather high-pressure factor relative to the small surface area of the component, and its resilience to impact must be considered when compared to the other components. Grazing : Grazing is another common practice with mainly buffaloes owned by local communities. However, with regards to other cattle and livestock, the numbers are very small and mostly take place on the agricultural lands outside the component boundaries. The Ma’adan uses both forms of grazing; free grazing within the Marshlands, and cut and carry of the reeds. This factor is concentrated on the peripheries of the component or within areas of limited water depth. Exotic and Invasive Species : There are records of limited numbers of exotic introduced species in the East Hammar Marshes. No comprehensive research has been done to evaluate their impact, however this is considered in the implementation of the new management plan. Natural Disasters : The East Hammar Marshes have not been subject to any form of natural disasters, and no historical records of such events are available. Tourism and Visitor Pressure : The East Hammar receive very few visitors, mostly local picnickers, researchers or journalists. There is a potential for future tourism development activities, a subject which is anticipated in the management plan of the property.

167 | P a g e

Table 2.27. Threats to the East Hammar Marshes Component Threats Biodiversity Archaeological Sites Infrastructure Development Low Very low Modification of hydrological Very high Medium Systems (droughts + floods) Agriculture Expansion Low Very low Mining/Oil Medium Very low Water Pollution Very low Low Solid Waste High Medium Climate Change No data Very low Desertification Very low Very low Fishing Medium Medium Hunting High Medium Grazing/animal husbandry Low Medium Invasive and Exotic Species No data N/A Military/security activities Very low Very low Natural Catastrophes Very low Very low Tourism and Visitor Very low Very low Pressure Lack of regular maintenance/ High Low conservation interventions Improper conservation N/A Very low interventions Water and/or N/A Medium wind erosion Invasive vegetation growth N/A Very low Uncontrolled Medium Medium access/trespassing

168 | P a g e

Section VI. Management Objectives

Similar to the other natural components, the East Hammar Marshes are influenced by a number of factors dictating the management framework. The management plan addresses the protection and enhancement of the primary ecological processes as well as the abundance of plant and animal life. It also aims at ensuring the protection, conservation and study of the archaeological sites within its boundaries. Finally, it aims to maintain the goods and services provided to local communities by the ecosystem along with their sustainable utilization.

The main factors influencing East Hammar management are: • The quantity and quality of waters entering the component; • The level of effectiveness of the legal frameworks and enforcement mechanisms; • The level of institutional coordination and collaboration between concerned stakeholders; • The available level of funding for management; • The local traditions and systems and their role in achieving sustainable utilization of natural resources.

The following key objectives are set for the management of the East Hammar Marshes component: 1. To designate the component as a Protected Area. 2. To ensure the allocation of sufficient water quantities for the component through the effective control of incoming waters and monitoring of the allocated water budget, while maintaining the infrastructure that provides it. 3. To ensure the adequate quality of the water coming into the marshes through an effective water quality monitoring system. 4. To promote the sustainable utilization of natural resources along with enhanced understanding and appreciation of its conservation and proper enforcement of regulations such as those related to hunting. 5. To develop and maintain a comprehensive database to provide better understanding of the impacts of human activities such as reed collection, buffalo grazing and species introduction. 6. To ensure the protection, conservation and study of the archaeological sites. 7. To enhance the level of institutional cooperation leading to effective long- term management. 8. To provide adequate financial allocations by the central and local governments to implement priority interventions and projects which would support the site’s management. 999.9... To reach a sustainable balance between the maintenance of marsh-based livelihoods for local communities, improved socioeconomic opportunities, enhanced local participation in decision making, and natural resource use.

169 | P a g e

Section V. Proposed Management Structure

Figure 2.5. Management Structure of the East Hammar Marshes Component

Technical Assistant to the Minister of Environment

Wetlands, Marshlands and Natural Resources Management Department (Ba(Baghdad)ghdad) (Currently Marshlands and Wetlands Department)

Southern Environment Directorate (Basrah) (Marshlands Section) Central Management Team (CMT)

Basrah Environment Directorate

Site Management Team (SMT) of East Hammar Marshes: --- Head of Directorate --- Staff of Marshlands Section --- Local Steering Committee with representatives of Basrah CRIMW & CRIMW local committee, Antiquity Directorate, South Oil Company, other relevant local agencies, local communities

170 | P a g e

Chapter VI. Implementation Plan for the Natural Components

171 | P a g e

Section I. Action Plans

A. Institutional Component

Strategic Goal 1: To establish effective national institutional mechanisms to ensure the integrated natural and cultural resource management of the Marshlands at local and national levels. Strategic Objective 1.1: To establish well-defined and effective management institutional arrangements for the sustainable management of the Marshlands. Responsibilit Operational Objectives Activities Outcome Supporting Delivery time y Invite ministries concerned by the property (MoTA, MoWR, MoO, MoA, etc.) to be By September 1.1.1: By end of 2015, activate NCWH activated MoE Concerned ministries represented in NCWH and approve its 2015 overarching role of National mandate Committee for WH (NCWH) and Establish a Team of Technical Advisors (TTA) strengthen its capacity to ensure under the NCWH that will play the major A Team of Technical effective implementation of the By December coordination role within and between Advisors under the MoE + MoTA Concerned ministries Ahwar Property MPs. 2015 concerned government agencies (national NCWH established and governorate levels) Hold a workshop with all key stakeholders to CMP endorsed and full endorse the Consolidated Management Plan Concerned ministries & By December Vision Statement MoE + MoTA and develop a full Vision Statement for the local governments 2015 developed property 1.1.2: By 2016, establish Establish Local Steering Committee (LSC) for Local Steering participatory local institutional the four natural components formed mainly Committee created and Concerned ministries & By March mechanisms in the Marshlands TTA – MoE from the primary stakeholders and involved in local governments 2016 incorporate them in management structure management Sign official MoU between the tribes within Concerned ministries & MoU signed MoE – TTA By June 2016 the Marshlands and the Iraqi government. local governments Assess the capacity of stakeholders and local By December communities to manage the natural and Capacity needs assessed MoE TTA + MoTA + MoC 2016 cultural resources within the Marshlands. 1.1.3: By 2017, strengthen the Develop and implement capacity-building Capacity building capacity of stakeholders in programmes for primary stakeholders of Programmes MoWR – MoTA – MoP – By December management and sustainable use MoE Marshlands including MoE and MoWR local implemented MoF 2017 of the natural and cultural staff resources. Develop series of training manuals and CDs to Training manuals MoWR – MoTA – MoP – By December ensure the availability of them at the local and produced MoE MoF - MoC 2017 national levels. 172 | P a g e

Strategic Goal 1: To establish effective national institutional mechanisms to ensure the integrated natural and cultural resource management of the Marshlands at local and national levels. Strategic Objective 1.2: To improve the planning and regulatory framework for sustainable development of the Marshlands. Operational Objectives Activities Outcome Responsibility Supporting Delivery time TTA + concerned Draft a law for the protection, conservation MoE - MoWR – MoC- By January A new law drafted Parliamentary 1.2.1: By early 2017, draft a and development of the Marshlands MoTA – MoP 2017 Committees new law for Marshlands to Draft executive regulations for the new law ensure the effective operation TTA + concerned specifying all the institutional, financial, MoE- MoWR – MoTA of the management system. Bylaws are drafted Parliamentary By March 2017 management and operational procedures – MoP Committees and regulations to implement it Assess existing policies, strategies and plans Existing policies, MoWR – MoTA – against international standards (WH, CBD, strategies and plans TTA – MoE By March 2016 1.2.2: By 2017, revise and MoP Ramsar, IUCN, ICOMOS). assessed update all existing planning Update national policies, strategies and plans Existing policies, documents to ensure MoWR – MoTA – By December for compatibility with international strategies and plans TTA – MoE compatibility with WH values MoP 2016 standards. updated of the property Update the national strategy for planning and National strategy MoWR – MoTA – TTA – MoE By March 2017 management of the Marshlands. updated MoP

1.2.3: By end of 2017, Improve internet connectivity in all Operational MoE - MoWR – MoTA By December improve accessibility and NCWH – TTA governmental departments. internet/emails – MoP 2015 updating of data and information about Marshlands to ensure better planning and MoWR – MoTA – By December management of its natural and Operational websites MoE – TTA cultural resources. Create information and interactive online MoP 2015 database uploaded on the web.

173 | P a g e

Strategic Goal 1: To establish effective national institutional mechanisms to ensure the integrated natural and cultural resource management of the Marshlands at local and national levels. Strategic Objective 1.3: To create communication tools for the purpose of raising public awareness, enhancing knowledge and also for information exchange and learning about the Marshlands Operational Objectives Activities Outcome Responsibility Supporting Delivery time 1.3.1: By 2015, develop and Assess the existing communication, Existing strategies implement effective education and awareness strategies for MoE – TTA MoWR – MoTA – MoP By June 2016 assessed communication strategy stakeholders. amongst stakeholders in the Create and implement communication Communication strategy By December MoE MoWR – MoTA – MoP Marshlands to ensure their strategy for the Marshlands. implemented 2016 effective participation in Engage stakeholders on a continuous basis Stakeholders By December MoE MoWR – MoTA – MoP conservation efforts. through participatory methods. Participated 2016 Engage Turkey and Iran on the sustainable Regional platform MoE – Parliament – By December use of the Marshlands through a regional MoWR 1.3.2: By 2016, Iraqi established MoTA – MoP 2016 platform. government renews engagement Implement best practices and lesson learned Best practices MoE - MoWR – MoTA By December with Syria, Iran and Turkey to NCHW – TTA from other regions (e.g. Nile Basin Initiative) implemented – MoP 2018 ensure an adequate flow of water Develop and implement regional joint entering Marshlands. Regional joint projects Parliament –MoE - By December projects for better management of water NCWH – TTA implemented MoWR – MoTA – MoP 2018 sources. Develop and disseminate educational Educational 1.3.3: By 2018, organize an information and publicity materials. information and MoE - MoWR – MoTA By December awareness raise local, national MoE – TTA publicity materials – MoP -MoC 2017 and international campaigns to disseminated reduce the negative ecological Develop and implement annual national and cultural impacts of campaigns to raise the awareness at the local MoE - MoWR – MoTA By December development activities in the Campaigns implemented MoE – TTA and national levels about the importance of – MoP – MoC 2018 Marshlands. the Marshlands.

174 | P a g e

B. Ecological Component

Operational Objectives Activities Outcome Responsibility Supporting Delivery time Establish “Marshlands Species Task Force” (M STF) 2.1.1: By 2016, carry out to explore and report about the current status of Keystone and indicator MoP – NGOs – By December baseline survey of keystone and MoE keystone and indicator species within species assessed Universities 2016 indicator species. Marshlands. 2.1.2: By 2017, establish national Increase the frequency and monitoring sites of MoE – MoSR – By December Plan assessed MoWR water quality and quantity water resources within the Marshlands. MoP 2017 monitoring system to improve Develop master plan for Marshlands to ensure MoE – MoSR – By December Master plan developed MoWR decision-making. better quality and quantity of water resources. MoP 2016 Create Research Advisory Group for management Research Advisory MoE – MoO - MoWR – MoTA – By June 2017 of effects of oil extractions. Group created Universities MoP 2.1.3: By 2017, develop Develop and implement an integrated research Integrated research MoE – MoO - MoWR – MoTA – By December integrated research strategy for strategy for oil extractions in Marshlands. strategy developed Universities MoP 2017 the Marshlands. Develop Contingency Plan for combating oil Research and MoWR – MoTA – By December pollution in Marshlands. monitoring manuals MoE – MoO MoP – MoF 2017 developed 2.1.4: By 2019, declare 100% of Update the existing lists for the KBA and prepare Lists for proposed sites MoE - MoWR – MoE – TTA By May 2016 key biodiversity areas (KBA) lists for proposed sites updated MoHE – MoP within the Marshlands Prepare nomination files and take the necessary Proposed sites declared MoE - MoWR – By December international areas (IBAs, IPAs, procedures to declare proposed sites at the at the international level MoE – TTA MoTA – MoP 2019 Ramsar) international levels. 2.1.5: By 2020, declare 50% of Strengthen & enforce the national protected areas Protected areas’ law MoWR – MoTA – By December MoE – TTA key biodiversity areas (KBA) in Iraq. issued MoP 2016 within Marshlands protected Adopt the protected areas mentioned in the Protected areas declared areas according to international strategic action plan of Iraq referenced on the and operational MoWR – MoTA – By December MoE – TTA standards. PoWPA and CBD websites. MoP 2019

Establish periodic system for evaluation of Management management effectiveness of the declared effectiveness of the MoWR – MoTA – By December MoE – TTA protected areas (METT , RAPPAM, site level; etc.). declared protected areas MoP 2020 evaluated

175 | P a g e

Strategic Goal 2: To ensure the long-term conservation of the Marshlands and the provision of existing ecosystem services as well as ecological fluxes for the benefit of all the organisms depending on it. Strategic Objective 2.2: To maintain or restore the wetland habitats and ecosystems of the Marshlands within their normal thresholds . Operational Objectives Activities Outcome Responsibility Supporting Delivery time Assess and mitigate the current activities of the oil c ompanies within the Current activities of oil MoP – Universities By December 2.2.1: By 2020, oil companies Marshlands. companies assessed MoO – MoE - NGOs 2017 rehabilitate and restore and mitigated 20% of their designated areas according to the Restore 20% of the areas designated for baseline survey of oil extraction within the Marshlands. 20% of the areas keystone and indicator MoP – Universities – designated for oil MoO – MoE By May 2020 species. NGOs extraction restored

Assess the existing hunting and grazing Hunting and grazing By December practices within the Marshlands. MoE – MoA Local governments practices assessed 2016

Develop and implement the range of Hunting and grazing 2.2.2: By 2018, develop and carrying capacities according to the carrying capacity implement range carrying capacity By December sustainable use international standards developed and MoE – MoA Local governments guidelines for fishing 2018 for hunting and grazing implemented and grazing practices within the Marshlands. Finalize and operationalize fisheries Fisheries regulations By December regulations within the Marshlands. MoA Local governments implemented 2018

176 | P a g e

C. Socioeconomic Component

Strategic Goal 3: To sustainably and equitably use the natural and cultural resources of the Marshlands and support the marsh-based livelihoods and culture of local communities. Strategic Objective 3.1: To implement effectively the principals of the ecosystem approach for a sustainable use the natural resources of the Marshlands for the long term benefit of all stakeholders Operational Objectives Activities Outcome Responsibility Supporting Delivery time Develop comprehensive study on the Study on the economic 3.1.1: By 2017, conduct economic valuation of the ecosystem valuation of the MoP –Universities – By December MoE comprehensive study on the services within the Marshlands. ecosystem services NGOs 2017 economic valuation of the developed ecosystem services within the Carry out a series of training workshops for Marshlands to enhance the stakeholders related to Marshlands to raise Training workshops MoP – Universities – MoE By May 2016 existing decision making process. their awareness about the economic carried out NGOs importance of Marshlands to Iraq. Evaluate the existing efforts to remove Existing efforts to 3.1.2: By 2020, monitor and minefields from Marshlands. remove minefields TTA – MoE MoI By July 2016 mitigate the impacts of 10% of evaluated the minefields within the Remove and mitigate 10% of the minefields 10% of the minefields By December Marshlands. within the Marshlands. within the Marshlands TTA – MoE MoI 2020 cleared

177 | P a g e

Strategic Goal 3: To sustainably and equitably use the natural and cultural resources of the Marshlands and support the marsh-based livelihoods and culture of local communities. Strategic Objective 3.2: To develop socio-economic opportunities to improve livelihoods of Marshlands communities. Operational Objectives Activities Outcome Responsibility Supporting Delivery time 3.2.1: By 2018, prepare and Prepare guidelines to streamline illiteracy, Illiteracy, gender and MoE - MoWR – MoTA – By August implement guidelines for key gender and poverty policies among poverty policies MoEd – MoLSA-MoL MoP 2015 sectors to streamline illiteracy, Marshlands communities streamlined gender and poverty policies 75% of the staff of the new agency should be MoE - MoWR – MoTA – By December during the implementation of the from local communities within the Staff hired NCWH – TTA MoP 2018 management plan. Marshlands. Create national task force to document the Traditional practices of intangible cultural heritage and traditional MoE – MoWR – MoTA By Decembre local communities MoE – MoC environmental knowledge and practices of – MoP 2016 documented 3.2.2: By 2020, ensure that local communities within the Marshlands traditional access rights to Develop and implement a community-based CBNRM program NCWH – TTA - MoE - MoWR – MoTA – By December natural resources for natural resource management (CBNRM) implemented Tribes MoP 2018 subsistence in concession areas program within the property. are respected. Sign MoUs with local communities to ensure that traditional access rights to natural NCWH – TTA - MoE - MoWR – MoTA – By December MoUs signed resources for subsistence in concession Tribes MoP 2018 areas are respected.

178 | P a g e

Strategic Goal 3: To sustainably and equitably use the natural and cultural resources of the Marshlands and support the marsh-based livelihoods and culture of local communities. Strategic Objective 3.2: To develop socio-economic opportunities to improve livelihoods of Marshlands communities. Operational Objectives Activities Outcome Responsibility Supporting Delivery time Support local communities with new agricultural systems for cultivation of crops New agricultural By December MoA MoE - MoWR – MoP - (drops irrigation – environmentally friendly systems implemented 2020 fertilizers and pesticides). Enhance veterinary services for livestock of local communities by doubling the number Veterinary centers as By December of veterinary centers and supporting them well as mobile enters MoA MoE - MoWR – MoP 2020 with mobile (cars – boats) veterinary centers operational to reach communities in remote areas. 3.2.3: By 2020, enhance public Strengthen the quality of health services as services and infrastructure for well as double their current number and Health center s as well as local communities living in the By December support them with mobile (cars – boats) mobile centers MoH MoE - MoWR – MoP Marshlands by 40% of their 2020 health centers to reach communities in operational current levels remote areas. Establish new livestock product centers (processing of meat, milk, eggs, butter, etc.) Livestock product By December MoA MoE - MoWR –MoP within main local settlements to provide job centers operational 2020 opportunities. Establish small size water treatment units as Small size water well as waste water treatment units within treatment units & waste MoE – MoF - MoP - By December MoMPW – MoWR local settlements. water treatment units Local governments 2020 established

179 | P a g e

Strategic Goal 3: To sustainably and equitably use the natural and cultural resources of the Marshlands and support the marsh-based livelihoods and culture of local communities. Strategic Objectives 3.3: To durably protect, conserve, study and raise awareness about the archaeological sites inside the natural components Operational Objectives Activities Outcome Responsibility Supporting Delivery time Sign an MoU pertaining to the protection and conservation of archaeological sites MoU signed and By Decembre NCWH- MoTA MoWR - MoE including those that may be identified in the enforced 2015 future. Incorporate sites inside the natural Excavation plan components into the research strategy and prepared for sites inside MoTA MoE – MoWR By June 2016 plan for all archaeological sites in the 3.2.3: By 2020, develop and Marshlands implement protection, property Improve on-the-ground protection of conservation, research and Sites fences and better By December archaeological sites by fencing those MoTA MoE – MoWR awareness-raising measures for protected 2016 archaeological sites inside the excavated Marshlands Incorporate sites inside the natural components into the monitoring and Sites regularly MoTA MoE –MOWR By June 2017 maintenance regime for all archaeological monitored sites in the property Complete archaeological survey in the Survey of Huweizah MoTA MoE-MOWR By June 2018 Huweizah Marshes. available Understand and address the significance and Knowledge and risk By January specific risks faced by archaeological sites preparedness of sites MoTA MoE-MOWR 2020 inside the Marshlands improved

180 | P a g e

Section II. Monitoring and Evaluation Plan

Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) is the regular collection and analysis of information to track the implementation and measure the performance of any project against its expected results. It provides important information about how the project is performing, which helps decision makers and other stakeholders. M&E is a source of information for justifying changes in management strategy, budgets, etc., otherwise known as adaptive management. Used well, M&E helps to identify successful interventions early which could be replicated. It provides information for evaluation and learning. It is also a tool for motivating the stakeholders, by generating a shared understanding of the project and its context. The information that it provides can promote accountability, credibility and public confidence in the project.

The Monitoring and Evaluation Plan allows to track the implementation of the Management Plan. Monitoring has to be carried out at two levels. The first entails monitoring of implementation of outputs, and the second monitors changes at operational objective level. Within the context of government planning structures the M&E will equate to a performance measurement tool which usually accompanies strategic plans.

A. Institutional Component

Strategic Goal 1 : To establish effective national institutional mechanisms to ensure the integrated natural and cultural resource management in Marshlands at local, national and international levels. Strategic Objective 1.1: To establish well-defined and effective management institutions for the sustainable management of the Marshlands. Source of Who will Operational Objectives Indicators Frequency information collect 1.1.1: By end of 2015, activate overarching role of ••• Number of members and frequency of National Committee for WH (NCWH) and meetings of NCWH. Annual reports NCWH– TTA Annually strengthen its capacity to ensure effective implementation of the Marshlands Property MPs. ••• No. of Steering Committees established and their members - List of members of 1.1.2: By 2016, establish participatory local ••• No. of signed MoUs signed with tribes within Steering Committees NCWH – TTA Annually institutional mechanisms for the Marshlands the Marshlands. - MoUs

1.1.3: By 2017, strengthen the capacity of ••• Capacity building level of stakeholders and stakeholders in management and sustainable use of concerned management staff regarding Training reports NCWH – TTA Annually the natural resources. sustainable use of the natural resources.

181 | P a g e

Strategic Goal 1: To establish effective national institutional mechanisms to ensure the integrated natural and cultural resource management in Marshlands at local, national and international levels. Strategic Objective 1.2: To improve the planning and regulatory framework for sustainable development of the Marshlands. Source of Who will Operational Objectives Indicators Frequency information collect 1.2.1: By early 2017, draft a new law for ••• No. of meetings/workshops organized to Each 3 Marshlands to ensure the effective operation of the draft the law and its bylaws MoE progress reports NCWH – TTA months management system. 1.2.2: : By 2017, revise and update all existing ••• No. of updated plans of all related planning documents to ensure compatibility with stakeholders according to the international Updated plans NCWH – TTA Annually WH values of the property standards. Operational Objective 1.2.3: ••• No. data records and amount of information By end of 2017, improve accessibility and updating stored within the national database about of data and information about Marshlands to Marshlands. Annual report NCWH – TTA Annually ensure better planning and management of its natural and cultural resources.

Strategic Goal 1: To establish effective national institutional mechanisms to ensure the integrated natural and cultural resource management in Marshlands at local, national and international levels. Strategic Objective 1.3: To create communication tools for the purpose of raising public awareness, enhancing knowledge and also for information exchange and learning about the Marshlands. Source of Who will Operational Objectives Indicators Frequency information collect 1.3.1: By 2015, develop and implement effective ••• No. of stakeholders involved in the communication strategy amongst stakeholders in implementation of the management plan. Meetings reports NCWH – TTA Annually the Marshlands to ensure their effective - progress report participation the conservation efforts of the site. 1.3.2: By 2016, Iraqi government facilitates ••• No. of regional meetings to reduce the MoFA progress report engagement of Syria, Iran and Turkey to ensure an impacts of the upstream developments in on the regional NCWH – TTA Annually adequate flow of water entering Marshlands. Syria, Iran and Turkey. meetings 1.3.3: By 2018, organize an awareness raise local, ••• No. of stakeholders aware about the WH national and international campaigns to reduce the nomination of the Marshlands. Campaigns reports NCWH – TTA Annually negative ecological and cultural impacts of ••• No. of local, national and international development activities in the Marshlands. campaigns organized.

182 | P a g e

B. Ecological Component

Strategic Goal 2: To ensure the long-term conservation of the Marshlands and the provision of existing ecosystem services as well as ecological fluxes for the benefit of all the organisms depending on it. Strategic Objective 2.1: To conserve the ecological functions of the Marshland ecosystems, and the interactions between them. Source of Who will Operational Objectives Indicators Frequency information collect ••• No. of keystone and indicator species 2.1.1: By 2016, carry out baseline survey of recorded. Survey reports – IUCN NCWH – TTA Annually keystone and indicator species within Marshlands. ••• No. of keystone and indicator species Red List reports registered officially in the IUCN Red List. 2.1.2: By 2016, establish national water quality and ••• No. of monitoring sites of water resources Annual reports from quantity monitoring system to improve the within the Marshlands. NCWH – TTA Annually monitoring sites decision-making process. ••• No. of standardized research and monitoring Manuals produced – 2.1.3: By 2016, develop integrated research manuals produced on biodiversity research projects NCWH – TTA Annually strategy for the Marshlands. components of the Marshlands. reports ••• No. of research projects implemented. 2.1.4: By 2019, declare 50% of the key biodiversity ••• No. of key biodiversity areas recorded areas (KBA) within the Marshlands as international nationally. MoE reports – NCWH – TTA Annually areas (IBAs, IPAs, Ramsar sites, WH property, etc.). ••• No. of sites officially registered as conventions lists international important sites. 2.1.5: By 2020, declare 50% of the key biodiversity ••• No. of declared protected areas within the Protected areas areas (KBA) within the Marshlands as protected Marshlands. annual report - areas according to the international standards. ••• No. of protected areas that subjected to Management NCWH – TTA Annually management effectiveness evaluation. effectiveness evaluation reports.

183 | P a g e

C. Socioeconomic Component

Strategic Goal 3: To sustainably and equitably use the natural and cultural resources of the Marshlands and support the marsh-based livelihoods and culture of local communities. Strategic Objective 3.1: To implement effectively the principals of the ecosystem approach for a sustainable use the natural resources of the Marshlands for the long term benefit of all stakeholders. Source of Who will Operational Objectives Indicators Frequency information collect 3.1.1: By 2016, conduct comprehensive study on ••• No. of economic values of the ecosystems the economic valuation of the ecosystem services services estimated and reported. Expert report NCWH – TTA Annually within the Marshlands to enhance the existing decision making process. ••• No. of minefields recorded and restored. 3.1.2: By 2020, to monitor and mitigate the impacts Contracted companies NCWH – TTA Annually of 10% of the minefields within the Marshlands. reports

184 | P a g e

Strategic Goal 3: To sustainably and equitably use the natural and cultural resources of the Marshlands and support the marsh-based livelihoods and culture of local communities Strategic Objective 3.2: To develop socio-economic opportunities to improve livelihoods of the Marshlands stakeholders. Source of Who will Operational Objectives Indicators Frequency information collect 3.2.1: By 2018, prepare and implement guidelines ••• % of Marshlands communities covered by for key sectors to streamline illiteracy, gender and the policies. UNDP annual reports NCWH – TTA Annually poverty policies during the implementation of the ••• % of illiteracy and poverty within local management plan. communities in the Marshlands. ••• No. of traditional practices of Marshlands Operational Objective 3.2.2: By 2020, ensure that National communities officially recorded. Iraqi national reports traditional access rights to natural resources for NCWH – TTA report each ••• No. of CBNRM programs implemented within to CBD convention subsistence in concession areas are respected. four years Marshlands communities. ••• Percentage of agricultural areas applying organic farming. ••• No. of livestock treated in the veterinary centers established within the Marshlands. ••• No. of individuals treated in the health 3.2.3: By 2020, enhance the public services and centers established within the Marshlands. Local government infrastructure to local communities living the NCWH – TTA Annually • % of Marshlands areas covered by mobile annual reports Marshlands by 40% of the current situation. •• veterinary and health centers. ••• No. of livestock products centers operated within the Marshlands. ••• No. of houses and families receiving clean water from water treatment units.

Strategic Goal 3: To sustainably and equitably use the natural and cultural resources of the Marshlands and support the marsh-based livelihoods and culture of local communities Strategic Objectives 3.3: To durably protect, conserve, study and raise awareness about the archaeological sites inside the natural components Source of Who will Operational Objectives Indicators Frequency information collect 3.2.3: By 2020, develop and implement protection, ••• Signed MoU between MoTA, MoE and MoWR conservation, research and awareness-raising ••• Number of excavation seasons conducted MoTA annual reports NCWH – TTA Annually measures for archaeological sites inside the ••• Number of sites fenced Marshlands ••• Number of sites surveyed in the Huwaizah

185 | P a g e

PART III. Management Plans of the Cultural Component Parts

186 | P a g e

CONTENTS

Acronyms Chapter I. Issues Common to the Cultural Component Parts Chapter II. Management Plan of Uruk Archaeological City Chapter III. Management Plan of Ur Archaeological City Chapter IV. Management Plan of Tell Eridu Archaeological Site Chapter V. Implementation Plan for the Cultural Components

187 | P a g e

188 | P a g e

ACRONYMS

AHD Antiquity and Heritage Directorate ARC-WH Arab Regional Centre for World Heritage CBD Convention on Biological Diversity CRIMW Centre for the Restoration of the Iraqi Marshlands and Wetlands GoI Government of Iraq IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature MoA Ministry of Agriculture MoC Ministry of Culture MoE Ministry of Environment MoEd Ministry of Education MoF Ministry of Finance MoFA Ministry of Foreign Affairs MoH Ministry of Health MoHESR Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research MoI Ministry of Interior MoMPW Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works MoO Ministry of Oil MoP Ministry of Planning MoLSA Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs MoST Ministry of Science and Technology MoTA Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities MoU Memorandum of Understanding MoWR Ministry of Water Resources NCWH National Committee for World Heritage NGO Non-Governmental Organization OGWHC Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage Convention (2013) OUV Outstanding Universal Value ROWA Regional Office for West Asia SBAH State Board of Antiquities and Heritage SMT Site Management Team TTA Team of Technical Advisers 189 | P a g e

UNEP United Nations Environment Programme UNEP-DTIE-IETC UNEP Division of Technology, Industry and Economics – International Environmental Technology Centre UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization WH World Heritage WWF World Wide Fund for Nature

190 | P a g e

Chapter I. Issues Common to the Cultural Component Parts

191 | P a g e

CONTENTS

Section I. Overview of the Cultural Components and their Relations to the Ancient Marshlands Section II. Current Legal and Planning Framework Section III. Current Management System and Challenges Section IV. Other Management-Related Factors Section V. Key Threats Section VI. Proposed Management System Section VII. Proposed World Heritage Compliance Monitoring and Reporting System Section VIII. General Management Goals and Objectives Section IX. Operational Objectives

192 | P a g e

193 | P a g e

Section I. Overview of the Cultural Components and their Relations to the Ancient Marshlands

Until the 2 nd millennium BCE, when the sea regressed towards the south, the marshy and moving landscape of the Euphrates and Tigris within the deltaic plain was the heartland where the cities of Uruk, Ur and Eridu flourished. Textual and archaeological evidences suggest that the exploitation of the marshlands had a critical impact on social institutions, economy and the development of cities in the region. Furthermore, the marshes were a major source of inspiration for Sumerian religion and literature. Eridu and Uruk were situated originally on the margins of freshwater marshes whereas Ur was located near the shores of the Arabian Gulf. Today, these three sites are well inland and surrounded by an arid landscape. However, traces of the ancient environment of marshlands and rivers, together with hydraulic works (canals, harbours, etc.), are still found in the topography and archaeological remains of the sites.

These remains offer a complete testimony to the growth and achievements of southern Mesopotamian urban centers and societies, and to their outstanding contribution to the history of the Ancient Near East and mankind as a whole. In particular, the great ziqqurats of Uruk, Ur and Eridu provide the most ancient and best documented examples of urban and religious architecture in southern Mesopotamia. Today, the mudbrick ruins of Uruk, Ur and Eridu dominate the arid but striking landscape of the desiccated plain. They stand as testimonies to the antiquity and achievements of southern Mesopotamian cultures, and the impact of the unstable deltaic landscape upon the rise and fall of these large urban centers.

Table 1.1. Centre Point Coordinates of the Cultural Components Component Governorate Coordinates of the central point Uruk Archaeological City Muthanna N 31 19 27/E 45 38 14 Ur Archaeological City Dhi Qar N 30 57 47/E 46 6 11 Tell Eridu Archaeological Dhi Qar N 30 49 01/E 45 59 45 Site

194 | P a g e

Table 1.2. Size of the Cultural Components and Their Associated Buffer Zones Component Area of component Area of buffer zone Governorate (ha) (ha) Uruk Archaeological City 541 292 Muthanna Ur Archaeological City 71 317 Dhi Qar Tell Eridu Archaeological 33 1,069 Dhi Qar Site

Map 1.1. Boundaries and Buffer Zones of the Cultural and Natural Components

195 | P a g e

Uruk Archaeological City (modern Warka) lies about 80 km northwest of ancient Ur and 30 km east of modern Samawah, the administrative Centre of the Governorate of Muthanna. Uruk was originally situated southwest of the ancient Euphrates riverbed, now dry, and on the edges of a marsh. It is the place where fundamental features of Mesopotamian urban civilization, including writing and the first literary texts, developed and was the forerunner of the urbanization process in southern Mesopotamia. It was a top political, cultural and religious Centre in the historical periods, but its critical influence on Mesopotamian and world history dates back to the 4th millennium BCE, the so called Uruk period (c. 4000-3000). The archaeological site consists of a large area in the centre of the city where different sanctuaries are situated, including two ziqqurats, and several living quarters inside the city; they are separated from each other by ancient canals. Additional areas inside the city were used as gardens, fields and production areas.

The boundaries and buffer zone of Uruk Archaeological City as a component of the proposed World Heritage (WH) property follow the official boundaries and buffer zone of the archaeological site and encompass all the archaeological remains. The component covers an area of 530 ha within the ancient city walls. The buffer zone covers an additional c. 292 ha. The maximum extent of the component is 3 km north-south and 2.5 km east-west.

Ur Archaeological City (modern Tell Al Muqayyar) is situated 17 km south-west of Nasiriyah, the administrative centre of the Dhi Qar Governorate, and 200 km north of Basrah and the Arabian Gulf. Ur emerged as a key player in the political life of the southern city-state system during the period of the First Ur Dynasty (2670 BCE), when it became one of the most important and wealthy Sumerian cities. It remained significantly smaller than Uruk but profited from its location as the city closest to the entrance of the Arabian Gulf and developed into the most important Sumerian port on the Gulf, which extended much further inland than it does today. The archaeological site is surrounded by a mud brick wall of oval shape and contains a ziqqurat, several other temples, palaces, residential quarters, and a burial site including the so-called royal tombs. The boundaries of the Ur Archaeological City as a component of the proposed WH property follow the lower topographical contours of the archaeological mound (Tell Al Muqayyar), which encompasses the most important archaeological remains of the Sumerian period. The buffer zone coincides with the boundaries of the official archaeological site, which follow the ancient city walls. In addition to public buildings, the buffer zone includes two of the three identified harbours of Ur, one on the northern corner of the city wall, and the second along the western wall, none of them excavated yet. However the main harbour is situated outside the buffer zone of the property component. It has yet to be excavated and the boundaries of the component might be extended at a later stage to include it. The component covers 71 ha, and its buffer zone covers 317 ha.

Tell Eridu Archaeological Site (modern name Tell Abu Shahrain) is located 40 km south-west of Nasiriyah, the administrative centre of Dhi Qar Governorate, and 12 km to the southwest of Ur. The settlement developed during the Ubaid period (c. 5000 BCE) in a unique environment, that of the transitional zone between sea and land with its shifting watercourses, small islands, and deep reed thickets. The settlement was built upon a hillock within a depression about 6 m below the level of the surrounding land, which allowed the subterranean waters to collect together. Eridu 196 | P a g e was developed by the Ubaid culture as a major cultic Centre, and the Mesopotamian tradition considered it the oldest city in the world.

Tell Eridu is a typical cone-shaped archaeological mound (tell), half a kilometre in diameter, rising some 25 m above the plain. The boundaries of Tell Eridu as a component of the proposed World Heritage property follow the lower topographic contours of the Tell. Six smaller tells are dotted around Tell Eridu. Five of these smaller mounds and the depression where the original lagoon surrounding Tell Eridu formed are included in the buffer zone of the property, which coincides with the official boundary of the archaeological site and is marked on the ground by a sand berm. The component covers 33 ha, and the buffer zone c. 1069 ha.

As regards legal designations and boundaries, Uruk, Ur and Eridu are registered in the Official Gazette n° 1465 of 17 October 1935 as archaeological sites and protected under article 7 of the Iraqi Law of Antiquities and Heritage n°55 of 2002. Registration in the Official Gazette includes the definition of official boundaries and buffer zones.

In terms of land tenure , the three components are owned by the Iraqi Treasury and under the legal responsibility of the State Board of Antiquities and Heritage (SBAH). None of the components is inhabited save for the site guards and their families at Uruk and Ur.

197 | P a g e

Section II. Current Legal and Planning Framework

2.1. Legal and Regulatory Framework

The national legal and regulatory framework is reviewed below in view of: • Assessing the overall enabling environment for the protection, conservation, management, presentation, stakeholder participation and sustainability of the values of the cultural components; • Determining to what level the obligations to the World Heritage Convention are met and protection is enforced at the country level under existing legislations and regulations.

The review was conducted over legal and regulatory tools with a direct or indirect impact on the protection of cultural heritage, and specifically what is referred to under the Iraqi law as “antiquities and heritage.” These tools are: • The Constitution of Iraq adopted on the 15th of October 2005; • Law no. (45) of 2000, Organizing the Antiquities and Heritage Authority; • Law no (55) of 2002, The Antiquity and Heritage Law; • Law no. (13) of 2006, The Investment Law; • Law no. (13) of 2012, The Ministry of Tourism and Antiquity Law; • Law no. (19) of 2009, The Ministry of Planning Law; • Law no. (37) of 2008, The Ministry of Environment Law; • Law no. (27) of 2009, The Law for the Protection and Enhancement of the Environment; • Law no. (2) of 2014, Regulations for Natural Reserves; • Governmental decrees and guidance; • Draft Mandate of the National Committee for World Heritage.

These tools were reviewed in so far as they include specific provisions with regards to the following major themes: • Legislative, regulatory and contractual measures for protection; • Boundaries for effective protection and buffer zones; • Adequate management systems for maintaining and enhancing the values of the cultural components; • Sustainable use of the site; • Capacity building and research; • Awareness raising and education; • Promotion of cultural heritage. 198 | P a g e

These themes are considered primary areas requiring a proactive legislative framework to make sure that the values of the cultural components are protected and sustained for the benefit of future generations.

Table 1.3. Analysis of the Legal and Regulatory Framework Criteria for Evaluation Analysis Legal, regulatory and contractual measures for protection Legal bases - The Iraqi Constitution refers to “Antiquities, archaeological sites, cultural buildings, manuscripts and coins” as being “national treasures” under the “jurisdiction of the federal authorities” (Section 4, Article 113).

- The law governing the protection, conservation and management of antiquities and heritage is the Antiquity and Heritage Law” (no. 55 of 2002); its objectives are mainly to conserve the antiquities and heritage, the national treasures of Iraq, and to uncover antiquities and heritage making them known to citizens and to the international community, thereby highlighting the singular role Iraqi culture has played in the development of human civilization (Article 1).

- Furthermore, the objectives of the Antiquity and Heritage Law shall be achieved through the designation of sites, undertaking scientific excavations, the maintenance of antiquities as well as heritage and historic sites, the establishment of museums to provide access to antiquities and heritage, the production of models and heritage materials, the undertaking of studies and research, the organization of conferences and talks that showcase the antiquities of Iraq and its cultural heritage, featuring Iraqi Antiquity and heritage materials in foreign museums, forming archaeologists and heritage specialists and developing their capabilities through training courses, missions abroad and fellowships, and establishing survey teams in charge of the national survey and inventory of antiquities, heritage and buildings in Iraq (Article 2).

- By Antiquities, it is understood: the “movable and ﬁxed properties or assets, not less than two hundred (200) years of age, that were built, manufactured, sculpted, produced, written, sketched, or photographed by man. The term, antiquities, also means all human and animal skeletons as well as plant fossils (Article 4/7).

- By Cultural Heritage Materials, it is understood: movable and ﬁxed property or assets that are no less than two hundred (200) years of age and are of historic, patriotic, national, religious, or artistic value and that are designated to have such value through a decree issued by the Minister (Article 4/7).

- By Historic Site, it is understood: a site, regardless of its age, that was the scene of a significant historic event or of an event of historic signiﬁcance whatever its age may be (Article 4/8).

- The Law for the Protection and Enhancement of the Environment (Law no. 27 of 2009) refers as well to cultural heritage as being a component of the environment warranting protection and enhancement. In this respect, Article 1 of the Law refers to the objective of protecting and enhancing the environment as well as the conservation of natural assets, biodiversity and the cultural and natural heritage.

- In the definition of ‘environment’, the Law refers to all environmental elements where living creatures/beings live, and the 199 | P a g e

effects/influences resulting from man’s economic, social and cultural activities within. Ownership of ‘Antiquities’ - The Iraqi Constitution refers to “Antiquities, archaeological sites, cultural buildings, manuscripts and coins” as being “national treasures” falling under the “jurisdiction of the federal authorities” (Section 4, Article 113). These “national treasures shall be managed in cooperation with the regions and governorates, and this shall be regulated by law”.

- According to the Antiquity and Heritage Law” (no. 55 of 2002), the “antiquities and heritage of the Republic of Iraq are considered to be among the most important national treasures” (Article 1); they are protected by the law and shall be conserved.

- According to Article 7 of the Antiquity and Heritage Law (no. 55 of 2002), all historic and archaeological sites, including archaeological mounds, owned by public entities, shall be registered in the name of the Ministry of Finance and will be subjected to the authority of the Antiquity and Heritage Authority. Adequate long-term legal, - According to Article 8 of the Antiquity and Heritage Law (no. 55 of 2002), the Antiquity Authority, in coordination with the regulatory, institutional relevant government agencies, shall conduct a comprehensive archaeological survey of archaeological and cultural sites and and/or traditional buildings in Iraq, with the aim to establish their locations and dimensions on topographical maps with fixed coordinates. The protection and Authority shall also indicate the nature of these properties, whether archaeological properties or buildings, as well as inform the management to ensure land register in Baghdad and the relevant municipalities of their attributes. safeguarding (OGWHC, Sec. 97 ) - In the case of the fortuitous discovery of movable or immovable antiquities, it is necessary to notify an official entity within 24 hours from this discovery. The concerned entity would then take charge of informing the Antiquity Authority of such a discovery (Article 12).

- Occupants or tenants of properties which incorporate immovable archaeological or heritage sites shall allow the Antiquity Authority to enter the property in order to access those sites with the aim to examine them, document them as well as excavate, maintain and conserve them (Article 13/1). Legal and regulatory - According to Article 9/1 of the Antiquity and Heritage Law (no. 55 of 2002), when state agencies and social sector agencies measures at national and seize property located inside or outside the boundaries of the base maps of urban areas, or when they partition or divide such local levels should assure property, they shall refrain from exploiting archaeological sites and buildings or from making distributions (or allocations) of the survival of the those sites. The relevant state agencies shall put in place appropriate buffer zones for such sites, in coordination with the property and its Antiquity Authority. protection against development and change - Agencies engaged in the distribution of reclaimed agricultural land where antiquities are located shall obtain the written that might negatively consent of the Antiquity Authority before leasing or selling such land (Article 9/2). impact the OUV and its integrity and/or - Agencies in charge of planning industrial, agricultural or housing public projects as well as those laying out urban or authenticity; oversight countryside planning projects including infrastructure works shall undertake to protect archaeological, heritage and historical rights over planning and sites as well as seek the written consent of the Antiquity Authority prior to the preparation of such projects or at the time of public works (OGWHC, their alteration (Article 9/3). Sec. 98) - When the implementation of a project of crucial significance to a development plan affects an archaeological site, the 200 | P a g e

Archaeological Authority will take charge of conducting excavations at the expense of the entity responsible for project implementation. The duration of the excavation works shall be determined by the need to conduct detailed scientific excavations, while taking into consideration the timeframe of the project overall. Provisions shall be made to account for the cost of excavation works within the project’s budget (Article 9/4).

- Building permits shall not be issued for areas incorporating archaeological sites and or for areas that lie within a kilometre distance of such sites without the written consent of the Antiquity Authority. Consent shall be given within a thirty (30) day period (Article 9/5). Nomination of sites on the - The Constitution of Iraq (preamble), as well as the Antiquity and Heritage Law (no. 5 of 2002, Article 1/2) refer clearly to the WH list contribution of Iraqi culture to human civilization and to the importance of informing the international community about the unique role the culture of Iraq played in the development of human civilization.

- The Law for the Protection and Enhancement of the Environment (Law no. 27 of 2009) refers to the objectives of the Council for the Protection and Enhancement of the Environment (one of the organs of the Ministry of Environment) with regards to collaborating with Ministries and other concerned bodies for establishing a list of natural and cultural sites for nomination on the World Heritage List.

- Ministerial Decision no. 333 (Ministry of Environment) dated 18/3/2014 establishing the National Committee for World Heritage. The main objectives of the Committee (as per the Draft Bylaws of the Committee) consists of: 1- coordinating national efforts in the area of identifying, evaluating, protecting, managing, conserving and monitoring natural and cultural world heritage sites, both nominated or on the tentative list; 2- Acting as the main national point of reference for collaborations with the World Heritage Centre at UNESCO as well as with UNESCO’s advisory bodies. Ratification of other There is no direct reference in the text of the law to the conventions and international tools that were ratified by Iraq (or which international conventions ought to be ratified) and which contribute to adhering to international standards in the protection, conservation and that might have an management of the cultural heritage (in our case here). We list the conventions below: impact on the protection, conservation and - Convention for the Protection of Cultural Property in the Event of Armed Conflict with Regulations for the Execution of the management of WH Convention. The Hague, 14 May 1954 and its 2 protocols (Protocol to the Convention for the Protection of Cultural Property in properties the Event of Armed Conflict. The Hague, 14 May 1954; Second Protocol to the Hague Convention of 1954 for the Protection of Cultural Property in the Event of Armed Conflict. The Hague, 26 March 1999); Iraq ratified the first protocol only in 21/12/1967. - Convention on the Means of Prohibiting and Preventing the Illicit Import, Export and Transfer of Ownership of Cultural Property. Paris, 14 November 1970; Iraq accepted the Convention in 12/2/1973. - Convention concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage. Paris, 16 November 1972; Iraq accepted the convention in 5/3/1974. - Convention on the Protection of the Underwater Cultural Heritage. Paris, 2 November 2001; Iraq did not ratify this convention. - Convention on the Protection and Promotion of the Diversity of Cultural Expressions. 20 October 2005. Iraq acceded to the Convention in 22/7/2013. - Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. 17 Oct 2003. Ratified by Iraq in 6/1/2010. 201 | P a g e

Appropriate legal, - The objectives of the Antiquity and Heritage Law (no. 55 of 2002) shall be achieved through the designation of sites, scientific scientific, technical, admin excavations, the maintenance of antiquities, heritage and historic sites, the establishment of museums to provide access to and financial measures antiquities and heritage, the production of models and heritage materials, the undertaking of studies, research and the for the identification, organization of conferences and talks that showcase the antiquities of Iraq and its cultural heritage, the featuring of Iraqi conservation, Antiquity and heritage materials in foreign museums, by forming archaeologists and heritage specialists and by developing their presentation and capabilities through training courses, missions abroad and fellowships, and the establishing of survey teams in charge of the rehabilitation of heritage national survey and inventory of antiquities, heritage and buildings in Iraq (Article 2).

- The Law establishing the Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities (no. 13 of 2012) further emphasizes the objectives of the Antiquity and Heritage Law listed above. According to Article 4, the Ministry will undertake the following activities in fulfilment of its role and objectives:

- Designating archaeological sites, maintaining and protecting them, undertaking archaeological excavations and establishing contemporary museums to make the cultural and historical Iraqi heritage known;

- Repatriating stolen Iraqi Antiquities in coordination with the relevant governmental bodies;

- Establishing plans and policies that are sympathetic to the social and cultural situation of the country in the service of areas of tourism attraction and in favour of protecting antiquities and heritage. Prohibition of damaging - According to Article 15 of the Antiquity and Heritage Law (no. 55 of 2002), the following activities are forbidden: activities that might affect the value or integrity/or 15/1. Trespassing on archaeological, cultural heritage, and historical sites including hills and flat lands where archaeological authenticity of a WH objects were found, as well as on sites whose names and designations were not yet published in the Official Gazette; property 15/2. Farming, residing, erecting habitats or other constructions on archaeological and cultural heritage sites, and their protection zones, or altering them;

15/3. Using archaeological sites as dumping or deposition sites for construction debris or refuse or erecting buildings or burials or establishing quarries within;

15/4. Uprooting trees and vegetation and removing structures from archaeological sites or undertaking any works that would result in changing the features of the archaeological sites.

15/5. Establishing industries that pollute the environment or that pose a threat to public health in areas that are less than three (3) kilometres away from archaeological sites and cultural heritage buildings in all directions;

15/6. Tearing down an archaeological or a cultural heritage building, disposing of its construction elements, or using it in such a way that would entail damaging it, harming it or altering its attributes.

- Alternatively, the Law for the Protection and Enhancement of the Environment (no. 27 of 2009), which aims as well at 202 | P a g e

protecting the cultural heritage (since it is recognized as constituting a component of the environment), establishes in Article 2/17 as well as in Article 10 the mechanism for conducting environmental impact assessments as a pre-requisite for undertaking projects (probably large scale projects). Environmental Impact Assessment studies should identify the impact of any project on the environment, including its impact on the physical cultural heritage within a specific project area.

- Similar provisions are mentioned in the Law for the Establishment of the Environment Ministry (Law no. 37 of 2008), Articles 1 and 3. Prohibition of the illicit - Article 20/1-4 in the Antiquity and Heritage Law (no. 55 of 2002) clearly addresses the subject of the illicit traffic of antiquities. traffic of antiquities - According to Article 22/3 of the Antiquity and Heritage Law (no. 55 of 2002), selling or gifting articles of antiquity or cultural heritage or taking them out of Iraq is prohibited except under the conditions that are stipulated in the law.

- In addition to references in the Law of Antiquities and Heritage (no. 5 of 2002), the Law establishing the Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities (no. 13 of 2012) clearly mentions the need to work towards the repatriation of stolen Iraqi Antiquities in coordination with the concerned governmental entities (Article 4/3).

- It is also worth mentioning here again that Iraq accepted in 12/2/1973 the Convention on the Means of Prohibiting and Preventing the Illicit Import, Export and Transfer of Ownership of Cultural Property. Paris, 14 November 1970. Protection of cultural No reference in the Law to the Hague Convention of 1954 ratified by Iraq in its first protocol in 21/12/1967. heritage in times of war/conflict. Respecting the provisions of International Conventions to which Iraq is a signatory. Boundaries for effective protection and buffer zones Ensure adequately - According to Article 9/1 of the Antiquities and Heritage Law (no. 55 of 2002), when state agencies and social sector agencies delineated boundaries and seize property located inside or outside the boundaries of the base maps of urban areas, or when they partition or divide such buffer zones. Boundaries property, they shall refrain from exploiting archaeological sites and buildings or from making distributions (or allocations) of should be drawn to ensure those sites. The relevant state agencies shall put in place appropriate buffer zones for such sites, in coordination with the the full expression of the Antiquity Authority. OUV and the integrity and/or authenticity of the - Building permits shall not be issued for areas incorporating archaeological sites and or for areas that lie within a kilometre WH property (OGWHC, distance of such sites without the written consent of the Sec. 99) Antiquity Authority. The consent shall be given within a thirty (30) day period (Article 9/5).

The boundaries should - According to Article 15 of the Antiquity and Heritage Law (no. 55 of 2002), the following activities (which might affect the include sufficient areas buffer zones of archaeological sites) are forbidden: immediately adjacent to the area of OUV in order 15/2. Farming, residing, erecting habitats or other constructions on archaeological and cultural heritage sites, and their 203 | P a g e to protect the property's protection zones , or altering them; heritage values from direct effect of human 15/5. Establishing industries that pollute the environment or that pose a threat to public health in areas that are less than three encroachments and (3) kilometres away from archaeological sites and cultural heritage buildings in all directions; impacts of resource use - There is no mechanism in the Antiquity Law to determine the principles for identifying site boundaries and their buffer zones. outside of the nominated This is left totally to the discretion of the Competent Authority (according to the Operational Guidelines of the WHC, boundaries area. (OGWHC, Sec. 101) should be drawn to include all those areas and attributes which are a direct tangible expression of the OUV of the property, as well as those areas which in the light of future research possibilities offer a potential to contribute to and enhance the OUV). A buffer zone surrounding the nominated property that has complementary legal and/or customary restrictions placed on its use and development to give an added layer of protection to the property. This should include the immediate setting of the nominated property, important views and other areas or attributes that are functionally important as a support to the property and its protection. (OGWHC, Sec. 104) The buffer zone should be The mechanisms used in determining sanctuary areas (or buffer zones) are unclear so are the guidelines governing those areas determined in each case or their particular attributes. The extents of those zones might however figure on master planning documents of the planning through appropriate authorities. mechanisms. Details on the size, characteristics and authorized uses of a buffer zone, as well as a map indicating the precise boundaries of the property and its buffer zone (dOGWHC, Sec. 104) Management systems Conduct protection and The principle of developing Management Plans for sites with the aim to protect and manage their significance and values is not management to ensure referenced in any existing laws. 204 | P a g e that the OUV including conditions of integrity and/or authenticity are sustained and enhanced (OGWHC, Sec. 96) Regular review of general No reference. state of conservation of the property and the OUV Develop operating No reference to the need to develop specific strategies, plans or procedures to protect the sites and associated museums and methods/procedures for documents and the upkeep thereof during wartime or during times of crisis. counteracting the risks and dangers that threaten heritage Enhance the role of No reference. communities in the implementation of the WH property (OGWHC, Sec. 119) A management system is No reference or mention of the need to develop management plans for archaeological properties. there to ensure the effective protection of the nominated property for present and future generations (OGWHC, Sec. 109) The monitoring and No reference to any risk assessment to be conducted on antiquities sites. assessment of the impacts of trends, changes, and proposed interventions. Risk preparedness as an element in their World Heritage site management plans and training strategies (OGWHC, Sec. 118) The involvement of Reference to coordination with the relevant government bodies for drawing boundaries and buffer zones. partners and stakeholders (OGWHC, Sec. 111) The allocation of No specific reference to the need to provide major antiquities sites with the necessary resources to ensure their adequate

205 | P a g e necessary resources management. (OGWHC, Sec. 111) Measures concerning - According to Law no. 3 of 2012 establishing the Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities, the Ministry shall develop plans and visitor management and policies that are sympathetic to the social and urban conditions of the land in service of areas of tourism potential as well as for tourism development the protection of antiquities and heritage (Article 4/5).

- In addition, Article 4/7 mentions the activity relating to the supervision of tourism services at antiquities and heritage sites in such a way that they provide resources to the treasury of the Ministry as well as that they provide for the protection of these sites from the impact of visitation on the assets themselves. Sustainable use Developing the economic - Law no. 3 of 2012 establishing the Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities clearly mentions one of the objectives of the Ministry as potential of the WH consisting of developing archaeological areas as important assets of the national economy (Article 3/3). property Presentation of heritage The presentation of heritage seems to be limited to the realm of local or national museums, as well as museums abroad. The principle of site interpretation and presentation is not referred to in the Antiquity and Heritage Law (no. 55 of 2002). Increase public Reference to public awareness is limited to Article 1/2 of the Antiquity and Heritage Law (no. 5 of 2002), consisting of the awareness, involvement exposure of antiquities and heritage, as well as to informing citizens and the international community of the unique role Iraqi and support for heritage culture has played in the development of human culture. through communications There is no reference to campaigning and using media and communications strategically as a means to increase public and advocacy awareness and support for heritage. Achieve a thorough No reference. shared understanding of the property by all stakeholders (OGWHC, Sec. 111) Provide information on No reference. education (primary, secondary and tertiary) and information programmes that have been undertaken or are planned to strengthen appreciation and respect by the population, to keep the public broadly informed of the dangers threatening the heritage and of activities carried out in pursuance of the Convention 206 | P a g e

Promotion of Cultural Heritage The promotion of culture - The Iraqi Constitution (Article 35) makes specific reference to the subject of promotion, attributing responsibilities to the State and cultural identity for promoting “cultural activities and institutions in a manner that befits the civilizational and cultural history of Iraq”, seeking “ to support indigenous Iraqi cultural orientations.”

- There is however no reference to government strategies and mechanisms that use culture (including the WH property) as major brands in the promotion of Iraqi identity.

The review of the legal framework affecting cultural heritage in general and the sites of Ur, Uruk and Eridu in particular has shown that there is a good basis for the protection, conservation and management of these property components at present. Two main issues need to be addressed however in order to achieve a more optimal and up-to-date legal framework that is essential for the sustainability of the sites in question:

1. Legal notions, principles, as well as tools and instruments are not unified in a single basic text governing the protection, conservation, management and sustainability of archaeological sites, instead, they are spread out across various legislations in the cultural as well as in the environmental domains; 2. Certain contemporary notions/tools/mechanisms of cultural heritage management are absent from the legal framework, it is important to include these in any future revision of the Antiquity and Heritage Law so as to make sure that the law is up-to-date and that it corresponds to the demands of the day in terms of managing cultural heritage. These notions and tools have been reported as ‘Not referenced’ in the table above and are summarized as follows: α. The need to prepare management plans for major sites in order to better define requirements for enhancing these sites and looking after them for the future; β. The need to draw risk preparedness plans together with clear operating procedures to deal with unforeseen situations and risks; χ. The need to monitor and assess the impacts of trends, changes, and proposed interventions. Risk preparedness to be an inherent element in management plans and training strategies for WH properties; δ. The need for clear financial mechanisms for the implementation of management plans including plans for interpreting and presenting cultural sites; ε. The need for defining a process involving the preparation of archaeological impact assessments within the framework of Environmental Impact Assessment plans; φ. The importance of strategic planning as a tool for driving the work of the National Committee for World Heritage (NCWH) as well as for defining the objectives of management plans; γ. The need for a clearer mechanism for designating and managing change within buffer zones; η. The need for regular monitoring regimes targeting the state of conservation of archaeological sites; ι. The importance of enhancing the role of communities in the implementation of site management, particularly WH properties, and the establishment of a common vision for the future of these sites; 207 | P a g e

ϕ. The need to involve the SBAH/Antiquity and Heritage Directorates (AHDs) in the definition and alteration of urban and regional master plans to ensure that heritage is a significant component of the vision for the future; κ. The importance of making sure that archaeological sites play a major role in the development vision for the area and the development of the economic potential of sites through strategic planning and the involvement of the stakeholders; λ. The need to promote the significance and values of sites and introduce site awareness into the formal and informal education system; . The development of clear and systematic communications strategies for promoting the heritage of these sites.

Some of these principles have been addressed in Law no. 2 of 2014 (Regulations for Natural Reserves) as well as in Law no. 27 of 2009 (Protection and Enhancement of the Environment). Although they concern natural sites, these two instruments offer good references to look into for legal precedence.

It is noteworthy that a number of amendments to the current Law for Antiquities and Heritage are being prepared by the SBAH and will be presented to the Iraqi Parliament for ratification. These amendments could be expanded to take into account the gaps identified above in the current Antiquity and Heritage Legislation.

2.2 Planning Framework

The process of urban and territorial planning is organized in the framework of the Planning Law as well as the Law Organizing Governorates.

Urban and Regional Planning is undertaken at the governorate-level via the Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works (MoMPW), and master plans are revised on a yearly basis and submitted to the concerned Department of Antiquities for approval.

In the case where a master plan needs to be developed, a committee is created with representatives from the various directorates in the governorate, including the Antiquity and Heritage Directorate (AHD). The committee then meets and goes over the proposed master plan presented to it by the municipality and then tries to integrate its concerns within the design of the master plan. After the committee concludes its work, the master plan is published in the Official Gazette for a period of 6 months, thus allowing any government entity to voice its concern with regards to any infringements the master plan might exert and or be deemed inappropriate. In such cases, the Master Plan is returned for revision.

The AHD’s position within such committees has mostly been one concerned with the protection of heritage sites to the maximum possible extent; this is done by limiting any interventions within the area of the sites as well as their buffer zones. However, the archaeologists representing SBAH in master planning committees do not benefit from the strategic support of trained urban planners with experience in 208 | P a g e planning historic environments. This is a shortcoming addressed in the Action Plan.

209 | P a g e

Section III. Current Management System and Challenges

3.1. Management System

The State Board of Antiquities and Heritage (SBAH), currently under the Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities (MoTA), is the main authority responsible for the follow up of the conditions and conservation of the three sites of Uruk, Ur and Eridu. A WH Site Section exists within the SBAH in Baghdad (under the Department of Investigation and Excavations ), which has been involved in the preparation of the new Management Plans for these sites.

At the governorate level, Antiquity and Heritage Directorates (AHDs) are directly responsible for ensuring the conservation, management and monitoring of archaeological sites inside their respective jurisdiction. Each directorate includes a Restoration and Conservation Section, an Investigation and Excavations Section, and a Museum Section responsible for all activities taking place at the sites within the governorate. Heads of Sections report to their respective Director of Antiquities and Heritage who reports to the Chairman of the SBAH . Antiquity Inspectors are responsible for monitoring the condition of sites (such as Uruk, Ur and Eridu), however there is no Site Management Section within AHDs, or dedicated management structures for the large individual sites. AHDs are assisted by the Antiquity and Heritage Police , created in 2007 under the Ministry of Interior, and charged with monitoring security at archaeological sites.

The Dhi Qar AHD has jurisdiction over Ur and Eridu, whereas the Muthanna AHD has jurisdiction over Uruk. None of the sites under consideration has at present a local site management structure. The only dedicated staff consists of site guards: three in Ur (living on site with their families), one in Uruk (also on site with his family), and one in Eridu (conducting daily inspections from Nasiriyah). Furthermore, the Antiquity and Heritage Police maintains a permanent presence at Uruk and Ur and regularly patrols the site of Eridu.

The security network that is operational at the sites of Ur, Uruk and Eridu consists therefore of the Antiquity and Heritage Police, the Antiquity Inspectors of the Muthanna and Dhi Qar AHDs, as well as the guards of the three sites.

Illegal excavations have not taken place at the sites. Evidence of illegal digging at other cultural sites are reported all the way up to the Deputy Minister of Antiquities and Heritage and the matter is taken up formally with the Governor of the concerned area to instruct the police and other security forces to intensify their operations in the areas where the infringement occurred, including mobilizing more patrols.

210 | P a g e

Requirements and Recent Measures The presence of a permanently staffed management structure is a requirement for both Ur and Uruk whereas Eridu can be managed by the Ur team since the site will not be open for visitation and because its remains are not substantially exposed. At the minimum, Ur and Uruk should have a site manager, a small team of technicians to carry out maintenance work, and a number of guards adequate to guarantee day and night shifts. The presence of a police unit would be an asset, in order to ensure the patrolling of the site and its buffers.

In an internal decision dated 15/2/2015, the formation of a management structure (a Site Management Team) for managing the site of Uruk in accordance with the provisions of this Management Plan was sanctioned by the central administration of the SBAH.

3.2. Conservation, Monitoring and Maintenance

The SBAH is aware of the problems affecting most excavated areas at the sites, and correctly identifies them with the action of water, wind, and human intervention. Given the absence of local management structures at the sites, however, no regular cleaning or maintenance has been conducted there, thus resulting in the excavated and/or restored areas undergoing decay, or disappearing under newly accumulated sand and debris.

The SBAH, in partnership with foreign missions, is in the process of developing conservation plans for those buildings considered to be more at risk or warranting priority action, either because of their architectural, historic, religious, or traditional and community-based values, or because of their potential to attract visitors in the future.

It is necessary however to include these interventions in a coordinated, planned approach to conservation, in order to avoid the risk of an unsustainable intervention, wasting financial resources and creating the basis for more conservation problems.

Furthermore, no regular monitoring is presently being carried out at the sites. The guards on site in Uruk and Ur, and the one regularly visiting Eridu, are in charge of controlling and limiting access to the sites, and do not have specific instructions nor expertise to observe and report specific damage to the structures, nor to control vegetation growth or clean the site from debris and garbage.

The lack of conservation and maintenance activities at the sites is resulting in the progressive deterioration and collapse of many ancient features. Some of the most endangered structures are those that received substantial conservation in the past, such as the White Temple in Uruk, the E-dub-lal-mah Temple and the Royal Tombs in Ur. In Eridu, most excavated areas are now reburied and it is not possible to have an idea of their previous state of conservation until renewed excavations will bring them to light again.

The establishment of a comprehensive conservation record for all major features, in addition to a typology of structural and fabric deteriorations 211 | P a g e and prescriptions for repair, conservation, maintenance, as well as renewed research, investigation, site presentation and interpretation, are part of this Management Plan. This should include the presence (at least in Uruk and Ur) of permanent staff with sufficient skills to carry out maintenance operations and monitor the activities of missions working on site, the movements of visitors, and any activity in the core and buffer zones that may affect the integrity and authenticity of the sites.

3.3. Site Documentation

Studies, reports, and plans, including those produced by foreign missions, are held by the SBAH at the Department of Studies and Research in Baghdad. Some of these reports are also available in digital format and an effort to expand the digitization of the collection is under way.

Objects found in excavations are inventoried and deposited at the Iraqi National Museum in Baghdad. This is considered a standard practice of reporting and submitting finds to the National Museum, as stipulated by the contract for archaeological excavations issued by the SBAH to archaeological missions.

3.4. Human Resources and Capabilities

General Considerations Due to the specific circumstances of Iraq over the past decades, it is an admitted fact that the conservation expertise of the professional staff in the various AHDs does not level up at present to the required standards for World Heritage properties.

Staff members of AHDs are generally graduates from Archaeology or Civil Engineering Departments at Iraqi Universities. In both cases, heritage conservation and management are not included in the curricula. The SBAH provides for capacity development by enrolling its staff in training courses (archaeological survey methods, English language, architecture, computer and IT, excavation and conservation methods, etc.) at the National Conservation Institute in Erbil, or abroad. An archaeological recording and survey course is also delivered in Babylon.

Furthermore, foreign archaeological missions, such as the German Archaeological Institute, that have resumed work in Iraq in recent years generally offer on-the-job training to Iraqi archaeologists during excavation seasons. Some also organize specific training courses. This is the case with the Italian mission in Ur (University of La Sapienza in Rome), which is excavating a site outside the property, and is delivering training in object conservation in Nassiriyah.

Lately, a large contingent of new recruits was hired at AHDs with the aim to support existing site managers. These recruits have started being dispatched to the sites, but they require a systematic capacity building program to qualify them in a range of specialties that are essential for site management, inter alia, monitoring, maintenance, documentation, and visitor management. 212 | P a g e

Situation in Dhi Qar and Muthanna The Dhi Qar AHD (for Ur and Eridu) is headed by a local officer holding a BA in Archaeology, and includes forty-one archaeologists, nine administrative staff, and two-hundred-and-five site guards.

The Muthanna AHD (for Uruk) is headed by a local officer with a BA in Archaeology, and includes twenty-nine archaeologists, three administrative staff, and one-hundred and three site guards.

The SBAH reinforces the number of archaeologists and other professionals during excavation or conservation works. On an ad-hoc basis, engineers from the Basrah AHD can supervise work in Dhi Qar and Muthanna.

Several archaeologists in Muthanna and Dhi Qar have participated in training programmes in Iraq and abroad since 2003 and are able to supervise regular condition assessment activities. As regards comprehensive conservation and restoration projects, the SBAH intends to carry them out in close collaboration with foreign missions, and to systematically request that Iraqi staff be trained on the job by these missions. Furthermore, excavations associated with the work of foreign missions have provided opportunities for neighboring communities to benefit from daily labor jobs on a seasonal basis. This has been the case at Ur since the year 2000 at least.

The SBAH is planning to develop a systematic and scientifically based program of capacity building for all its staff. The regional Athar program of ICCROM is another potential platform to tap into in order to help build capacities that are necessary for managing the sites of Uruk, Ur and Eridu, once the requirements of training and capacity building are evaluated and specified.

In addition to the internal resources of the SBAH, some qualified private companies have set up base in Basrah in order to work on conservation related contracts. These companies could be engaged by Governorates to implement conservation projects. However the challenge will be to ensure that the development of the specifications, together with the monitoring of implementation, are entrusted to qualified heritage conservation experts knowing that this profile is currently lacking among the archaeology and engineering staff in the SBAH both in Baghdad or in the AHDs.

3.5. The National Committee for World Heritage (NCWH)

Provided that the nomination of the property results in its inscription on the World Heritage List, the Government of Iraq (GoI) will issue a cabinet legal decree recognizing the special status of all components as a World Heritage property. Accordingly, the GoI will put in place financial, institutional, technical, administrative and logistical measures to ensure the integrated management of the WH property within the legal mandates of the Ministry of Environment for the natural values, and the Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities for the cultural values, with the overarching coordination and oversight role entrusted to the National Committee for World Heritage (NCWH). 213 | P a g e

The draft bylaws of the NCWH reference some of the up-to-date principles of site management as well as acts as a very good coordination tool between different government bodies. It is essential therefore for the NCWH to be activated, to meet and conduct its activities as stipulated in its draft mandate, and particularly to monitor the implementation of the management plan of the proposed property.

214 | P a g e

Section IV. Other Management-Related Factors

4.1. Education, Awareness Raising and Appreciation

The Iraqi curriculum includes many references and modules explaining the history and development of Iraqi culture, and sites such as Ur, Uruk and Eridu figure prominently. There is however no reference to the World Heritage Sites of Iraq, as well as to those sites that are on the tentative list, explaining why these sites are important for humanity as a whole and what are some of the important steps to appreciate them and look after them.

A target of the management plan is to raise awareness in Iraq of the global value of the property’s natural and cultural heritage. An important component of the World Heritage nomination process for the property has been to build national consensus and shared awareness and understanding among government and non-government institutions of the importance of an effective national protected areas network with its associated socio-economic and local development targets. Efforts have also been directed towards raising national and local awareness of the concept of World Heritage, what it means and what it involves. For example, the Dhi Qar AHD has conducted meetings with the tribal communities around the site of Uruk with the aim to sensitize them about WH and the value of the site. In Muthanna, the AHD conducts university lectures to introduce students to the importance of the archaeological heritage, particularly that of Uruk.

But much remains to be done to disseminate this knowledge in communities living around the sites of Ur and Uruk (Eridu standing in a desert area) and to local authorities in Dhi Qar and Muthanna.

Planned Activities Provided that the necessary budget is secured, the SBAH, through its Public Relations Section and a Media Section, plans to work with community representatives and with NGOs to increase awareness about the global values of the sites.

Furthermore, the SBAH can mainstream World Heritage education in its regular activities, namely: • Public awareness and community participation; • The involvement of local teachers and students in activities on site (particularly at Ur); • Promotion of awareness activities at the local and regional level (site days, festivals, cultural events); • Promotional activities, such as the printing and distribution of brochures and advertisements concerning the sites; • Encouraging private enterprise in tourism related activities such as handicrafts.

215 | P a g e

4.2. Tourism Development

Current Situation Tourism activities are still rather limited in numbers and distribution across the property as a whole, and the cultural components in particular. This is a result of several factors including the current security situation and the lack of proper marketing and promotion of both the natural and cultural components of the property as a potential tourism destination. Current visitation is merely by domestic short-stay visitors from neighboring areas wishing to enjoy greenery and have an outdoor activity away from crowded city life. Other small numbers of visitors include foreign tourists, journalists and reporters coming mainly for media coverage of the property’s cultural and natural values.

Existing Development Plans There are no ongoing local economic development plans targeting the area where the sites are located, nor any planned activities related to investment and marketing related to the sites. It was not possible to identify the existence of region-wide development strategic plans. Communication and coordination with the Governorates will be extremely important in order to address the opportunities for tourism development in the region in any future plan.

The 2013 National Tourism Strategic Framework, developed by MoTA with the technical support of UNESCO, considers cultural heritage a fundamental element of the strategy, and tourism an important contributor to the conservation of this heritage. 1

The 2013 National Tourism Strategic Framework also indicated a number of weaknesses and threats in Iraq’s disposition towards the development of cultural tourism, identifying poor documentation, limited conservation and preservation of heritage, lack of public awareness, poor infrastructures, and lack of specific expertise as the main obstacles to implementing a cultural tourism strategy in the country. The Strategy identifies three pillars that should sustain Iraq’s growth in the tourism sector, namely: • Institutional development (mainly in the form of coordination between ministries, planning at the national and regional levels, monitoring of the industry, and encouraging training and capacity building); • Private sector engagement (via commercial enterprises and public-private partnerships). The strategy does not recommend the privatization of heritage sites (p.155), but only of services that may be better managed by private institutions or businesses; • Human resources development (providing training options and tourism awareness, besides product development and marketing). Among the recommended product development is the archaeological and heritage tourism (p.176), warning however that poorly managed sites may be threatened and not helped by increased tourism.

1 National Strategic Framework, Project of assisting the Government of Iraq to develop a National Tourism Strategy, section 2/4, March 2013 (p.21). 216 | P a g e

Shortcomings and Challenges The development of the tourism sector faces a number of challenges that can be summarized as follows: ••• Ongoing unstable political and security situation of Iraq; ••• Limited public financial resources and poor investment of local/foreign private sector; ••• Poor services (roads, hotels, transportation, etc.) especially towards/in potential tourism areas; ••• Poor banking services according to international standards; ••• Poor tourism administration; ••• Low standards of hotel facilities; ••• Low awareness of tourism potential and poor methods of promoting and marketing tourism. ••• Limited numbers of tourism professional personnel and limited vocational centres for training in tourism services; ••• Limited private investment companies, restricted to individual investors with limited resources; ••• No long-term strategy for the development of tourism, heritage and cultural activities; ••• Little local interest in cultural heritage, little awareness of the economic potential of this resource; ••• Poor database available on tourism, heritage and cultural activities; ••• Poor knowledge of the World Heritage concept and of its opportunities and obligations.

Future plans will have to take these issues into consideration in order to elaborate a vision and a strategy to integrate tourism, culture and heritage in a regional development context. Such plans should avoid the error to consider culture and cultural heritage only as a driver for increased tourism revenues, and instead look also at opportunities offered by activities such as conservation, rehabilitation, revitalization, which will provide benefits not only for visitors and for those directly involved in tourism services, but also to the local communities at large.

Furthermore, the following information will be needed to formulate a feasible tourism development plan: statistics concerning number of beds in hotel facilities in the major cities in the region, the type of facilities available, and the bed occupancy rate over the past years.

Opportunities The National Tourism Strategic Framework could be a vehicle for channelling plans for upgrading the tourism infrastructure of the sites and for increasing awareness and appreciation of their values. The SBAH is to nominate representatives to be part of the committee steering and overseeing the implementation of the tourism strategy.

In Uruk and Ur, the tourism infrastructure needs to be developed from scratch, but there is an opportunity to develop it in a considerate way and without putting at risk the integrity and authenticity of these sites. The main challenge is how to develop infrastructures for visitors and tourists at sites where most architectural and urbanistic features are largely buried underground. For this reason it is preferable that the first tourism infrastructures and interpretative features be temporary, in order to allow for more areas to be properly excavated or re-excavated and 217 | P a g e conserved. On the other hand, there is no plan for encouraging visitations to Eridu as the site is too remote and challenging to protect. The site will however be presented and interpreted within the facilitie at Ur and Uruk.

Furthermore, it is expected that if the tourism industry picks-up, traditional crafts, other local productions and small businesses will benefit.

Finally, there is currently a plan for holding a regular festival for the Ahwar, which could be an opportunity to highlight the importance and significance of the proposed World Heritage property, by launching an awareness campaign there, organizing tours, distributing materials, staging a performance program, etc.

218 | P a g e

Section V. Key Threats

Lack of regular maintenance compounded by erosion (in particular strong winds), limited vegetation growth (especially in areas where water and moisture accumulate), and uncontrolled access over exposed and precarious ruins by some visitors, have been identified as the most important threats to the conservation of the three cultural components.

Table 1.3. Key Threats to the Conservation of the Cultural Components of the Property Threats Uruk Ur Eridu Infrastructure Development Low Medium Very low Agriculture Expansion Medium Medium Very low Mining/oil Very low Very low Very low Solid Waste Very low Very low Very low Climate Change Very low Very low Very low Desertification Very low Very low Very low Military/security activities Very low Medium Very low Natural Catastrophes Very low Very low Very low Tourism and Visitor Pressure Ver y low Low Very low Lack of regular maintenance/ High High Medium conservation interventions Improper conservation Medium Medium Low interventions Water and/or wind erosion Very High Very high Very high Invasive vegetation growth Medium Medium Medium Uncontrolled Medium Medium Medium access/trespassing

219 | P a g e

Section VI. Proposed Management Structure

The diagram below clarifies the structure proposed to ensure coordination and cooperation between all parties involved in the management and development of the three cultural components of the property. It highlights responsible actors (MoTA at the national level), lines of authority, and coordination mechanisms with other primary management stakeholders at the local levels (Antiquity and Heritage Directorates, other local authorities, and local communities).

Figure 1.1. Management Structure of the Cultural Components

220 | P a g e

Section VII. Proposed World Heritage Compliance Monitoring and Reporting System

The State Board of Antiquities and Heritage (SBAH) has been regularly monitoring the archaeological sites though its local Antiquity and Heritage Directorates (AHDs).

In the prospect of the inscription of the property on the WH List, the Dhi Qar and Muthanna AHDs will systematically request from the World Heritage Section of SBAH to review and validate any planning documents, regular or exceptional, related to Uruk, Ur and Eridu to check their

221 | P a g e compliance with WH standards. Only after this check is performed will documents be communicated to the Investigation Department, any other upper-level department at SBAH, any local authority, and/or site managers.

Furthermore, any development intervention proposed by national or local authorities and of relevance to the three sites and their environment will have to be submitted for review and approval to the WH Section that will refer to the NCWH in case of issues requiring higher technical or political support.

On a monthly schedule, site managers will monitor implementation of action plans, and report back simultaneously to their AHD and the WH Section. The WH Section will review the monthly reports to monitor compliance with WH standards.

On a quarterly basis, and at any other time in case of emergency, the WH Section will inform the NCWH of progress and issues.

The NCWH will compile reports from all the Site Management Teams of the property, and prepare a yearly report on the state of conservation of the property to share with MoTA, MoE, MoWR and the Iraqi National Commission for Education, Science and Culture (NatCom). The NCWH will alert these agencies at any time in case of issues requiring their urgent attention and/or action.

Furthermore, the NCWH will prepare the periodic reports that will be conveyed to the WH Committee through NatCom.

222 | P a g e

Section VIII. General Management Goals and Objectives

The conservation of the three main archaeological sites included in the property adopts the approach of Integrated Heritage Management Planning and encompasses the following sets of constituents: • Protection (legal and planning frameworks); • Research and conservation: • Capacity building; • Management and infrastructure development; • Interpretation, education, visitation, and tourism; • Awareness building and partnerships.

To disseminate high-standard knowledge about the sites, and provide a quality visiting and educational experience aligned on international standards. • Awareness building and partnerships objectives: To encourage the local population and authorities to be partners in protecting the sites and their surroundings, and allow local communities to benefit from visitation and tourism activities.

224 | P a g e

Section IX. Operational Objectives

This section outlines the main operational objectives for the conservation of all attributes and values of the cultural components of the property with their timeframes (in Table 3.4). These objectives form the basis for the Action Plan included below under Section V.

Protection • To activate the National Committee for World Heritage (NCWH), and establish a Team of Technical Advisers (TTA) under the NCWH to play a coordination role within and between concerned government agencies at national and governorate levels. • To incorporate contemporary notions, tools and mechanisms of cultural heritage management into the revised Antiquity and Heritage Law. • To ensure local participation in decision-making and implementation of the MPs through the creation of Local Steering Committees, one for Uruk, another one for Ur and Eridu. • To integrate national, regional and local plans by: o Gathering information on planned infrastructural and territorial development plans at the national, regional, and local levels; o Ensuring the compatibility of the plans with the protection of the property’s values; o Integrating the objectives of the property management plans with those of other plans; o Elaborating a future vision of the property within the overall national, regional and local visions for development and improvement. • To improve the planning process by: o Establishing a permanent presence of the SBAH/AHDs inside planning committees at all levels; o Streamlining the planning process, by allowing the SBAH/AHDs to provide an opinion on new projects at the pre-feasibility stage (to avoid costly modifications) and to make sure that the property’s cultural components are not only protected, but also provided with the means to play a significant role in future development plans. • To enhance on-the-ground protection of the property components by: o Clearly marking the boundaries by means of signposts or permanent markers, and improve efficiency of fencing at Uruk and Ur. o Developing GIS and remote sensing tools to enable the boundaries and buffer zones of the components to be accurately monitored; o Ensuring enforcement of penalties for the infringement of boundaries and buffer zones and widely disseminating their awareness among local and national stakeholders.

225 | P a g e

Research • To develop a research strategy in consultation with national and international research centres and other stakeholders. The strategy will be incorporated in the individual management plans and its annual implementation will be presented in an annual plan with related budget estimates, whenever this is possible. • To ensure that all research and excavations requests are in line with the above-mentioned strategy and that their authorization is approved by the Directorate of Excavations and validated by the Chairman of the SBAH. • Based on the Antiquity and Heritage Law, to prepare and provide excavation, documentation, and conservation guidelines, and a reporting format to excavation teams working in the perimeter of the three components. The guidelines will include precise instructions on how to report and document the activities conducted on site. Excavations will have to include a component of site stabilization and conservation. • To establish rules and regulations for new research permits (excavation methodology, conservation of exposed materials, etc.). • To encourage continuing research at the sites, in order to clarify their characteristics and significance, also by defining priority areas for new research. • To encourage conservation of newly-found features. • To encourage the development of public archaeology, i.e., engaging people in the archaeological process through community participation in research activities, the presentation of archaeological information and the interpretation of this information with public participation. • To complete the archaeological survey of the sites, expanding it to their buffer zones and beyond, in order to ascertain the archaeological potential of the sites and their surrounding areas, by various means, including remote sensing. • To establish a GIS database to manage archaeological and conservation interventions. All data collected should be linked so that the database can interface with existing and future data sets originating from various sources (possibly by adopting the ARCHES system to integrate this information). • To establish a system for inventorying and monitoring the movements of objects from the site to storage facilities and museums, and for those on loan to national or foreign institutions. • To organize every two years a sites study day, where research concerning the sites (archaeological, historical, epigraphic, etc) can be presented and discussed with participation from the concerned and engaged community members at plenary sessions. • To establish an Ur, Uruk and Eridu Documentation Centre at the SBAH’s premises in Baghdad. The Documentation Center will contain copies of all documents about the sites, published and unpublished, already available at SBAH’s documentation centre or made available by other institutions in the course of the years. The resources of the Documentation Center should be made accessible remotely to the management of the three sites. • To digitize all the available material in order to create an online repository, initially for internal use at the SBAH. The Documentation Center holdings may also be made available online for easy use by international scholars and the undertaking of remote studies on the sites. In this case, copyright issues for published material will have to be considered. • To define rules for access to and use of the Documentation Center by external scholars.

226 | P a g e

Conservation • To produce conservation plans for each of the three sites incorporating the following basic elements: o Short-term, mid-term and long-term conservation objectives; o Yearly identification of conservation actions to be implemented on the short term and their inclusion in Annual Plans with accurate budget estimates; o A standard methodology for documentation and assessment developed with specialist, including, where necessary, specialist studies and analyses; o A minimal intervention philosophy, with the use of compatible materials and avoiding conjectural reconstructions; o Minimal skills required for technical and professional workers assigned to the project; o Application of strict safety procedures for the people working on site; o Development of guidelines for the long term maintenance of the conserved sites; o For monument or building to be presented to the public, the development of concepts and plans for their interpretation and display, including paths, shelters, and security, as well as risk preparedness procedures. • To take the following conservation actions responding to needs as perceived by site managers, conservators and archaeologists who have worked at the sites or are aware of their conditions: o Develop conservation specifications to tackle typical conservation problems or decay mechanisms with the support of conservation experts; o Ensure that any development work in the area, including those planned by MoTA for tourism development purposes, are subjected to a impact assessment and are approved by the site manager and the Chairman of the SBAH prior to granting development permissions; o Ensure that approved development works are monitored by SBAH’s archaeologists, or by technical experts from relevant stakeholders; o Establish conservation guidelines concerning interventions on each site and for identified threats and risks. Guidelines will recommend the minimum standards for intervention, including professional profiles required for the supervision of project implementation. They will also incorporate risk preparedness guidelines and protocols, which will be developed together with a risk matrix. Compilation of the guidelines will follow established standards and the authors will seek the opinion and advice of national and international experts. Provisions for site protection in case of war will also be mentioned, such as the display of the Blue Shield and other recommendations set forth in the Convention for the Protection of Cultural Property in the Event of Armed Conflict (1954) and its 1954 Operational Protocol; 2

2 Iraq has not ratified the Convention’s Second Operational Protocol (1999). 227 | P a g e

o Establish a standardized reporting format for conservation and documentation activities, and include instructions on minimum standards for photography and graphic documentation and archiving; o Tackle the issue of graffiti by a combined action of better guarding, and sign-posting. Provide information on the damage caused by graffiti and vandalism, as a way to raise awareness on this threat and instruct on proper behavior; o Address the issue of water drainage by documenting water movements inside the sites, recording in particular the area where water collects and undercuts walls and other architectural features, or where erosion is particularly evident. Develop a plan to redirect water away from the archaeological remains. o Establish an architectural conservation laboratory at Ur and at Uruk; o Establish conservation priorities at each site based on criteria such as significance, urgency, and threat; o Ensure that conservators working on site have the required expertise and training; o Closely monitor any conservation activity. • To establish monitoring and maintenance regimes as fundamental elements of the conservation strategy, whereby: o The local site management office will coordinate monitoring and maintenance, reporting back to their respective Directorate; o Specific guidelines, protocols, list of actions, forms and a database will be developed for monitoring and maintenance of the archaeological features, together with site infrastructures, facilities, and visitor behaviour; o Elements of the monitoring and maintenance regime will be developed in coordination with conservators and archaeologist of national and international missions; o Monitoring and maintenance will be budgeted on a yearly basis; o Interval of monitoring exercises ideally will never exceed four months, establishing a quarterly cycle; o Monitoring and maintenance will be conducted by trained technicians, closely supervised by archaeologists/conservators, according to the guidelines and protocols; o The monitoring of visitor behaviour will be conducted with the help of site guards and tourist police; o A permanent guard will be assigned at the most visited locations during periods of high visitation.

228 | P a g e

Capacity Building • To establish minimum required technical and professional capabilities in site protection/conservation and management at the site level by creating dedicated Site Management Teams (SMTs) for Ur/Eridu and Uruk. Each SMT will require the following basic staffing: o Guards: Guards that reside on site currently guard both Ur and Uruk independently. The current configuration is sufficient to deter trespassers since the guards are recruited from the adjacent community and therefore, they enjoy the backing of their respective clans. Nevertheless, in the event of increased visitation on site, it would be optimal to allocate a number of five guards per site to take charge of monitoring visitors, enforcing health and safety regulations and reporting any irregular behaviors or practices on site. o Archaeologists: At least two archaeologists will be part of the fulltime management contingent on each site. The archaeologists will take charge of conducting evaluations on exposed archaeological deposits as well as enabling maintenance and conservation works to take place. Their technical capabilities need to be significantly well honed by embedding them within foreign archaeological missions as well as by enrolling them in training courses on archaeological documentation and techniques. o Conservators: Due to the large expanse of Uruk, Ur and Eridu and the historical accumulation of conservation issues, it would be reasonable to build up a contingent of archaeological conservators to tackle the immediate and long-term conservation needs of the sites. Judging from the ephemeral nature of the fabric of the sites (mainly earthen architecture), it is guaranteed that these resources will have a significant task on their hands for decades to come. In this respect, the SBAH should aim to form a team of three professional and fully operational technical conservators (for each site) to lead and supervise conservation programs on site in close coordination with the site manager and the lead archaeologist, starting with condition assessments, conservation planning and implementation. o Site Managers: Ur and Uruk should have a dedicated resident Site Manager looking after the implementation of the provisions of the management plan and making the necessary amendments on it so that it is regularly updated and sustained. The Site Manager is to manage all the requirements of the site as initially recorded in the management plan as well as deal with eventualities. o Communications Officers: Ur and Uruk should have a dedicated Communications Officer whose task is to regularly interface with the site guides updating them on new information relating to the site, its history, archaeology and significance, as well as taking charge of implementing awareness campaigns and engaging with the local community and the educational sector. o Support staff and trainees: In order to guarantee the maintenance of the management system at each site, a number of support staff and trainees consisting of fresh university recruits should be incorporated in the system and given less critical tasks to support the implementation of the management program. Other forms of support resources should be recruited from the communities living adjacent to the site and tasked with supporting excavation as well as maintenance works on each site. • To establish the following capacity-building activities: o Site-specific training programs in collaboration with foreign missions, the National Conservation Institute (Erbil), and the ICCROM Athar program. The programs will address the following:

229 | P a g e

For site guards and Antiquity and Heritage Police: basic security, health and safety, risk preparedness, emergency response; control of illicit excavations and traffic of antiquities; For technicians: site monitoring and maintenance, documentation, preventive conservation; For conservators: site monitoring, risk preparedness, maintenance, conservation, preventive conservation, site documentation; archaeological constructions and deterioration processes; knowledge of the site’s archaeological issues; For archaeologists: site documentation, site monitoring, risk preparedness, archaeological excavation techniques, preventive conservation; For site managers: site management techniques, risk preparedness, emergency response, site security, preventive conservation; In collaboration with the Civil Defence, training for the fire fighters stationed in the nearest station for appropriate intervention at the site in case of an emergency, and training for medical emergencies associated with cases that are most likely to occur on sites, such as for example, heat strokes, venomous bites, trauma, etc. o Regular assessment of the capacities of the staff and provision of training as required on issues directly related to duties. o Knowledge and awareness raising of WH issues among the SBAH upper management level, through targeted meetings and workshops.

Management and Infrastructure Development • To establish the minimum required management system at each site by: o Preparing Annual Site Plans by periodically convening a committee of technical experts including SBAH staff and other concerned staff from MoTA. o Ensuring periodic evaluation and revision of the Annual Site Plans. • In the short-term: o To design and develop the following essential infrastructure: Management office (structure and location); At Eridu, a basic facility for researchers, site guard and police. At Uruk and Ur, conservation laboratories and research/documentation centers (including accommodation for excavation teams/researchers and taking into account cultural requirements); Accommodation for site guards; Guards/police/security office and other installations as deemed appropriate (fences, gates); Access roads, parking structures; Temporary visitor center and temporary paths; Pollution control, including visual pollution (such as electric poles and buildings just outside buffer zones). o To ensure that that these structures, even if temporary, have architectural quality and are installed away from the core zone,

230 | P a g e

possibly in the buffer zone or just outside of it to avoid archaeological impacts. o To evaluate existing structures for their historical and architectural value, and make decision as regards their removal or adaptive reuse. o To build temporary paths following the principles of total reversibility. • In the medium and long terms, once each site has a properly staffed management structure: o To schedule and follow up with the design and installation of the following tourism-related infrastructure: A visitor center, site museum and visitor services (cafeteria, washrooms, bookshop/souvenir shop, preferably built at the edge of the site’s buffer zone); Paths for visitors, and a plan for the circulation of visitors within the site (paths will be designed and built in order to minimize the impact of visitors on the archaeology. They will respect the topography and the original urban layout of the sites); Signage on site (unobtrusive and reversible); Civil defence structure (fire brigade and ambulance): can be located outside of the buffer zone to serve both the needs of the site and of the nearby communities. o To commission an architect, or launch an open architectural competition, for the design of these structures; o To ensure that these structures are located in the buffer zone or at its margins.

Interpretation, Education, Visitation, and Tourism • To develop an interpretation plan based on the following principles: o The SBAH with ensure the assistance of national and international scholars and interpretation experts; o Interpretation will be based on the most up-to-date information; o The plan will be peer-reviewed in order to ensure its accuracy; o The plan will be developed together with a project for infrastructures that will support its implementation (visitor center, services, paths, access roads, signage, panels, etc.). • To develop an education plan incorporating the following principles: o The SBAH will collaborate with education specialists to develop educational activities and education kits for primary and high schools children, in particular with UNESCO to adapt the program ‘World Heritage in Young Hands;’ o The SBAH will engage with the Ministry of Education (MoEd), in charge of designing the school curriculum, to ensure that local schools can use educational kits, and that teachers are trained to use them; o Educational activities will be expanded to involve local communities, also with the establishment of “site days.” • To develop tourism management plans for Ur and Uruk that will: o Identify priorities and actions for site development, to be integrated in the management plans based on consultations with other stakeholders (e.g. tour operators, guides’ associations etc.) and on the results of tourist/visitor surveys;

231 | P a g e o Ensure that development works are implemented by specialized contractors under the monitoring of the SBAH and with other stakeholders (e.g. tour operators, guides’ associations throughout every phase of the works; o Establish patterns and means of circulation within the sites (paths, provision of transportation, access roads, parking, etc); o Define areas to be permanently or temporarily closed to visitation; o Establish rules and regulations concerning visitor and vehicle movements; o Develop guidelines for the sustainable use of the sites, including clear and strong use limitations to protect their values. The guidelines will also incorporate provisions and regulations concerning requests from public and private institutions and individuals for the use of the sites for public or private events; o Train tour guides, tour operators, media, tourism police; o Provide adequate disabled-friendly access to the services; o Add or dedicate an outdoor space for school visits; o Organize a competition for the design, planning and development of major works in order to identify the best architectural idea to be carried forward; o Relocate the parking at Ur away from the ziqqurat; o Avoid landscaping, introducing plants and other elements that are not part of the present environment; o Eliminate old or obsolete signs on and near the sites, and replace with consistent, unobtrusive signage. Its design should also be the subject of a competition, and be approved by the World Heritage Centre; o Provide technical assistance to MoTA, Tourism Board and other relevant stakeholders to develop promotional material and to promote the sites through the development of alternative tourism actions; o Develop visitor guidelines and regulations; o Monitor visitation patterns in order to introduce eventual corrective measures; o Conduct periodic visitor surveys to monitor visitor satisfaction and needs; o Prepare official guidebooks and brochures with essential information and site plans; o Consider the installation of temporary visitor facilities in order to welcome the first visitors while taking the time to study visitor needs, behavior and numbers, before developing projects for more permanent structures; o Ensure the celebration of the International Day of Monuments and Sites, on April 18; o Organize trainings for tour guides, tour operators and the media to ensure the correct dissemination and promotion of the sites’ values; o Periodically conduct visitor surveys in order to verify visitor satisfaction and use the survey findings to correct tourism strategies and actions; o Based on the qualitative and quantitative studies developed as part of the conservation actions, evaluate the opportunity to establish visitors’ management guidelines to reduce tourism impact on the conservation of the sites.

232 | P a g e

Awareness Building and Partnerships • To build the awareness of the wider public about the values of the sites by: o Preparing medium and short term education and awareness strategies and actions equally targeting the adults and the youth; o Encouraging local NGOs and cooperatives to coordinate their activities with the SBAH, in order to develop a program of site- related activities that can eventually be formalized in events to be programmed yearly under SBAH supervision; o Formalizing agreements with local schools and universities to engage their students in site activities coordinated by the SBAH. • To foster partnerships with local governments by: o Coordinating between Local Steering Committees for each site and the SBAH for the implementation of the management plans, and working towards securing the needed budgets from the governorates to implement these plans; o Conducting regular hearings/meetings with local governments so as to brief them about matters relating to the sites and potential upcoming economic opportunities within foreseen development initiatives; o Involving local governments in meetings, as well as in various cultural activities addressing awareness efforts to conserve the sites; • To support community involvement by: o Involving local communities as well as school and university students in educational and community activities. These may take the form of lectures, provided in schools or on site by the SBAH, as well as of “Ur, Uruk, and Eridu days“ to clean the sites, help with monitoring activities, conduct tourist surveys and interviews etc; o Conducting periodic meetings with the local communities to inform them on issues concerning the sites and on economic opportunities arising in the context of development initiatives at the sites; o Encouraging local businesses and cooperatives to produce items inspired by objects and artistic motifs found at the sites. • To ensure funding, fundraise, and encourage national and international projects by: o Developing budget estimates and yearly budget plans for all activities concerning the sites’ conservation and development, to be incorporated in the management plans; o Working towards obtaining the necessary yearly budget from the central government in order to implement the provisions of the management plans; o Coordinating budget allocations between the MoTA and SBAH, as per respective competencies and responsibilities; o Seeking the participation of national and international NGOs and universities in joint projects in the fields of heritage conservation and research, as well as capacity building and any other activity that may help achieve the recommendations of the management plans and other specific plans prepared for the site. • To support private and community-based initiatives by: o Ensuring constant liaison with the local community and other projects in the area, and fostering the development of assessments, surveys, studies and meetings in order to explore opportunities for culture-based economic development of the areas around the sites; 233 | P a g e o Considering the fragile conditions of the sites before organizing any events or activities within them prior to their consolidation and conservation; o Developing official logos and authorized local handicraft products. The logo will certify the product as having been locally produced; o Liaising with other economic development projects conducted in the areas around the sites by other organizations in order to explore partnership opportunities; o Involving the Iraqi Tourism Board and other concerned stakeholders in the marketing of the sites to attract tourists.

234 | P a g e

Table 1.4. Key Operational Objectives, Responsible Actors and Timeframe

Operational Objective Responsible A ctor(s) Timeframe Activate the National Committee for World Heritage (NCWH); invite ministries concerned by the property (MoWR, MoE + MoTA Mid 2015 MoO, MoA, etc.) to be represented and approve its mandate. Establish a Team of Technical Advisors (TTA) under the NCWH that will play the major coordination role within and NCWH End 2015 between concerned government agencies at national and governorate levels. Improve the legal framework for the protection of archaeological sites by applying pressure to speed up the MoTA End 2015 update of the Antiquity and Heritage Law. Develop and start implementing effective outreach and communication strategy amongst stakeholders in the MoE + MoTA End 2015 property to ensure their effective participation in conservation efforts and the full development of a Vision Statement for the property. Develop a resource mobilization strategy to ensure adequate funding for the protection, conservation and NCWH End 2015 development of all components of the property on the basis of the Consolidated Management Plan. MoE + MoTA Ensure that national, regional and local development plans are compatible with the values of the property. MoE + MoTA +NCWH Early 2016 Institutionalise participatory local mechanisms through the creation of Local Steering Committees. MoE + MoTA Early 2016 Develop a Risk Preparedness Plan in consultation with all stakeholders. NCWH+MoE + MoTA Mid 2016 Develop a research strategy and plan (including excavation) for the cultural components. MoTA Mid 2016 Develop and implement a Health and Safety Risk Plan for the cultural components. MoTA Mid 2016 + Civil Defence Improve on-the-ground protection of cultural components by marking boundaries and buffer zones. MoTA + Local End 2016 Governments Finalise tr aining of 50% of concerned staff in all relevant aspects of conservation, monitoring, and risk MoE + MoTA End 2016 preparedness. NCWH Develop and start implementing detailed conservation plans for all cultural components of the property ensuring MoTA + End 2016 compliance with guidelines from WH and ICOMOS. NCWH Attain minimum required management structures (Site Management Teams, SMTs) for all the components. MoE + MoTA Early 2017 Improve planning process(es) by establishing a permanent specialised presence of SBAH inside planning MoTA Early 2017 committees at all levels.

235 | P a g e

Develop an integrated research strategy for all components (natural and cultural) of the property. MoE + MoTA Mid 2017 Establish a monitoring and maintenance regime for all cultural components. MoTA Mid 2017 Finalise training of 100% of concerned staff to establish full technical and professional capabilities for the MoE + MoTA End 2017 management contingent (SMTs) of all the components of the property. NCWH Organize local, national and international outreach and awareness raising campaigns to reduce the negative NCWH Early 2018 impacts of development activities in the property. MoE + MoTA Incorporate socio -economic guidelines in the Management Plan of the property. MoE + MoTA +NCWH End 2018 Establish minimum required infrastructures at the three cultural components, particularly Ur and Uruk, including MoTA End 2018 for visitors (signage and temporary facilities). Finalise a tourism management plan including a plan to train gu ides. MoE + MoTA +NCWH Mid 2019 Develop education and interpretation plans and material for all components and values of the property. MoTA + MoE + MoC + End 2019 MoEd

236 | P a g e

Chapter II. Management Plan of Uruk Archaeological City

237 | P a g e

CONTENTS

Section I. General Overview of Uruk Archaeological City Section II. Significance Section III. Main Archaeological Features Section IV. Site Documentation Section V. Planned Research Section VI. Site Protection Section VII. Other Factors Affecting the Site Section VIII. Proposal for Conservation Interventions Section IX. Proposal for Further Excavation and Research Section X. Interpretation, Education, Visitation, and Tourism Section XI. Management Objectives Section XII. Proposed Management Structure

238 | P a g e

Section I. General Overview of Uruk Archaeological City

Uruk Archaeological City component (modern name Warka) lies about 80 km northwest of ancient Ur and 15 km east of modern Samawah, the administrative center of the Governorate of Muthanna (Map 2.1).

Uruk is registered in the Official Gazette n° 1465 of 17 October 1935 as an archaeological site, and is protected under article 7 of the Iraqi Law of Antiquities and Heritage n°55 of 2002. Registration in the Official Gazette includes the definition of the site’s official boundaries and buffer zone. These have been adopted as the boundaries and buffer zone of Uruk as a component of the proposed World Heritage property thus encompassing all of the site’s archaeological remains.

Covering c. 541 ha, Uruk is one of the largest archaeological sites in southern Iraq. The buffer zone covers an additional c. 292 ha. The maximum extent of the component is 3 km north-south and 2.5 km east-west.

Table 2.1. Centre Point Coordinates of Uruk Archaeological City Component Component Governorate Coordinates of the central point Uruk Archaeological City Muthanna N 31 19 27/E 45 38 14

Table 2.2. Size of Uruk Archaeological City Component and its Associated Buffer Zone Component Area of component (ha) Area of buffer zone (ha) Governorate

Uruk Archaeological City 541 292 Muthanna

The site is contained within the ancient city wall. It consists of a large area in the center of the city where different sanctuaries are situated and several living quarters inside the city. They are separated from each other by ancient canals. Additional areas inside the city were used as gardens, fields and production areas (Plan 1).

239 | P a g e

Map 2.1. Uruk Archaeological City Component

240 | P a g e

Picture 2.1. Aerial View of Uruk Archaeological City Component

241 | P a g e

Plan 2.1. Main Features of Uruk Archaeological City (M. van Ess, 2015).

242 | P a g e

Section II. Significance

Uruk was originally situated southwest of the ancient Euphrates River bed, now dry, and on the edges of a marsh. It was the biggest settlement in ancient Iraq and the main force of urbanization in southern Mesopotamia in the 4th millennium BCE. Its archaeological remains illustrate the several phases of the city's growth and decline, the architectural evolution and sophistication of public buildings, and the spatial organization of a vast and complex city with its sacred precincts encircling monumental temples – including two ziqqurats, residential quarters organized by professions, and a canal system that recently earned the city the name of “Venice in the desert”. Uruk developed a full-time bureaucracy, military, and stratified society where writing first came about. The earliest texts known to humanity were found in the Eanna, the temple precinct of the goddess Inanna. The Gilgamesh Epic , the earliest known literary text, also originated in Uruk, likely as a reflection of the city’s power and influence which extended to the whole Mesopotamian world and far beyond.

Uruk's history covers four millennia from the end of the Ubaid period (c. 3800 BCE) to the late Sassanid period (7rd century CE). However its maximal expansion dates to the end of the 4th millennium when the city covered a surface of around 230 ha and was known for its large population and monumental buildings. During the first half of the 3rd millennium, it was surrounded by a double circular mudbrick wall of 9.8 km restored several times. The most outstanding buildings of which remains are still visible today were excavated and recorded by German teams working on the site throughout the 20th century. The legibility of the site is however highly complex because older buildings were recycled into newer ones, thus blurring the layers of different historic periods.

The site is composed of three tells, the Eanna district, the Anu District (or Kullaba), and Irigal, where archaeologists have discovered multiple cities of Uruk built atop each other in the following sequence: ••• Uruk XVIII or Eridu period (c. 5000 BCE); the founding of Uruk ••• Uruk XVIII-XVI or Late Ubaid period (c. 4800–4200 BCE) ••• Uruk XVI-X or Early Uruk period (c. 4000–3800 BCE) ••• Uruk IX-VI or Middle Uruk period (c. 3800–3400 BCE) ••• Uruk V-IV or Late Uruk period (c. 3400–3100 BCE); The earliest monumental temples of Eanna District are built. ••• Uruk III or Jamdet Nasr period (c. 3100–290 BCE); The 9.8 km city wall is built. ••• Uruk II ••• Uruk I

The city was formed when two smaller Late Ubaid period settlements merged c. 3800 BCE. The temple complexes at their cores became the Eanna District and the Anu District dedicated to the goddess Innana and the god Anu respectively (see maps of the Anu and

243 | P a g e

Eanna Districts in the Annexes). The Anu District was originally called “Kullaba” prior to merging with the Eanna District. Kullaba dates to the Eridu period when it was one of the oldest and most important cities of Sumer.

The Eanna District was composed of several buildings with spaces for workshops, and it was walled off from the city. By contrast, the Anu District was built on a terrace with a temple at the top. The rest of the city was composed of typical courtyard houses, grouped by profession of the occupants, in districts around Eanna and Anu. Uruk was extremely well penetrated by a canal system recently identified through magnetometry, which archaeologists have described as “Venice in the desert.” This canal system flowed throughout the city connecting it with the maritime trade on the ancient Euphrates River as well as the surrounding agricultural belt within and around lowland marshes.

Uruk continued as an important city under the Assyrian, neo-Babylonian, Parthian and Persian empires but never again a primary political center. However its role in Mesopotamian culture and religious tradition is constantly acknowledged by subsequent rulers who all felt it important to restore, expand or contribute to cultic architecture in Uruk as part of their priestly duties.

244 | P a g e

Section III. Mains Archaeological Features

The German Archaeological Institute (with financial support by the German Research Foundation) has been conducting excavations at Uruk since 1928/29. Below is a description of the main features of the site on the basis of the most recent German findings, as provided by Dr. Margarete van Ess, Director of the German Archaeological Institute.

In two deep soundings the oldest settlement levels were reached at c. + 1 m above sea level (asl) (Plan 2.2) or -1.9 m local Warka height 3. This level dates into the Late Ubaid Period (IV), end of the 5th millennium BC. All these low levels are covered with later levels in the whole city. So, the plain level at the border of the city today is at c. + 10 asl. In the center, in the Eanna precinct, at least 16 levels were built on top of this earliest settlement.

They are not studied yet except for the very small area in the "Deep trench" of Eanna. On top of these 16 levels lays the oldest level that was reached by the excavations of the German mission. This level is called "Uruk archaic VI"-level and dates into the "Late Uruk Period" around 3500 BC. The Uruk archaic VI-levels are at a height of c. + 15 m local Warka height. The "Stone Cone building" (or "Mosaic temple") belongs to this level but is situated c. 300 m further west and on a higher level: c. + 18,5 m local Warka height.

On top of the Uruk archaic VI level which is excavated only in the "Deep trench" and in the area of "Stone Cone building", 5 levels of the younger "Late Uruk Period" were excavated (Plan 2.3). Most of them were preserved only in fragments and only in a few rows of mud brick. These fragments, however, are sufficient to draw reconstruction plans and to give an interpretation how the buildings perhaps looked like. All buildings were built of mud bricks and are very fragile. With the exception of the "Pillar Hall" they were covered with earth again. Their upper level is at c. + 20 m local Warka height which in some parts of the Eanna area is approximately the today’s surface (this needs a study, however).

3 All excavation plans of Warka are levelled according to a local Warka height which is 2,9 m below sea level. A local elevation had to be used because knowledge about the height of the sea level became known to the German expedition very late. The main measuring point for the local system is the stone block in the courtyard of the expedition house. 245 | P a g e

Plan 2.2. Soundings at Uruk Archaeological City (M. van Ess, 2015)

246 | P a g e

Plan 2.3. Architecture of the Successive Uruk Periods ( M. van Ess, 2015).

On top of this level of the Late Uruk Period there were preserved in some parts of the Eanna 8 levels of the "Uruk archaic III and In-levels which belong to the Gemdet Nasr Period (Uruk Ill) and the Early Dynastic Period (Uruk I). Most of its buildings were badly preserved and have been removed after documentation in order to study the architecture of the Uruk-Period underneath. The youngest building of these periods is the "Stampflehmgebaude" (Pisé building/Toof building), a very large building complex that is still visible to visitors (Plan 2.4). It is only preserved in its deep foundations, which were constructed in pisé technique, so the former height of its floor level is not known. It dates to the end of the Early Dynastic Period or the Early Akkadian period.

247 | P a g e

Plan 2.4. Pisé Building (M. van Ess, 2015)

The "Stampflehmgebaude" was destroyed when king Urnamma built the Eanna ziqqurat which is still preserved in its core. Urnamma dug ca. 1.5 m deep in order to create a foundation pit for the ziqqurat and by this destroyed parts of the temple terraces of the Early Dynastic Period, which are situated underneath the Urnamma sanctuary. The floor level of the Ur Ill period is at c. 22,5 m local Warka height, the preserved top of its core at + 36,5 m local Warka height. This sanctuary was altered in the old Babylonian period, in the Kassite Period by Karaindash and Kurigalzu (I or II), in the Neoassyrian/babylonian Period by Mardukaplaiddina II and Sargon II as well as by Nebukadnezar and Nabonid and later on by the Achaemenid king Kyros the Great (Plan 2.5).

248 | P a g e

Plan 2.5. Urnamma Ziqqurat (M. van Ess, 2015).

The Neoassyrian/ Neobabylonian kings considerably changed the plan of the Ur Ill ziqqurat. In the Seleucid period it was completely renewed for the last time. Most of these late changes are a victim of the erosion of the last 2000 years. There were, however, enough remains at low level to be able to reconstruct the different buildings and to give an interpretation of its development. All in all, in the Eanna area we count 36 levels on top of each other. (Van Ess, 2015 Report to SBAH)

249 | P a g e

Section IV. Site Documentation

According to a report prepared by Dr. Margarete van Ess for the SBAH (2015), the scientific results of the excavations conducted by the German Archaeological Institute at Uruk have been published in: • Short English reports sent to the SBAH (and its predecessor) during the excavation seasons. Usually they are 1-2 pages long and report about the on-going excavation work. Most of the interpretation given there is outdated. • Preliminary reports about each excavation season. Except for the lastest ones, they were published in the so-called "UVB" which is the abbreviation of "Vorlaufiger Bericht uber die von dem Deutschen Archaologischen lnstitut aus Mitteln der Deutschen Forschungsgemeinschaft unternommenen Ausgrabungen in Uruk-Warka" (Preliminary report about the excavation at Uruk-Warka, carried out by the German Archaeological Institute with financial support by the German Research Foundation). This title changed somehow from the early reports to the later ones. This is why usually everybody only uses the abbreviation "UVB”. The first report was published in 1930 (First Excavation season 1928/29) and the latest one was published in 1983 (31st/32nd excavation seasons 1973 and 1973/74). After publication of the final reports (see below) many elements published in UVB were found to be out-dated.

− The preliminary report about the 33/34. excavation season 1975/76 and 1976/1977 was published by A. Cavigneaux - U. Finkbeiner - U. Seidl- H. H. Siewert, Uruk 33/34 in: Baghdader Mitteilungen 22, 1991,l- 163. − The preliminary report about the 39th excavation season 1989 as well was published in Baghdader Mitteilungen: R. M. Boehmer - B. Bock - J. Boessneck - M. van Ess - G. Meinert - L. Patzelt - M. Peter-Patzelt, Uruk 39 (1989), Baghader Mitteilungen 24,1993,3 - 126.

− Other excavation seasons were published as final reports only: − Jordan - C. Preusser, Uruk-Warka, Wissenschaftliche Veroffentlichungen der Deutschen Orient- Gesellschaft 51 (1928) about the so-called "season 0" in 1912/13. − R. M. Boehmer, Uruk. Kampagne 38.1985, Ausgrabungen in Uruk-Warka. Endbericht l(1987) about the excavations in 1985

− U. Finkbeiner, Uruk. Kampagne 35-37.1982-1984. Die archaologische Oberflachenbegehung (Survey), Ausgrabungen in Uruk-Warka. Endbericht 4 (1991) about the survey inside the town.

− Research work of the 40th season in 2001/2002 has not been published yet because it was interrupted by the war and is not completed. Main reason was that the geophysical survey carried out during that season shows very clear details of the architecture and archaeological structures and the German team was in fear of aimed looting. The team hopes to complete this research soon and publish it accordingly.

250 | P a g e

− The final publication of the archaeological results is nearly completed. They are published in two series: o The series "Ausgrabungen der Deutschen Forschungsgemeinschaft in Uruk-Warka" which started in 1936 and has 17 volumes. This series includes the sub-series about the Uruk period texts which were published as "Archaische Texte aus Uruk" edited by H. J. Nissen. o In the series "Ausgrabungen in Uruk-Warka. Endberichte" which was initiated by R. M. Boehmer in 1987. In the meantime, 23 volumes appeared with final reports about the architecture, the small finds, tombs, and texts from Uruk. Another 6-7 volumes still need to be completed.

− For other reports see the bibliography in U. Finkbeiner, Analytisches Register zu den Grabungsberichten (1993).

A new topographic map of the site was produced by the German Archaeological Institute in the 1980’s using digital technologies, amended by data from high-resolution satellite imagery of 2005. Since 2007, the project “Visualization of the ancient city of Uruk" also conducted by the German Institute, is producing reconstructions and 3D digital models of monuments and the topography in the city. 4 At the moment, the German Institute is transferring all plans (vectorization of c. 500 relevant items), high resolution historical air photography and satellite imagery into the Uruk GIS (using QGis).

The German Institute develops conservation planning for those monuments that are visible above ground by collecting all available plan and photo-documentation as well as descriptions regarding the state of research and preservation. It prepares a damage documentation project to be carried out in Uruk in order to develop detailed conservation and preservation measures in cooperation with SBAH.

4 http://www.dainst.org/projekt/-/project-display/50247?p_r_p_1690909578_redirectURL=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.dainst.org%2Fprojekt%2F-%2Fproject- display%2F51076%3Fp_r_p_1690909578_redirectURL%3Dhttp%253A%252F%252Fwww.dainst.org%252Fmeldungen#_LFR_FN__projectdisplay_WAR_daiportlet_view _research 251 | P a g e

Section V. Planned Research

The German Archaeological Institute intends to return to the site for more research under the direction of Dr. Margarete van Ess, but because of security issues, it has not been able to be in the field since 2002. Activities in the meantime have concentrated on the publication of older excavations (39 campaigns were conducted between 1912 and 1989, plus 2 in 2001-2002) 5, exhibitions (such as the Uruk exhibition at the Pergamon Museum in Berlin in 2013), and 3D digital reconstructions of excavated structures. 6

The future research will start with a survey of the suburbs of Uruk (3 km radius) which will add to an older survey of the Uruk Countryside. By this, detailed plans of the buffer zone will be produced. In addition, research will focus on parts of the center where pre-1967 excavations exposed large buildings. These buildings were re-buried for long-term preservation. It is planned to uncover parts again in order to evaluate the state of preservation of the buildings and to provide proper data for a presentation concept given the central location of the area and possibility to become a focus point for visitation.

5 First soundings at Uruk were undertaken by William K. Loftus in 1853. Scientific excavations in Uruk started in 1912/13 and were continued between 1928-1939, 1954-1977, in 1982-1985, 1989, 2001-2002 (van Ess, 2015 report to SBAH) 6 http://www.dainst.org/projekt/-/project-display/51076?p_r_p_1690909578_redirectURL=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.dainst.org%2Fmeldungen 252 | P a g e

Section VI. Site Protection

The security network that is operational at Uruk consists of the Antiquity and Heritage Police, the inspectors of the Muthanna AHD as well as the guard living on-site with his family.

Site Security and Policing The site of Uruk is surrounded by a new fence (barbed wires) provided by the Government of Japan after 2003 in order to replace a damaged and partly stolen one which was put in place by the Iraqi Department of Antiquities in the 1970s. The fence follows the site’s boundary and prevents most people from trespassing; concrete beams laying on the ground effectively stop cars from driving around inside the site.

A small station of the Antiquity and Heritage Police, situated in the buffer zone, plays an efficient role in protecting the site from trespassers and looters through monitoring and patrolling of the site.

Site Vigilance Site vigilance consists mainly of the monitoring activities of the guard. In the case of special groups, these are normally escorted by inspectors from the local AHD and are taken around the site in a systematic manner.

Challenges • Absence of the suitable infrastructure to control visitor access along very well defined paths away from sensitive and unstable areas. • The fence has not been a complete deterrent against trespassing. The installation of security cameras is not advised, at least not for the initial phase of the project, since they require specialized maintenance that may not be available for some time at the site. • Absence of a health and safety risk assessment to make sure that no harm incurs on visitors during their visit to the site. • No available site log where infringements on the integrity of the site are recorded and later on addressed as part of an overall strategy to protect the site and its infrastructures.

253 | P a g e

Section VII. Other Factors Affecting the Site

Development Pressures A dig house in cement blocks and a baked brick building housing the site guard and his family are located inside the property. It may keep its function, provided that it does not disturb the archaeology and is not used as store-rooms for antiquities excavated on site or the region. Furthermore, a small Station of the Antiquity and Heritage Police is situated in the buffer zone. There is no electricity or water network inside the site. Electricity for the modern buildings is provided by generators, and water delivered by tanks. The site has not experienced any war-related damages. An agricultural village is situated just outside of the buffer zone however no activities are encroaching on the buffer zone.

Table 2.3. Key Threats to the Conservation of Uruk Archaeological City Threats Level Infrastructure Development Low Agriculture Expansion Medium Mining/oil Very low Solid Waste Very low Climate Change Very low Desertification Very low Military/security activities Very low Natural Catastrophes Very low Tourism and Visitor Pressure Very low Lack of regular maintenance/ High conservation interventions Improper conservation Medium interventions Water and/or Very High wind erosion Invasive vegetation growth Medium Uncontrolled Medium access/trespassing

Visitation

254 | P a g e

Very few visitors access the site: they usually come as part of delegations. No school trips are presently organized there. Signage was installed by the SBAH in front of major monuments.

255 | P a g e

Section VIII. Proposal for Conservation Interventions

In March 2014, Dr. Margarete van Ess, on behalf of the German Archaeological Institute, presented a preliminary proposal for further work at Uruk, including both conservation and new excavations on the basis of an assessment of the site conditions. It received the approval of the MoTA. In February 2015, the German Archaeological Institute presented a more detailed report on the proposals for the conservation component. It is reproduced below.

Eanna Sanctuary The Eanna sanctuary is situated in the center of the town. The sanctuary was devoted to the goddess lnanna at least from the 3rd millennium BC onwards and was in use as such until the end of the Seleucid period in the 2nd century BC. Settlement in this area, however, is much older and comprises the famous Uruk period buildings which are now covered by earth.

Still visible is the Eanna Ziqqurat built by king Urnamma in the 21 st century BC which was renovated and altered by the Kassite, the Neobabylonian, the Achaemenid and the Seleucid kings. In addition, still visible is the so-called "Stampflehmgebaeude" of the late Early Dynastic or Early Akkadian period (c. 25 th century BC) and the remains of the "Pillar hall" as well as part of the "Stone cone building" ("mosaic temple"). In Plan 2.3 the "Pillar hall" is marked in yellow with red lining (Pfeilerhalle) and the "Stone cone building" in blue (Steinstiftgebaude).

Most of the Uruk period buildings are covered with earth for protection. Most of them were preserved only for some rows of mud bricks which would have been deteriorated soon without such kind of protection. This is why in some parts of the Eanna show very flat surface areas today.

Eanna Ziqqurrat The Eanna Ziqqurrat was erected by Urnamma using mud bricks (contrary to the Ziqqurrat in Ur). This is the reason why within the last 2000 years its former second platform and the temple on top eroded completely. When excavations started in Uruk in the 20 th century, only the core of the first platform as well as the facades of the ziqqurrat were preserved. In addition to the parts built by Urnamma, the staircase built by Marduk-apla-iddina II. (8 th cent. BC) as well as remains of the Seleucid re-shaping is preserved as well as parts of the surrounding courtyard and its walls. Today, the core of the ziqqurrat is still in more or less the same shape as it was in the beginning of the 20 th century. It however suffers from visits by tourists and the weather, and will deteriorate tremendously in case of larger numbers of visitors. It therefore needs a protection concept that will not destroy the important archaeological buildings at the foot of the ziqqurat and, will explain a little bit better its original shape. This is one of the most difficult tasks of the conservation requirements in Uruk and needs a team of archaeologists and architects familiar with all excavation details of the Ziqqurat, as well as conservation specialists for mud brick structures.

The following steps will be necessary:

256 | P a g e

• Partial cleaning and detailed documentation of the actual state of preservation of the core of the ziqqurat. Evaluation of the state of preservation of the facades. Comparison between the documentation drawn in the 1930’s and today. This will lead to a proper damage mapping; • Verification of the archaeological structures at the foot of the ziqqurat. This needs to include partial excavation because the fragile Uruk period structures were covered by earth in the 1960’s. Evaluation whether this cover was useful; • Mapping of the wadis in order to understand where rain water is moving today; • Evaluation of all building materials and techniques used for the construction of the ziqqurat and the surrounding buildings in order to develop a proper conservation concept; • Development of a well-directed rain water deviation system in order to protect the ziqqurat as well as the structures at the foot of the ziqqurat (including those covered by earth); • Development of a workflow for constant maintenance; • Development of a presentation concept that respects the archaeological remains on the one hand and explains the building to the public on the other hand.

257 | P a g e

Plan 2.6. Eanna Uruk Period Levels (M. van Ess, 2015).

In order to decide about future preservation and information about the famous Uruk period levels situated mainly on the southeastern and southwestern side of the ziqqurat and covered with earth, several small excavations are needed in order to evaluate the state of preservation of the structures.

The expected problem will be that the earth covering the structures was softer than the remains of the archaeological structures and might have been partly washed away by rain water creating gullies.

A presentation of the Uruk Period buildings to the public will not be possible because they were preserved only up to a few rows of mud bricks (sometimes only one to three rows and in very small fragments only) which will be destroyed very soon if left exposed to the weather and to the effect of larger numbers of visitors. It is therefore preferred to present the documentation and a 3D reconstruction of these buildings in a tourist center outside the city.

258 | P a g e

"Pillar Hall" The remains of the "Pillar hall" are still visible in some parts over ground: its building platform is still preserved as well as parts of the clay cone mosaics of its pillars. These remains belong to the best excavated components and should therefore receive better protection.

The following steps will be necessary: • Cleaning of the remains and documentation of all preserved parts by trained archaeologists. Detailed comparison with the documentation of the 1950’s when the hall was excavated; • Discussion and decision to be made about whether or not there is a way to present the remains to the public. Depending on this, a presentation concept needs to be developed for the whole area that could be installed next to the Pillar Hall: plans, photographs/reconstruction drawings and written explanation for further information.

Stone Cone Building ("Mosaic Temple") The "Stone cone building", built c. 3500-3400 BC, is not well preserved because it was destroyed already towards the end of the 4 th millennium BC by the so-called "Riemchengebaeude". Only some fragments of its wall and its floor could be excavated as well as a lot of details about how the building was constructed. Especially the latter is highly interesting because for construction an artificial stone (similar to concrete) was used. In addition, for the decoration of the walls different colored stone cones were used which are (archaeologically) well preserved for the walls surrounding the former courtyard of the building. At this spot, it would be possible to explain this special decoration system of the Uruk Period. The stone cone mosaics, however, suffer from erosion at the moment as well as from visitors who collect stone cones as a souvenir.

The following steps will be necessary: • Cleaning of the remains and documentation of all preserved parts by trained archaeologists; • Detailed comparison with the documentation of the 1950’s when the structure was excavated; • Because of the very fragmentary state of the building, a general concept for the presentation of the structure is first needed, which should explore the idea of how to explain the building from the few preserved remains without destroying them by reconstruction. The concept should be developed in close cooperation with conservation specialists.

259 | P a g e

Plan 2.7. The Stone Cone Building (M. van Ess, 2015).

Anu Ziqqurat The Anu ziqqurat goes back to the late Ubaid Period (end of the 5 th millennium BC). It was renewed in many layers until the end of the 4 th millennium BC and then covered by a huge terrace (so-called Terrace A consisting of three enlargements A1 - A3 = Z 4 - 6). Plan 2.8 shows a section through the different terraces on on top of another (Z 20 -Z 9). Terraces Z 4 - 6 covered a temple, the so-called "White Temple" which stood on one of the High terraces of the Anu ziqqurat (Terrace B = Z 7), see plan 2.9.

260 | P a g e

2.8. Section of the Anu Ziqqurat (M. van Ess, 2015).

261 | P a g e

2.9. White Temple (M. van Ess, 2015).

The White temple is still preserved although suffering from rain and wind. To the north of the white temple another platform is preserved. There, post-holes with a bitumen cover were found that were used for a wooden structure, perhaps of a building used for a short time only. The post-holes are still preserved.

On the southeastern side of the ziqqurat a staircase leads to the upper platform of the ziqqurat. All building structures were erected with mud bricks and are therefore endangered by erosion.

The Anu Ziqqurrat and its staircase need urgent conservation work, which will be one of the most difficult tasks in Uruk because of the exposed situation of the ziqqurat and because of the fact that all interventions would have an impact on the original building structures.

262 | P a g e

In 1999, preservation measures were carried out at the Anu Ziqqurat by Margarete van Ess. The floor level of the "White Temple" on top of the ziqqurat was covered by ca 50 cm of modern earth mixed with rice straw. This mixture was selected in order to be able to distinguish modern and original layers in the future.

In addition, the northwestern facade of the Anu Ziqqurat received a shell built by modern mud bricks using rice straw as temper for distinction. By this, the archaeological trench was cut into the massive of the ziqqurat in order to analyse the structure of the high terrace. This decision was taken because rain water was seriously eroding the facade of the ziqqurat.

Both measures are meant as interim solutions and need revision by conservation specialists.

For the future, the following steps will be necessary: • Temporary renewal of the protection measures of the floor levels and the façade for further protection. These measures need to be carried out each year, at latest each two years, which was not possible for the last 15 years. Work needs to be undertaken by trained staff; • Cleaning of the remains and documentation of all preserved parts by trained archaeologists. Detailed comparison with the documentation carried out between the 1930’s and the 1970’s when the structure was excavated. This leads to a proper damage mapping; • Mapping of the wadis in order to understand drainage patterns; • Evaluation of all building materials and techniques used for the construction of the ziqqurat and the surrounding buildings in order to develop a proper conservation concept; • Development of a well-directed rain water deviation system in order to protect the ziqqurat as well as the structures at the foot of the ziqqurat; • Development of a workflow for constant maintenance; • Development of a presentation concept that respects the archaeological remains on the one hand and explains the building to the public on the other hand.

This can be carried out only by a team of archaeologists and conservators.

"Stone Building" The 'Stone building' is situated on the northwestern side, at the foot of the Anu Ziqqurat. Its layout consists of three concentric walls. The way the walls are constructed proofs that the building was used as a sub-surface structure. The walls were constructed as well by limestone slabs and by artificial stone. While the constructed walls are still in a good state of preservation, the stones themselves are deteriorating and need conservation measures. A lot of archaeological features of the wall coverings are still visible as well and need protection from wind and rain.

263 | P a g e

2.10. Stone Building (M. van Ess, 2015).

The following steps will be necessary: • Cleaning of the remains and documentation of all preserved parts by trained archaeologists. Detailed comparison with the documentation carried out between the 1930’s and the 1970’s when the structure was excavated. This leads to a proper damage mapping; • Analysis of the chemical processes that lead to the destruction of the stone slabs; • Re-evaluation of all building materials and techniques used for the construction in order to develop a proper conservation concept; • Development of a presentation concept that most probably has to take into account that the "stone building" will be best presented from the top side, i.e. by looking from a platform towards the building.

Bit Resh The Bit Resh sanctuary was built in several steps since the 5 th century BC. It covers an area of 167m x 213 m and consists of 13 courtyards surrounded by rooms and a temple unit with the two cellae for the god of heaven Anu and his consort Antum. The latter was erected by Anu uballit Kephalon in the year 201 BC and constructed with baked bricks whereas the other parts of the sanctuary were built by mud bricks. The 264 | P a g e sanctuary was connected to a ziqqurrat which was erected on top of the older Anu Ziqqurat. This Seleucid ziqqurat, however, is only preserved in a few parts. On the other hand, especially the temple in the Bit Resh is preserved to a height of up to 7 m. Its outer facades still show the decoration system.

The Bit Resh was excavated mainly in 1912/13. A lot of its building structures were explored in tunnels or small trenches along the walls in that season. This is the reason why the building is not excavated in a way that allows presentation to the public. Part of the southwestern surrounding wall was studied in the 3 rd , 9 th , 13 th and 27 th season, part of the southeastern surrounding wall in the 10 th , 15 th , 17 th , 18 th and 27 th season and part of the northeastern surrounding wall in the 15 th and 16 th season.

In general, the Bit Resh is in good condition, however, the way the building was excavated (in 1912/13) makes it difficult for visitors to understand. A proper excavation, on the other hand, would need many years because of the huge size of the building.

The German archaeological mission proposes for the medium term an excavation to be conducted along the northeastern facade of the Bit Resh, in order to present this to the visitors. The facade still preserves partly its original plaster covering. This creates immediate needs for conservation as soon as it will be uncovered.

Irigal Temple The temple called Irigal or Eshgal is situated in the south of the central area of sanctuaries in Uruk. It was erected at the latest in the 5th century BC. Three major levels of the temple can be distinguished, the youngest level being erected by Anu-uballit Kephalon around 200 BC. Later, in the Parthian period, several small structures were built into the temple. Again, several levels (two main levels with 2-3 sub phases) can be distinguished.

The Irigal Temple was excavated between 1933 and 1936. Only some parts of the building were excavated because of its huge size and massive construction. By this it is possible to understand the general layout of the temple and main features of its construction only (plan 13, excavated areas are marked in black).

265 | P a g e

2.11. Irigal Temple (M. van Ess, 2015). (excavated parts are marked in black, the two existing areas of interest for visitors are marked in red)

The building measures 198 x 205 m and consists of a very thick outer wall which surrounds eight courtyards and a temple unit at its southeastern part. The surrounding wall was built of mud bricks and in some parts is only badly preserved while in other parts it still stands to a height of c. 2 m. The temple unit was built from baked bricks and seems to be very well preserved in most of its parts.

Today, mainly the main axis of the temple and the main cella are visible. The two structures show walls of 6 to 7.5 m thickness which are preserved to a height of up to 9 m. 7 For the main axis blue glazed bricks were used. In the main cella remains of a white inscription in Aramaic letters are preserved as well as a pedestal in front of a niche.

Conservation needs are: • Systematic observation in the field of the preservation of building remains and comparison between the documentation of the 1930’s and today;

7 According to SBAH there are risks of serious collapse on the outer southeastern side of the building. In addition, the glazed brick decoration inside the cella of the temple requires a dedicated conservation project. 266 | P a g e

• Cleaning and conservation measures of the already excavated brick walls. Conservation measures for the glazed bricks of the cella and the main gate of the temple; • A hole dug from the outside underneath the southwestern outer wall of the temple which was a random “excavation” of the 19th century needs stabilization or closure.

Gareus Temple and Parthian Bath The Gareus Temple sector is located in the southeastern part of the ancient city of Uruk, on top of a settlement hill where it covers an area of 100 x 110 m2. This hill is surrounded on its southern and eastern sides by a low area that was used most probably as a port within the city. It is also demarcated from the northwest and southwest part of the city by an L-shaped low area. This helped to view the whole area and the low slope in the form of terraces as obviously was intended when the temple precinct was provided with towers for the outer fortified wall.

The settlement history of this hill, as preserved underneath the Gareus temple most probably started in the Early Dynastic Period I (beginning of the 3rd millennium BC). Layers of the Isin II to the Late Parthian period were documented – at the moment in all nine archaeological layers. The center of this sector is formed by the small Gareus Temple, built entirely of brick. It was excavated by E. Heinrich during the 6th campaign 1933/1934, further excavations were carried out by J. Schmidt during the 27 th - 31 st Campaign 1969 - 1973, then focusing on the surrounding buildings. The temple was built in honor of the elsewhere unknown God ‘Gareus’ whose name was found engraved on a slab of limestone dating back to 111 AD.2

267 | P a g e

2.12. Gareus Temple (M. van Ess, 2015).

268 | P a g e

2.13. Parthian Bath (M. van Ess, 2015).

The Temple was surrounded by an outer wall, the so-called Temenos, which was erected in two building phases and was supported structurally by half-circular or three-quarters-circular shaped towers on its outer side. Three surrounding fortified walls I, II and Ill were unearthed by the excavation.

269 | P a g e

The building, whose remains are still well preserved, measures at its outer edge 10.70 / 10.35 x 13.70m. The exterior walls, which are preserved up to a height of 4.70 m, were built without a foundation on a layer of mashed loam and thus cause distinct types of damage such as subsidence, erosion, gaping joints and rising of vertical moisture. This urgently needs restoration and consolidation measures. Restoration measures took place between 1969 and 1971. 8 They need to be further evaluated with conservators and accordingly revised.

On the inner side of fortification wall II, bathing facilities were constructed in the Parthian period. Their measurements are 8.1 x 16 m; the building itself consists of three rooms. The walls of the baths were partly reconstructed during the 28th campaign (1970). The new reconstructed structures are currently in bad condition. They need conservation measures using suitable materials.

Architectural remains that can still be seen to this day are the temple and the bath. Other structures are still underground and are to be verified by the documentation. They have an important archaeological value that has to be taken into account when executing any conservation measure.

Conservation needs are: • Verification of all archaeological structures excavated until the 1970’s , and their state of preservation; • Damage mapping of the temple and the bath; • Analysis of materials used for the buildings -original ones and those used for the restoration; • Detailed verification of interventions undertaken by the first restoration and its impact on the presentation of the buildings (for instance: some structures of the temple were blocked by the restoration); • Development of a presentation concept. Most probably, a complete reconstruction of the buildings cannot be the goal, but they could be presented through a scientific 3D-reconstruction; • Careful planning of future conservation measures: for instance the movement of heavy machinery towards and especially on the settlement hill would damage the archaeological layers.

8 They were conducted by the German head of mission, Prof. Dr. Jürgen Schmidt and supported by the German building engineer H.J. Schroter. They were carried out by the architect of the Iraqi Department of Antiquities by using special bricks. They are published in: J. Schmidt, Restaurierungsarbeiten am Gareus-Tempel, in: UVB XXIX / XXX (1979) 91 - 92 (see Arabic translation). 270 | P a g e

Road Map for Conservation The German Archaeological Institute is planning a return to the site once the security situation improves. It is proposing to undertake in the future conservation studies and surveys of the existing excavated remains. The road map for such measures is:

1. Development of an overall conservation concept: Identification of the areas and monuments that need conservation measures; collection of all information about the excavation of the structures and their former state of preservation; presentation of expected working steps and methodologies.

2. Detailed damage mapping on still standing structures and evaluation of the state of preservation of covered structures by comparision of the old and actual state of preservation.

3. Development of applicable conservation measures and development of a cooperation project with local authorities. The latter will be connected to a presentation concept.

Step 1 will be completed by the German Archaeological Institute in 2015, with the aim to start with step 2 in the same year.

271 | P a g e

Section IX. Proposals for Further Excavation and Research

A request for a scientific research permit has been presented to the MoTA by the German Archaeological Institute in 2014 proposing both survey and excavations, with special regard to the needs of a future World Heritage property, and for research focusing mainly on scholarly questions. Approval to all proposed activities was given by the MoTA in 2014. In the following sections, only the proposals for excavation and research with special regard to the presentation of the site are presented.

City Wall The city wall of Uruk belongs to one of the most prominent features known from the history of this town. It is mentioned in the Gilgamesh Epic as one of the major building tasks of this famous king. The archaeological remains of the city wall were verified in several small trenches and excavations. By these excavations as well as by a geophysical survey we know that its main wall was up to 5 m thick and was strengthened by semicircular bastions. The building material was mainly mud brick; in some parts and periods burnt bricks were used as well. The city wall was first erected in the beginning of the 3rd millennium BC and was in use until at least the Seleucid period (3rd century BC). The city wall was however not excavated in larger areas because of the difficulty of its preservation.

Nevertheless, the German team proposes an excavation of the still preserved city wall left and right of the street leading into the site in order to present this important element of the town to the public. The excavation would need to include a conservation project because of the fragile nature of its construction. Such a conservation project would probably include measures such as covering of the original wall remains with geo- textile and earth and the reconstruction of a part of the wall on top. Details of such interventions would need to be discussed with the MoTA.

Irigal Temple Thinking in the medium term, it is proposed to excavate further parts of the main axis of the temple between the main gate and the main cella. The aim of this excavation will be to allow the visitor to access the main gate and the main cella without climbing over unexcavated high walls, as it is the case at the moment. At the same time the connection between the gate and the cella will be better understood.

Bit Resh Thinking in the medium term, it is proposed to excavate further parts of the facade of the main temple in order to present the decoration system to the public.

272 | P a g e

Section X. Interpretation, Education, Visitation, and Tourism

In March 2015, Margarete van Ess, on behalf of the German Archaeological Institute, presented a proposal to the SBAH outlining conservation, research, and tourist facilities development at the site. Following is the proposal for tourist facilities development:

“We propose a large tourist center outside the city with parking places for buses, large cafeteria and information center. Inside the site less structured facilities for the tourists could be offered. The expedition house should be kept for scientific fieldwork activities for three reasons:

1/ One should not allow busses or many vehicles to go into this area because it destroys the archaeological layers which belong to the sacred area; 2/ One should not install modern toilets into the expedition house or allow the use of large quantities of water because this would destroy the archaeological layers underneath which belong to the Eanna sanctuary. Therefore the building is not suitable to receive a lot of persons or tourists; 3/ The expedition house is not suitable for a modern center at all -neither for tourists nor for the constant presence of cultural heritage specialists- because of its historical structure that is a value in itself. Experience shows that the rooms are not suitable for sensitive equipment (computer, media equipment or high-tech instruments for conservation) because of its exposed topographical situation (in times of the frequent dust storms none of the rooms can be properly protected from dust). The expedition house however is still perfect as a temporary working space for scholars during field seasons because of its perfect working rooms, its vicinity to the excavation areas and the possibility to store objects during the field campaigns.

Map point 1 . Tourist Center outside the city wall: Meeting point, cafeteria, toilets, video-room with information about the site, about its importance for the development of water management. Possibility to present reconstruction films of buildings that were excavated in Uruk. Map point 2 . Second meeting point, to be reached by vehicles. Here, one could erect a sarifa (or reed-hut), in order to reference the tradition and the role the Uruk Period played in this marshlands culture. Possibility for people to sit and explanation of the river and canal system of the ancient site could be offered here. Map point 3. Small bathrooms and restroom at the expedition house. This should be used for emergency.

Tourist Visitation Points A. City wall: excavation and partial restoration of a part of the city wall is proposed (green colour) B. Eanna Ziqqurat: one should be able to climb on top of the ziqqurat because this is one of the major attractions. One possibility would be to build a construction to protect and to use the former main staircase. C. Walk along the "pillar hall" south of the ziqqurat with information about the Uruk Period buildings which are covered by earth. D. lrigal main axis to the temple: for the medium term future we propose further excavation of the main axis of the temple in order to show the 273 | P a g e processional way between the main gate and the cella (green colour). This needs a proper scientific excavation because of the different levels of archaeological remains built into the temple. E. Walk to the Anu Ziqqurat. Use of the ancient staircase, which then needs a construction for its protection. F. View from the Anu Ziqqurat over the "Stone building." G. Walk along the facade of the Bit Resh main temple in the direction of the expedition camp. Additional exposure of the Anu-Antum Temple is proposed (green colour). H. Visit of the Stone Cone Building and its wall (conservation and presentation concept needed). I. Visit to the Gareus Temple by using a street outside the city wall.

In the prospect of Uruk’s inscription on the WH List as a component part of the proposed property, a comprehensive visitation plan will be developed emphasizing linkages and complementarity between the different cultural and natural components together with the specific characteristics and values of each component.

274 | P a g e

Plan 2.14. Proposed Visitation Circuit (M. van Ess, 2015).

275 | P a g e

Section XI. Management Objectives

The Uruk Archaeological City component is affected by several human induced and natural factors dictating its management objectives. These address the protection, study and long-term conservation of the archaeological remains. They also aim at presenting this remarkable but fragile site to visitors, and at providing economic benefits to local stakeholders based on the sustainable use of the site .

The main factors influencing the management of the Uruk Archaeological City component are: • The level of maintenance in the face of continuous erosion, vegetation growth and humidity, and damages from visitors; • The level of control of trespassers and visitors; • Conservation, research and monitoring needs; • An expected increase in the numbers of visitors; • The level of effectiveness of the legal frameworks and enforcement mechanisms; • The level of institutional coordination and collaboration between concerned stakeholders; • The available level of funding for management.

The following key objectives are set for the management of the Uruk Archaeological City component: 1. To establish a dedicated capacity in site protection, conservation, monitoring and management. 2. To address natural threats, particularly erosion and humidity, through a set of conservation measures. 3. To establish a regular and efficient monitoring regime. 4. To improve the protection of the site against trespassing and uncontrolled or unmonitored visitors by marking boundaries/buffer zone and improving policing. 5. To develop research activities at the site. 6. To develop the site for visitors in a sustainable way. 7. To develop suitable and quality management, protection, research, security and tourism infrastructure at the site. 8. To enhance the level of institutional cooperation leading to effective long-term management. 9. To enhance cooperation with foreign archaeological missions as regards conservation, research and capacity building for local staff. 10. To provide economic opportunities to local communities at and around the site through research activities and tourism development. 11. To enhance the participation of local communities and authorities in decision making about the site. 12. To communicate knowledge and awareness about the value of the site to national and international audiences. 13. To provide adequate financial allocations to implement priority interventions and projects.

276 | P a g e

Section XII. Proposed Management Structure

The Antiquity and Heritage Directorate (AHD) of Muthanna is directly responsible to ensure the conservation, management and monitoring of the component. In an internal decision dated 15/2/2015, the formation of a dedicated management structure (a Site Management Team) for the site of Uruk in accordance with the provisions of this Management Plan was given the green light by the central administration of the SBAH.

Figure 2.1. Management Structure of the Uruk Archaeological City Component

277 | P a g e

Chapter III. Management Plan of Ur Archaeological City

278 | P a g e

CONTENTS Section I. General Overview of Ur Archaeological City Section II. Significance Section III. Main Archaeological Features Section IV. Site Documentation Section V. Conservation Issues and Previous Interventions Section VI. Current and Planned Research and Conservation Section VII. Site Protection Section VIII. Other Factors Affecting the Site Section IX. Management Objectives Section X. Proposed Management Structure

279 | P a g e

Section I. General Overview of Ur Archaeological City

Ur Archaeological City (modern Tell Al Muqayyar) is situated 17 km south-west of Nasiriyah, the administrative Centre of the Dhi Qar Governorate, and 200 km north of Basrah and the Arabian Gulf. Ur is registered in the Official Gazette n° 1465 of 17 October 1935 as an archaeological site, and is protected under article 7 of the Iraqi Law of Antiquities and Heritage n°55 of 2002. Registration in the Official Gazette includes the definition of the site’s official boundaries and buffer zone.

The boundaries of Ur as a component of the proposed World Heritage property follow the lower topographical contours of the archaeological mound (Tell Al Muqayyar) which encompasses all the most important archaeological remains of the Sumerian period. The buffer zone coincides with the boundaries of the official archaeological site and the ancient city walls. In addition to public buildings, the buffer zone includes two of the three identified harbours of Ur, one on the northern corner of the city wall, and the second along the western wall, none of them excavated yet. However the main harbour is situated outside the buffer zone of the property’s component yet inside the buffer zone of the archaeological site as defined in the Official Gazette. This entails that the harbour is protected under the Law of Antiquities and Heritage. It has yet to be excavated and the boundaries of the component might be extended at a later stage to include it. The component covers 71 ha, and its buffer zone covers 317 ha.

Table 3.1. Centre Point Coordinates of the Ur Archaeological City Component Component Governorate Coordinates of the central point Ur Archaeological City Dhi Qar N 30 57 47/E 46 6 11

Table 3.2. Size of the Ur Archaeological City Component and its Associated Buffer Zone Component Area of component Area of buffer zone Governorate (ha) (ha) Ur Archaeological City 71 317 Dhi Qar

The component is surrounded by a mudbrick wall of oval shape and contains a ziqqurat, several other temples, palaces, and public buildings, together with residential quarters, two harbours, and a burial site including the so-called royal tombs.

280 | P a g e

Map 3.1. Ur Archaeological City Component

281 | P a g e

Picture 3.1. Aerial View of the Ur Archaeological City Component with its Boundaries and Buffer Zone.

282 | P a g e

Map 3.2. Orthophoto Map of Ur (F. D’Agostino et al, 2014).

283 | P a g e

Section II. Significance

Archaeologists have discovered evidence of a prehistoric occupation at Ur during the Late Ubaid period (c. 4000 BCE). These early levels were sealed off with a sterile deposit that was interpreted by excavators of the 1920s as evidence for the Great Flood of the Book of Genesis and the Epic of Gilgamesh . It is now understood that the south Mesopotamian plain was exposed to regular floods from the Euphrates and the Tigris, with heavy erosion from water and wind. Ur is recorded in written history as a city-state from the 26th century BCE under the First Dynasty of Ur. Although it must already have been a growing urban center during the 4th millennium, visible remains date mostly from the 3rd millennium when the city experienced a renaissance under the Third Dynasty of Ur (c. 2120-2000 BCE).

Ur was once the most important Sumerian port located on a branch of the Euphrates with access to the sea. The city was surrounded by marshes. Ur emerged as a key player in the political life of the southern city-state system during the period of the First Ur Dynasty (2670 BCE) when it became one of the most important and wealthy Sumerian cities. It profited from its location as the city closest to the entrance of the Arabian Gulf and developed into the most important Sumerian port on the Gulf, which extended much further inland than it does today.

At the end of the 3 rd millennium BCE, it controlled a vast empire known as Ur III state and connected southern Mesopotamia with trade partners in the Arabian Gulf, India and northern Mesopotamia. The Ur III administration used written records on an unprecedented scale: more than 80,000 cuneiform tablets have been uncovered to date, giving a unique insight into the Sumerian world and highlighting the importance of the wetland environment for Sumerian economy, belief system and literature. Ur remained one of the most prominent administrative, intellectual and religious centers in Mesopotamia until the Hellenistic period.

284 | P a g e

Section III. Mains Archaeological Features

The most significant scientific excavations were conducted at Ur from 1922 to 1934 funded by the British Museum and the University of Pennsylvania and led by Sir Charles Leonard Woolley. A total of about 1,850 burials were uncovered, including sixteen that were described as "royal tombs" containing many valuable artifacts. Most of the royal tombs were dated to about 2600 BCE. Near the ziqqurat several temples, residences and public buildings were also uncovered. Excavations were also made next to the royal tombs layer: a 3.5 m. thick layer of alluvial clay covered the remains of earlier habitation, including pottery from the Late Ubaid period. Woolley later published several articles and books about the discoveries.

As of 1960, the then Iraqi Directorate General of Antiquities started to carry out excavation and conservation work on the site which had been neglected for decades and where some of the areas that were cleared during previous excavations had been sanded over again. Under the direction of Taha Baqir, rebuilding of part of the outer shell of the ziqqurat was undertaken: this included the first terrace, the main staircase and the two towers reinforcing the central staircase. What was left of the second level was restored, together with the staircases and the inner walls of the E-dub-lal-mah and the northern, eastern and southern sides of the Royal Palace. Between 1967 and 1982, under the direction Shah Ali Al Siwani, excavation work was carried out in the Royal Cemetery.

Today’s archaeological site is surrounded by a mudbrick wall of oval shape. Inside, an almost rectangular temenos or sacred precinct (400 x 220 m) built of fired bricks with the external facades covered with glaze encircles a number of religious, royal and public buildings described below (see plans of main areas and buildings under Section 3.5).

The ziqqurat is the most outstanding building with remains clearly visible. It is situated in the northeastern part of the sacred precinct. Dedicated to the moon god Nanna, it was built on a platform 4-5 m high during the reign of Ur-Nammu and his son Shulgi (Ur III period) and reconstructed in the 6 th century BCE by Nabonidus, the last king of the Neo- Babylonian Empire. The ruins cover an area of 1,200 m northwest to southeast by 800 m northeast to southwest and rise up to about 20 m above the present plain level. At present, only the first terrace (62.5x43x11 m) and the second terrace (37x26x5 m) are visible. Only traces of the core of the third terrace still exist. There might have been a small temple over this terrace dedicated to the moon god Nanna. Structurally, the ziqqurat is made up of a mudbrick core covered with fired brick walls moved by a sequence of buttresses and niches. The walls of the terraces were not vertical but slightly inclined. The ziqqurat has three central perpendicular stairs from the base to the summit, joined at levels one and two by two convergent side stairs. Rectangular holes within the structure helped drain rainwater. The Directorate General of Antiquities rebuilt the outer shell in the early 1960s.

The Royal Palace of Ur-Nammu and Shulgi (known as E-hor-sag/House of the Mountain) is situated near the Royal Cemetery and south-east of the ziqqurat and the Gig-par-ku, the high priestess' residence (see below). Construction was initiated by king Ur-Nammu and 285 | P a g e completed by his son Shulgi. The kings' names are stamped on the fired bricks of the palace. Its square plan (55X55 m) is characterized by a large central courtyard surrounded by rooms, alleyways and service quarters. The Directorate General of Antiquities restored the site in 1963.

The E-dub-lal-mah (10 X 10.5 m) is a large temple situated in the eastern corner of the holy wall of the ziqqurat. The structure was first built under the Ur III dynasty but inscriptions on the fired bricks indicate that several kings restored and enlarged it, among them the Babylonian kings Nebuchadnezzar (604-562 BCE) and Nabonidus (555-539 BCE). The original arch over its main entrance is considered one of the oldest examples of brick-built arches in the world. The building is composed of two rooms (cella and anti-cella). Stairs allow access to the cella. In the early 20 th century, L. Woolley capped the walls with concrete to protect them from natural phenomena, and conservation work was carried out by the Directorate General of Antiquities in 1962 at the stair inside the temple as well as at its outside and inside walls.

The E-nun-mah temple is square-shaped (47X47 m) and built of fired bricks. It is situated to the east of the E-dub-lal-mah, south-east of the ziqqurat. Built during the Ur III period, it was enlarged and/or restored various times until the Neo-Assyrian period (934-609 BCE). Foundations are still visible above the ground.

The Gig-par-ku dates back to King Amar-Sin, the third ruler of of the Ur III dynasty and son of Shulgi. It is situated south-east of the Ziqqurat. In its first phase, the residence of the high priestess of Nanna was an approximate square building measuring 56.50x79 m. It comprises two similar rectangular parts, separated by a long east-west path with entries leading to both buildings. Restoration and enlargement works were performed especially in the Kassite and Neo-Babylonian periods. The foundations are still visible at ground level.

The Royal Cemetery is situated south of the Royal Palace. The major part of the Royal Cemetery belongs to the Early Dynastic period. It comprises sixteen collective royal tombs, organized in several rooms roofed with arches and rich in funerary objects, in addition to 1800/2000 single graves. Most of these graves are situated in the southern part of the Royal Cemetery and few of them in the north-eastern part. One of the most important tombs for the number of impressive golden finds is that of Queen Puabi, named from a cylinder seal found on her body.

The cemetery located to the south-east of the Royal Palace is attributed to Shulgi and to his son Amar-Sin, kings of the Ur III Dynasty according to their names stamped on the bricks. Over the burial chambers, a funeral temple with several rooms opened on a central courtyard. The tombs were built up of tar, fired and mudbricks. The tomb of Shulgi measures 35x27 m and that of Amar-Sin 19x17 m.

Excavations conducted outside the sacred precinct, that is in the area included in the buffer zone of the property component, uncovered extensive residential areas from the Paleo-Babylonian, Kassite and Neo-Babylonian periods of which parts of walls are still visible on the site. 286 | P a g e

This includes the so-called “House of Abraham” identified as such by L. Woolley in spite of the absence of any scientific evidence. It is situated in an area dated to the Isin-Larsa period (early Paleo-Babylonian). The walls of this complex building composed of many courtyards and rooms have been rebuilt by Qasem Radhi from the State Board of Antiquities and Heritage in 2001-2002.

Only one structure in that area of the property is dated to the Sumerian period, the Enki Temple, built by Amar-Sin and dedicated to the god of wisdom and fresh water. Situated to the south-east of the city and inside its external wall, the temple measures 42x32 m and comprises a courtyard containing a platform on which stood the statue of the god Enki. Various rooms and installations overlook the courtyard. However no remains of this building are visible today as excavations damaged the building.

In addition to public buildings, the buffer zone of the property includes two of the three identified harbours of Ur, one on the northern corner of the city wall, and the second along the western wall, none of them excavated yet.

287 | P a g e

Section IV. Site Documentation

The Italian mission to Abu Tbeirah, directed by Dr. Franco D’Agostino (University of Rome “La Sapienza”) has developed a GIS (using QGis open source software) and detailed cartography of the site using low aerial photogrammetry. This activity generated two ortho-photomaps, one of the central area of the site with a resolution of 5 cm and one of the whole area with a resolution of 20 cm. This activity is still ongoing and will be completed in 2015.

The same mission also prepared a number of conservation proposals for specific structures, documenting these in detail with elevation, sections, and detailed drawings, as well as 3D laser scanning. Drawings and digital 3D models are now available for E-dub-lal-mah Temple. Surveys and drawings in view of specific conservation projects have been also produced for the ziqqurat and the Royal Tombs of the Third dynasty.

Besides these field activities, the Ur Digitization Project, run in partnership by the British Museum and the Penn Museum, was launched in 2013 with the aim to reunite in a digital space all documents and photos related to the campaigns of Woolley of the 1920s and 1930s scattered across the globe in private archives, public newspapers, journals and monographs 9.

9 http://www.britishmuseum.org/research/research_projects/all_current_projects/ur_project.aspx 288 | P a g e

Section V. Conservation Issues and Previous Interventions

The only conservation intervention conducted during the 1922-1934 mission directed by Leonard Woolley was the consolidation and construction of a concrete roof above the E-dub-lal-mah temple. The stability of the walls is affected by the roof weight and lack of maintenance. A wooden buttress, still in place, was also placed to support a wall in Shulgi’s tomb.

From 1960 to 1968, the Directorate General of Antiquities conducted general conservation work at the site, which included the reconstruction of the ziqqurat using locally made fired bricks, tar, reed mats between layers of bricks, and some cement to lay the bricks. Living quarters were also built to house the team: this structure is still being used by archaeologists today. More conservation work was conducted from 1982 to 2002; however, all activities on site were stopped with the advent of the 2003 war.

These missions took care in producing mud and fired bricks of the same composition and colour of the original ones. Bitumen was also prepared and used as waterproof coating. Reed mats were woven and inserted in reconstructed mud brick walls so as to allow for their expansion and contraction under different environmental conditions. Cement however was used profusely to lay down the bricks, especially in the 1960s, as it was common practice at the time. Although cement has been replaced by mud mortars in more recent interventions, it was still used as recently as 2002 in the conservation of the so-called House of Abraham.

In general terms the site suffers from harsh environmental conditions, producing phenomena of water and wind erosion, salt efflorescence at the base of the walls and collapse. The high-resolution map produced by the Iraqi-Italian mission with the help of a drone also shows the presence of invasive vegetation growing at the bottom of excavated areas, where water and moisture accumulate. This phenomenon also causes undercutting and collapse of mud brick walls. Once it dries-up in summer, this vegetation also contributes to fire hazards.

The Iraqi mission to Ur restored the ziqqurat during the 1960s and 1980s conservation campaigns using fired bricks laid with cement. Substantial excavations and consolidation works was undertaken in addition to rebuilding of the south frontage of the ziqqurat including the three flights of stairs and the lower portions of the western end of the south frontage. Extensive repair of damages to the façade was also carried out.

Today, this monument shows cracks and erosion, both of the modern restoration and of the original core. For the latter, a solution needs to be found to stop water infiltrations and allow water finding its way to the core to be drained out. Modern graffiti are visible on the surface of the bricks. A documentation and conservation assessment is being prepared by the Iraqi-Italian mission to Ur.

289 | P a g e

Plan 3.1. Ziqqurat, E-dub-lal-mah and Shulgi and Amarsin Mausolea (F. D’Agostino et al, 2014).

The E-dub-lal-mah temple is located in the south-east corner of the sacred precinct of the ziqqurat, the E-temen-ni-gur of Ur-Nammu. This temple was excavated by Leonard Woolley in the 1920s, and restored using concrete. It received some conservation work during the 1960s consisting in exposing the walls of the temple and its paved limestone floor. Some conservation works were undertaken inside the building, and the stairs leading to the holy of holies were rebuilt. The cella’s internal and external walls were also restored.

Today the building is in a deplorable state of conservation, with deep cracks due in large part to the heavy concrete roof installed in the 1920s, which is exerting a heavy load on the ancient masonry and is dropping, thus affecting the supporting walls themselves in bad condition. The building suffered from a long period of neglect and exposure to the elements without any maintenance work. The building was thoroughly documented by the Iraqi-Italian mission and a conservation proposal with related specifications and bill of quantities was prepared in 2014.

290 | P a g e

Plan 3.2. E-dub-lal-mah Plan and State of Conservation (F. D’Agostino et al, 2013).

The Enki temple, built by Amar Sin the King of the Third Dynasty of Ur is situated in the harbour area southeast of the city inside its external wall. Nothing much remains of this building because of subsequent collapse and disintegration due to neglect and exposure to the elements.

The Nin-mah temple is situated inside the sacred temenos to the east of the E-dub-lal-makh temple. The building was cleaned by the Iraqi Mission in the 1960’s, its architectural features were exposed. Sadly however, the building was not restored nor consolidated; it was left to disintegrate totally through exposure to the elements, neglect, and uncontrolled access.

The Nanar-Sin temple is situated right opposite the ziqqurat. The Iraqi mission took charge of clearing the site of the temple from debris and exposing the structure of the building. Like the other monuments, it was left to disintegrate in total due to the absence of a conservation and maintenance program. The same conditions characterize the Nin-Kal temple and Kiki bar-ku temple whereby exposure to the elements and the lack of maintenance and conservation have almost completely obliterated the traces of these ancient buildings.

The E-nun-mah temple, located to the east of the E-dub-lal-makh, was subjected to some cleaning and consolidation during the 1960’s mission, but this has not stopped the heavy decay of its remains. Today, little is visible of the original plan.

Nanna’s temple, located to the north of the ziqqurat, also suffered from neglect and erosion and will need proper re-excavation and 291 | P a g e consolidation in order to be interpreted and visited again. The same can be said of Nanna’s courtyard, located to the east of the ziqqurat, the Giparu of Amar-Sin, the E-hursag of Ur-Nammu and Shulgi; located to the south and south-east of the ziqqurat, and the mausoleum of Shulgi and Naram-Sin.

Plan 3.3. Proposal for a Path and Shelter Allowing Visitation and Protection of the Shulgi and Naramsin Mausoleum (F. D’Agostino et al, 2014).

The Royal Cemetery of the Third Dynasty consists of a number of subterranean structures built with fired bricks. During the 1960s mission, the various structures were consolidated and partly rebuilt using fired bricks laid with cement. Lack of maintenance has caused erosion, brick- displacement and cracks in several walls and ceilings. Modern graffiti (mainly in ink) are visible on the surface of the walls. These structures are being documented by the Iraqi-Italian mission and a detailed conservation proposal is being developed.

There are a number of other structures located outside of the sacred precinct that are in a poor state of conservation due to neglect, erosion, and material decay, including the so-called House of Abraham, the Harbour temple, the Larsa-period quarter, and the Parthian-period buildings. While the House of Abraham was reconstructed by L. Woolley, the other structures were only partly excavated and are almost completely collapsed or buried. The House of Abraham received more conservation work in the early 2000s, when walls were consolidated using fired bricks, and capped with layers of cement. 292 | P a g e

293 | P a g e

Section VI. Current and Planned Research and Conservation

As mentioned in the previous section, the Iraqi-Italian project currently financed by the Italian Cooperation addresses documentation and the preparation of conservation plans for three structures at the site: the E-dub-lal-mah, the Royal Cemetery, and the ziqqurat.

Currently, the plans for the conservation of the E-dub-lal-mah temple and the Mausolea of Ur III are completed and include detailed budgets and bills of quantities (the bill of quantities for the E-dub-lal-mah has been translated into Arabic). The documents have now been handed over to the Iraqi authorities and can therefore be implemented either through the resources of the SBAH or in collaboration with missions active in Ur and other donors. The Dhi Qar Governorate approved the budget for this project as part of its 2013 budget allocation, but the funds have not yet been committed; this is largely due to the deteriorating security situation in the country and the low oil prices, which had a significant impact on the national treasury.

These projects constitute the first two phases of the conservation study funded by the Italian Cooperation and led scientifically by La Sapienza - University of Rome; the third phase involves the conservation and maintenance of the site of ziqqurat, always guided scientifically by the team of La Sapienza University. Projects for the Royal Tombs and the ziqqurat are in preparation in addition to a study for developing signage and interpretive panels to be installed on site.

Furthermore, the Stony Brook University, NY plans a survey and an excavations project in the south part of the Royal Tombs. The framework agreement organizing this work has been recently signed with the SBAH.

294 | P a g e

Section VII. Site Protection

The security network that is operational at Ur consists of the Antiquity and Heritage Police, the inspectors of the Dhi Qar AHD as well as the guards living on-site with their families.

Site Security and Policing The site is fenced with barbed wires to mark its official boundaries however the fence does not prevent trespassing. A path, partially covered with wooden planks and equipped with some shaded shelters, leads visitors around the main building remains. The Royal Tombs are fenced off with a door to prevent visitor access except under the control of a guard. The path and tombs door were installed by the US army post- 2003 to ensure some degree of visitor control. The Antiquity and Heritage Police has three stations at Ur (the main one situated at the entrance of the site), as well as three mobile patrols. In addition, three full time civilian guards employed by the Dhi Qar AHD live permanently with their families on the site. Furthermore, a large army base is situated close-by, to the south of the site. Although the army does not have any responsibilities with regards to the protection of the archaeological site, it can play a decisive role in its protection in the case of a serious breach of security, which goes beyond the means and capabilities of the Antiquity and Heritage Police, or at times of conflict. To that effect, the army needs to be systematically sensitized as to the significance of the site, the threats affecting it and countermeasures that can be taken to protect the site and its integrity.

Site Vigilance Site vigilance consists mainly of the monitoring activities of the guards residing full time on the site. In the case of special groups, these are normally escorted by inspectors from the local AHD and are taken around the site in a systematic manner.

Challenges • The existence of a fence has not been a deterrent against trespassing. However the installation of security cameras is not advised, at least not for the initial phase of the project, since they require specialized maintenance that may not be available for some time at the site. • Visiting school groups visiting are said to remove bricks from the top of the ziqqurat and walk over antiquities. • Absence of a health and safety risk assessment to make sure that no harm incurs on visitors during their visit to the site. • No available site log where infringements on the integrity of the site are recorded and later on addressed as part of an overall strategy to protect the site and its infrastructures.

295 | P a g e

Section VIII. Other Factors Affecting the Site

Development Pressures Until 2014, electrical poles and wires ran along the paved road from the site’s main entrance to the foot of the ziqqurat. They had a stong visual impact and were since removed by the AHD with support from the local authorities. Furthermore, a paved road and parking areas were built in the 1960s over an excavated area, which used to be the enclosure of the ziqqurat. In 2014, the asphalt was entirely removed.

Barracks are used as a temporary visitor center and will be removed from the site as soon as the new visitor center planned for in the new management plan is completed.

A dig house and guard house are located after the entrance of the site about 350 m to the north east of the ziqqurat. Another dig house, hosting international archaeological missions, is located 450 m from the ziqqurat. A laboratory adjacent to the living quarters of the guards and their families is situated 275m northeast of the ziqqurat. Buildings are of cement blocks and equipped with septic tanks but are not connected to a running water network. Trucks deliver water and empty septic tanks. All modern buildings are within the official boundaries of the archaeological site yet inside the buffer zone of Ur as a component of the proposed WH property. Dig-houses and the laboratory may keep their function, provided that they do not disturb the archaeology and are not used as store-rooms for antiquities excavated on site or the region. However provision of facilities such as water and electricity will have to be carefully planned to avoid disturbing intact archaeological deposits or visual impact.

Ur is surrounded by villages and agricultural lands belonging to local tribes to the north and west, and by a military base and Al Makir railway station presently disused to the south and east. The ziqqurat suffered limited damage during the recent conflict in the form of some impact of mortar shell on the modern outer shell. It is possible that fighter jets flying to and from the US military base (Camp Ader) situated 300 m away from the official boundaries of the archaeological site (that form the buffer zone of the proposed property component) threatened the stability of some of the buildings on the site. However structural studies need to verify this fact and propose adequate conservation intervention. Furthermore, US soldiers visiting the site left numerous graffiti on the walls of several buildings. However, the presence of military forces also protected the site from illegal excavations. The military base was returned to the Iraqi army in 2009 and there is at present very limited military activities that do not threaten the property. An official request was made by the MoTA to the Ministry of Defense requesting to

296 | P a g e

1/ prevent any military activities or expansions of the camp, 2/ avoid conducting drills and 3/ restrict flights in the aerial space above the site. 10

The master plan of the city of Nassiriyah, which borders the archaeological site of Ur, is revised on a yearly basis and sent for approval, inter alia, to the Dhi Qar AHD. At present, the municipality of Nasiriyah has put forth a plan to build a road, which will connect Ur directly to the Nasiriyah- Baghdad highway and will avoid the city center. This road will include a resting area and other visitor facilities. In the context of the planned development of the site for visitation, the plan also includes the building of a high standard hotel in the city center and a bridge on the Euphrates. However none of these developments are in the vicinity of Ur Archaeological City. The development of residential complexes are also envisaged in Dhi Qar Governorate, but these will be established at a distance of around 9km from Ur. 11

Visitation Ur is currently the only cultural component of the proposed property that receives any noticeable number of visitors, although this number is very relative and difficult to estimate. Guards on site sell tickets, however most visitors come with official invitations or in school tours and enter free of charge. No systematic record of the number of visitors is kept. Tourism is mostly domestic and local (people from Nasiriyah and Basrah, officials, school children and university students). International tourists are employees of the oil companies operating in the south of Iraq, some journalists and researchers, and a limited number of Christian pilgrims for whom Ur bears a religious significance as it is believed to be the place of origin of Abraham. The guards estimate that the site has received less than one thousands visitors per year on average in the past five years (since the withdrawal of the US army at the nearby airbase). Before the 2003 war, the number of visitors was only slightly higher.

During the US occupation of the area, a considerable number of American soldiers visited the site. Not all of them were respectful of the antiquities and instances of vandalism were recorded, particularly graffiti on the reconstructed walls of the ziqqurat and the removing and/or stealing of bricks. Iraqi school groups visiting today are also said to remove bricks from the top of the ziqqurat and walk over antiquities. Efforts are needed to raise the awareness of their teachers to supervise them better during visits, and more generally visitor awareness.

Tourism is not currently a pressure factor and is unlikely to become so in the next two to five years even in the prospect of the inscription of the property on the WH List. It will take more time and efforts from the part of the Government of Iraq and international tourism industry to improve the image of the country as a safe destination for international tourism. However, the power of attraction of Ur for international visitors is high. The coming few years should allow the concerned national and local authorities to develop suitable visitor infrastructure at the site, including signage and interpretation, together with an adequate visitor management system that will ensure that visitation, even to increased levels, remains responsible. Table 3.3. Key Threats to the Conservation of Ur Archaeological City

10 Correspondence reference n. 4877, dated 10/7/2013, MoTA. 11 Correspondence reference 654, dated 2/3/2015 from the Head of the Urban Planning Directorate in Dhi Qar. 297 | P a g e

Threats Level Infrastructure Development Medium Agriculture Expansion Medium Mining/oil Very low Solid Waste Very low Climate Change Very low Desertification Very low Military/security activities Medium Natural Catastrophes Very low Tourism and Visitor Pressure Low Lack of regular maintenance/ High conservation interventions Improper conservation Medium interventions Water and/or wind erosion Very high Invasive vegetation growth Medium Uncontrolled Medium access/trespassing

298 | P a g e

Section IX. Management Objectives

The Ur Archaeological City component is affected by several human induced and natural factors dictating its management objectives. These address the protection, study and long-term conservation of the archaeological remains. They also aim at presenting this remarkable but fragile site to visitors, and at providing economic benefits to local stakeholders based on the sustainable use of the site .

The main factors influencing the management of the Ur Archaeological City component are: • The level of maintenance in the face of continuous erosion, vegetation growth and humidity, and damages from visitors; • The level of control of trespassers and visitors; • Conservation, research and monitoring needs; • An expected increase in the numbers of visitors; • The level of effectiveness of the legal frameworks and enforcement mechanisms; • The level of institutional coordination and collaboration between concerned stakeholders; • The available level of funding for management.

The following key objectives are set for the management of the Ur Archaeological City component: 1. To establish a dedicated capacity in site protection, conservation, monitoring and management. 2. To address natural threats, particularly erosion and humidity, through a set of conservation measures. 3. To establish a regular and efficient monitoring regime. 4. To improve the protection of the site against trespassing and uncontrolled or unmonitored visitors by marking boundaries/buffer zone. 5. To develop research activities at the site. 6. To develop the site for visitors in a sustainable way. 7. To develop suitable and quality management, protection, research, security and tourism infrastructure at the site. 8. To enhance the level of institutional cooperation leading to effective long- term management. 9. To enhance cooperation with foreign archaeological missions as regards conservation, research and capacity building local staff. 10. To provide economic opportunities to local communities at and around the site through research activities and tourism development. 11. To enhance the participation of local communities and authorities in decision making about the site. 12. To communicate knowledge and awareness about the value of the site to national and international audiences. 131313.13 ... To provide adequate financial allocations to implement priority interventions and projects.

299 | P a g e

Section X. Proposed Management Structure

The Antiquity and Heritage Directorate (AHD) of Dhi Qar is directly responsible to ensure the conservation, management and monitoring of the component. A shared management structure (a Site Management Team) for the sites of Ur and Eridu should be created by the SBAH in accordance with the provisions of this Management Plan.

Figure 3.1. Management Structure of the Ur Archaeological City and Tell Eridu Archaeological Site Components.

300 | P a g e

Chapter IV. Management Plan of Tell Eridu Archaeological Site

301 | P a g e

CONTENTS

Section I. General Overview of Tell Eridu Archaeological Site Section II. Significance Section III. Main Archaeological Features Section IV. Site Documentation Section V. Conservation Issues and Previous Interventions Section VI. Current and Planned Research and Conservation Section VII. Site Protection Section VIII. Other Factors Affecting the Site Section IX. Management Objectives Section X. Proposed Management Structure

302 | P a g e

Section I. General Overview of Tell Eridu Archaeological Site

Tell Eridu is registered in the Official Gazette n° 1465 of 17 October 1935 as an archaeological site, and protected under article 7 of the Iraqi Law of Antiquities and Heritage n°55 of 2002. Registration in the Official Gazette includes the definition of the site’s official boundaries and buffer zone.

Table 4.1. Centre Point Coordinates of the Tell Eridu Archaeological Site Component Component Governorate Coordinates of the central point Tell Eridu Archaeological Site Dhi Qar N 30 49 01/E 45 59 45

Table 4.2. Size of the Tell Eridu Archaeological Site Component and its Associated Buffer Zone Component Area of Area of buffer zone Governorate component (ha) (ha) Tell Eridu Archaeological Site 33 1,069 Dhi Qar

Eridu is a typical cone-shaped archaeological mound, or tell, half a kilometre in diameter, rising some 25 meters above the plain. The boundaries of the Tell Eridu as a component of the proposed WH property follow the lower topographic contours of the tell. Six smaller tells are dotted around Tell Eridu. Five of these smaller mounds and the depression where the original lagoon surrounding Tell Eridu formed are included in the buffer zone of the proposed WH component, which coincides with the official boundary of the Eridu archaeological site and is marked on the ground by a sand berm. The component covers 33 ha, and the buffer zone c. 1069 ha.

303 | P a g e

Map 4.1. Tell Eridu Archaeological Site Component.

304 | P a g e

Picture 4.1. Satellite Image of the Tell Eridu Component with its Boundaries and Buffer Zone (Google Earth 2003).

305 | P a g e

Section II. Significance

Eridu was the southernmost of a conglomeration of Ubaid settlements and Sumerian cities that grew about temples. Mesopotamian tradition considered Eridu the oldest city in the world predating the Flood. Eridu developed as a settlement during the Ubaid period (c. 5000 BCE) in a unique environment, that of the transitional zone between sea and land with its shifting watercourses, small islands, and deep reed thickets. The settlement was built upon a hillock within a depression, or lagoon, about 6 m below the level of the surrounding land, which allowed the subterranean waters to collect together. The earliest Mesopotamian texts (early third millennium) underline the importance of this lagoon: the features of the landscape – a large body of freshwater at the edges of the desert – was seen as a manifestation of the divine.

Eridu was developed by the Ubaid culture as a major cultic centre, and was connected to Ur by a canal. Throughout Mesopotamian history, its temple complex, which later developed into a ziqqurat, remained a major religious center and provided the mythical paradigm for the divine foundation of cities around a temple built over a body of freshwater, and for the function of cities as primarily cultic centers. Eridu, which name stood for its E-abzu temple to the freshwater god Enki-Ea, was considered by the Sumerians as the place where kingship originated, and remained a source of knowledge and wisdom into late Mesopotamian Antiquity.

The earliest settlement grew into a substantial city of mudbrick and reed houses by c. 2900 BCE, covering 8-10 ha and still supporting an agricultural community around a temple. The city also included an extensive cemetery apparently serving a population larger than that of the settlement. Even in later periods, the urban nucleus of Eridu remained the temple. The temple was rebuilt seventeen times on top of the original shrine, each time with enlargement and additional architectural and decorative features, until Amar-Sin, third rule of Ur III (c. 2047 – 2039 BCE), had the first stepped ziqqurat erected using a mudbrick core and a case of fired bricks set in bitumen. This process can be first observed in Eridu thus making the remains of its ziqqurat and the sacred mound that underlies the most ancient and best-documented testimony of the development of religious architecture and sacred cities in southern Mesopotamia.

Perched on the tell, the remains of the ziqqurat and the sacred mound that underlies it represent the most ancient and best documented testimony of the origin and development of sacred cities and religious architecture in southern Mesopotamia.

306 | P a g e

Section III. Main Archaeological Features

The ruins of the ziqqurat, dated from the reign of King Amar-Sin (c. 2047 – 2039 BCE) of the Third Dynasty of Ur, stand on top of the tell and are considered the oldest example of this building type. The remains of the ziqqurat are a mudbrick mound heavily eroded and compacted culminating at 9.5 m. The ziqqurat is the only structure visible today on the site and dominates an archaeological site otherwise covered with sand dunes and surrounded by a dramatic desert landscape.

The ziqqurat was briefly excavated by George Taylor in 1855 who described it as consisting of a platform of fine sand enclosed by a sandstone wall, 6 meters high, the corners orientated toward the cardinal points, on the north-western part of which was a pyramidal tower of two stages, constructed of mudbrick, cased with a wall of kiln-burned brick, the whole still standing to a height of about 20 meters above the platform. The summit of the first stage was reached by a staircase on the south-eastern side, 4 to 5 meters wide and 20 meters long, constructed of polished marble slabs, fastened with copper bolts, flanked at the foot by two curious columns. An inclined road led up to the second stage on the northwestern side. Pieces of polished alabaster and marble, with small pieces of pure gold and gold-headed copper nails, found on and about the top of the second stage, indicated that a small but richly adorned sacred chamber, apparently plated within or without in gold, formerly crowned the top of this structure. Around the whole tower was a pavement of inscribed fired brick, resting on a layer of clay some 60 cm thick. On the south-eastern part of the terrace were the remains of several edifices, containing suites of rooms. Inscriptions on the bricks identified the site as that of Eridu.

The site was systematically explored and studied by the Iraqi Directorate General of Antiquities between 1946 and 1949. A sequence of eighteen superimposed mudbrick temples was found underlying the ziqqurat, the latter built 3000 years after the city's founding. The earliest temple, dated to the Ubaid I period (5300-4700 BCE), consisted of a small room with a possible cult niche and an offering table. Ever- larger temples were built on the same site, at each level with addition of more sophisticated features such as interior plastering, then an access ramp. A level XIV, the building had much in common with other monumental buildings of the time found in northern Mesopotamia: a spacious central chamber surrounded by smaller rooms, niches and buttresses in the walls, and a symmetrical layout. At level VIII, a complete change in the building's character and plan occurred with a much larger building and thicker walls. At level VI, more than a thousand year after the initial shrine was erected, the building became monumental. Each new building was constructed by leveling the previous one thus forming platforms which most archaeologists see as providing an original pattern for the construction of ziqqurats.

307 | P a g e

Section IV. Site Documentation

Following the concession, in 2014, of a research permit to the University of Rome “La Sapienza” mission directed by Prof. Franco D’Agostino, documentation activities at the site have consisted so far in the preparation of a new topographic map of the site. This work is still ongoing. Future work may include new plans, elevations and 3D documentation of standing excavated structures.

Section V. Conservation Issues and Previous Interventions

Major archaeological excavations were conducted in Eridu between 1946 and 1949. Since then, no other excavation, survey, or conservation and maintenance work has been conducted at the site, resulting in the progressive reburial of all excavated structures, with the exception of the ziqqurat and other nearby structures.

The ziqqurat is heavily eroded due to its exposure to the elements for over 70 years, especially in its northwest and southwest sides, and will need accurate condition assessment and a conservation plan in order to consolidate and preserve it. Significant damage occurred as a result of the particularly heavy rains, which have caused landslides and the formation of holes in the ground. All other structures, such as the Enki Temple and other temples, the Ubaid tombs and the Uruk period buildings identified and published after the excavation campaigns of 1946-1949 are presently reburied under the sand and their state of conservation is unknown.

Section VI. Current and Planned Research and Conservation

In early 2014 the SBAH granted the Italian Mission directed by Prof. F. D’Agostino (University of Rome “La Sapienza”) the permission to conduct archaeological investigations at the site. Work so far has consisted in undertaking preliminary surface surveys and re-mapping of the site. After the excavation and re-excavation of some of the structures, a conservation plan will be developed.

308 | P a g e

Section VII. Site Protection

Site Security and Policing Eridu is not officially open for visitation, and it has been safe from looting and other man-made damages. The site is uninhabited, only accessible through a 10 km dirt road and otherwise surrounded by the desert. It is patrolled regularly by the Antiquity and Heritage Police positioned at Ur Archaeological City (ca. 17km away).

Site Vigilance Daily visits take place by a guard employed by Dhi Qar AHD and who lives in Nasiriyah (ca. 20km away from the site). The Antiquity and Heritage Police intends as well to send more patrols to the site.

Challenges • The site is relatively isolated and the remains are mostly buried under heaps of sand. • The security threat on site is not established.

Section VIII. Other Factors Affecting the Site

Environmental factors, especially rain and wind, substantially contribute to deterioration and decay of the fragile mudbrick material characterizing the exposed structure of the ziqqurat.

Development Pressures Except for a metal observation tower erected by archaeologists, there is no modern construction or infrastructure on the site.

Visitation No visitors are recorded at the site, there is therefore no impact from visitation. Furthermore, there are no plans to encourage visitation for the years to come on account of the sites’ remoteness, challenges to ensure its protection against visitors, and because there are little visible remains. Plans for visitation can only be considered after a comprehensive, multi-year, research and conservation project is implemented.

309 | P a g e

Table 4.3. Key Threats to the Conservation of Tell Eridu Archaeological Site Threats Level Infrastructure Development Very low Agriculture Expansion Very low Mining/oil Very low Solid Waste Very low Climate Change Very low Desertification Very low Military/security activities Very low Natural Catastrophes Very low Tourism and Visitor Pressure Very low Lack of regular maintenance/ Medium conservation interventions Improper conservation Low interventions Water and/or wind erosion Very high Invasive vegetation growth Medium Uncontrolled Medium access/trespassing

310 | P a g e

Section IX. Management Objectives

The Tell Eridu Archaeological Site component is affected mostly by natural factors, lack of maintenance and monitoring, limited research and insufficient policing, which dictate its management objectives. These address the protection, study and long-term conservation of the archaeological remains. There is no plan for opening the site to visitors however interpretation should be provided about Eridu at the other components of the property open to visitation.

The main factors influencing the management of the Tell Eridu Archaeological Site component are: • The level of maintenance in the face of continuous erosion, vegetation growth and humidity; • The level of control of potential trespassers; • Conservation, research and monitoring needs; • The level of effectiveness of the legal frameworks and enforcement mechanisms; • The level of institutional coordination and collaboration between concerned stakeholders; • The available level of funding for management.

The following key objectives are set for the management of the Tell Eridu Archaeological Site component: 1. To improve capacities for site protection, conservation and management. 2. To address natural threats, particularly erosion and humidity, through a set of conservation measures. 3. To establish a regular and efficient monitoring regime. 4. To improve the protection of the site against trespassing by marking boundaries/buffer zone, and improving policing. 5. To develop basic facilities at the sites in order to facilitate research, site protection and monitoring. 6. To enhance the level of institutional cooperation leading to effective long-term management. 7. To enhance cooperation with foreign archaeological missions as regards conservation, research and capacity building for dedicated Iraqi staff. 8. To enhance the participation of local communities and authorities in decision making about the site. 9. To communicate knowledge and awareness about the value of the site to national and international audiences. 10. To provide adequate financial allocations to implement priority interventions and projects.

311 | P a g e

Section X. Proposed Management Structure

Figure 4.1. Management Structure of the Ur Archaeological City and Tell Eridu Archaeological Site Components

312 | P a g e

Chapter V. Implementation Plan for the Cultural Components

313 | P a g e

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partner(s) 1.1 Formalize Invite ministries Mid 2015 MoE Minister’s MoTA and High NCWH activated 1. Activate the NCWH concerned by the Cabinet other Protection NCWH property (MoTA, MoWR, concerned MoO, MoA, etc.) to be ministries represented in NCWH and approve its mandate Establish a Team of End 2015 MoE Minister’s MoTA and High A Team of Technical Advisors Technical Advisors Cabinet other under the NCWH established (TTA) under the NCWH concerned that will play the major ministries coordination role within and between concerned government agencies (federal and governorate levels) Review draft Form an Antiquity and End 2015 SBAH Legal Advisor Ministry of High AHLRC formed legislation Heritage Law Review Justice (MoJ) Committee (AHLRC) Identify notions and Early 2016 AHLRC Legal Advisor MoJ High Workshops to discuss legal tools that require revisions completed integration into the Law Prepare draft legal Mid 2016 AHLRC Legal Advisor MoJ High Draft law completed clauses and provisions Organize briefings to Mid 2016 AHLRC Legal Advisor MoJ High Briefings conducted as per influential politicians in plan the government as well as to parliamentarians in order to lobby in favor of adopting the draft legislation Submit the revised draft End 2016 SBAH- AHLRC Legal Advisor MoJ High Draft law submitted to law for ratification by parliament the parliament

314 | P a g e

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners 1.3 Form inter- Agree on a vision for the Early 2016 NCWH TTA Various Medium Interministerial committee Integrate ministerial development of the WH ministerial formed national, committee property reps regional and local plans Promote the vision and 2016 NCWH TTA Various Medium Meetings promoting vision establish its feasibility ministerial conducted reps Integrate the vision into End 2016 NCWH TTA Various Medium Vision adopted by national, regional and ministerial development plans local development plans reps Develop guidelines for 2017 NCWH TTA Various Medium Guidelines established enacting the vision at all ministerial levels reps 1.4. Develop Recruit a 2017 SBAH Civil Service Medium Planner recruited Improve territorial regional/urban planner Authority planning planning within the internal staff processes capacity at of SBAH the core of SBAH Involve Communicate the scope 2017 SBAH Medium Letters issued and follow-up planner in of work of the planner made planning and ask for him/her to committees be present at relevant planning workshops Develop the Ask planner to develop 2017 SBAH Medium Operational procedures processes his/her operational developed and procedures procedures for the operation of the planner Review, approve and 2017 SBAH Medium Operational procedures amend operational approved procedures

315 | P a g e

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners 1.5. Establish Review existing plans End 2015 SBAH WH Section High Survey completed Improve site exact and commission protection boundary topographical survey coordinates for all components Decide on Solicit designs and Early 2016 SBAH WH Section High Design selected type of offers from different boundary contractors markers Install Commission the Mid SBAH WH Section High Markers installed boundary production and 2016 markers and installation of markers make local community aware of their existence and significance Inform Identify the national Early SBAH WH Section High Information campaign targeted players with impact on 2016 completed national and the boundaries and local buffer zones of the stakeholders components, such as the about the planning authorities; boundaries identify local and buffer communities adjacent zones of the to components and WH property inform them of the significance of the nomination, and the boundary and buffer zone designations.

316 | P a g e

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners Develop a Appoint the team to End 2015 SBAH Civil Defence Medium Team appointed health and develop a health and Authorities safety risk safety risk plan for the plan for the WH components WH components Approve the plan and Early 2016 SBAH Medium Plan approved cost implications Implement the plan Mid 2016 SBAH Civil Defence Medium Plan implemented including fencing off Authorities areas that could be hazardous to visitors 2. Research 2.1. Develop Stakeholder End 2015 SBAH Director of National and High Stakeholders identified & Research Research identification Excavations foreign Conservatio planning strategy for missions n cultural components Stakeholder consultation Early 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Stakeholders consulted Excavations foreign missions Develop strategy and Mid 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Strategy is finalized incorporate in the Excavations foreign Management Plans missions Develop annual targets Yearly SBAH Director of National and High Strategy is operative with budget estimates Excavations foreign missions Integrate Coordinate joint Mid 2017 SBAH MoE,, MoWR High Integrated research strategy research strategy with operational strategy for concerned institutions cultural component into comprehensi ve research strategy for property

317 | P a g e

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners Manage Ensure that research Yearly SBAH Director of Medium research proposals are in line Excavations permits with strategy Streamline approval Yearly SBAH Director of Medium process Excavations Prepare Prepare excavation End 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Guidelines are published guidelines guidelines Excavations foreign missions Prepare documentation End 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Guidelines are published guidelines Excavations foreign missions Prepare conservation End 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Guidelines are published guidelines Conservation foreign missions Prepare a standardized End 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Forms are prepared reporting format for Excavations Foreign archaeological projects missions Provide guidelines and Early 2017 SBAH Director of National and High Missions are informed reporting format for Excavations Foreign missions missions Monitor guidelines use Yearly SBAH Directorates High Monitoring is conducted and implementation Adjust and improve As SBAH Directorates Medium necessary Establish Establish rules and Early 2017 SBAH Directorates National and High Rules and regulations are rules and regulations following Foreign published regulations guidelines missions recommendations Include conservation Early 2017 SBAH Directorates National and High Amend TOR and contract and site stabilization as Foreign binding Foreign Missions to part of the missions' missions conservation and site obligations (major stabilization, during and after conservation projects excavations will require separate procedures of approval and implementation) 318 | P a g e

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners Monitor implementation Yearly SBAH Directorates High Monitoring is conducted Encourage Develop, in consultation Mid 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Research priorities identified research with existing missions, a Excavations foreign list of research missions priorities. Support, sustain and fund whenever possible research by Iraqi universities aligned with the priorities of the research strategies for the property Develop Develop a program of 2018 SBAH Director of National and Medium Program developed public public archaeology and Excavations foreign archaeology community missions program participation in coordination with the archaeological missions Prepare and implement Yearly SBAH Director of Medium Programs implemented annual programs Excavations Coordinate public Yearly SBAH Director of National and Medium Coordination established participation with local Excavations foreign schools and universities missions Complete the Coordinate actions with End SBAH Director of National and High sites' existing missions 2015 Excavations foreign archaeologic missions al surveys Gather documentation Early 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Documentation is gathered Excavations foreign missions

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s)

319 | P a g e

Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners

Prepare research plan Mid 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Plan is prepared Excavations foreign missions Conduct field surveys As of 2017 SBAH Director of National and High Surveys are conducted Excavations foreign missions Publish results As of 2018 SBAH Director of National and High Results are published Excavations foreign missions Develop GIS Coordinate with existing 2016 SBAH Director of National and High System is developed missions the remote sensing foreign development of an and missions integrated, web-based documentation GIS to manage the sites' documentation Select software and 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Structure is developed, develop data structure remote sensing foreign software selected and missions documentation Purchase hardware 2017 SBAH Director of High Hardware is purchased remote sensing and documentation Train personnel 2017 SBAH Director of High Training is conducted remote sensing and documentation Collect and enter data 2018 SBAH Director of National and High Data is procured and entered remote sensing Foreign and missions documentation Maintain system Yearly SBAH Director of National and Medium System is maintained remote sensing Foreign and missions documentation Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s)

320 | P a g e

Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners

Develop Coordinate with existing 2016 SBAH Director of National and High System is developed object missions the museums foreign inventory development of an missions and loan integrated, web-based system in ventory to manage the sites' finds Select software and 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Structure is developed, develop data structure museums foreign software selected missions Purchase hardware 2017 SBAH Director of High Hardware is purchased museums Train personnel 2017 SBAH Director of High Training is conducted museums Collect and enter data 2018 SBAH Director of National and High Data is procured and entered museums foreign missions Maintain system Yearly SBAH Director of National and Medium System is maintained museums foreign missions Establish Establish documentation 2016 SBAH Director of National and Medium Centers are established Documentati centre in Baghdad, with remote sensing foreign on centre satellites in Nasiriyah, and missions and Muthanna documentation (DRSD) Purchase hardware and 2017 SBAH DRSD Medium Hardware and software is software, assign purchased personnel Train staff 2017 SBAH DRSD National and Medium Staff is trained foreign missions Collect data and 2018 SBAH DRSD National and Medium Data is collected documents foreign missions

321 | P a g e

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners Scan hardcopy 2018 SBAH DRSD National and Medium Documents are scanned documents foreign missions Develop a document 2018 SBAH DRSD National and Medium Document management management system Foreign system is developed (web-based) missions Define rules for external 2019 SBAH DRSD Medium Rules are defined access to data and documents Establish Define the format of a 2018 SBAH Director of Medium Scientific event is planned "study days" scientific event to be Excavations and conducted held in Iraq every two years to present results of scientific work on the three sites 2.2. Develop Conduct a conservation Mid 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Assessment is conducted Conservation conservation assessment establishing Conservation foreign standards plans level of threats to missions and planning structures and their values Develop a list of End 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Priority list is published priorities on the basis of Conservation foreign the assessment missions

Develop conservation Yearly SBAH Director of National and High Conservation plans published plans for every Conservation foreign excavated building/ missions area along minimal intervention philosophy Develop monitoring and Mid 2017 SBAH Director of National and High Plans and guidelines are maintenance plans and Conservation foreign prepared related guidelines missions

322 | P a g e

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners Develop Conservation plans to be End 2019 SBAH Director of National and Medium Plans are prepared interpretatio supported, for the sites Conservation foreign n and to be presented to the missions presentation public, by an plans interpretation and presentation plan Train staff Identify needs among End 2015 SBAH Director of High Needs identified staff Conservation Provide training of 50% End 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Training provided concerned staff in Conservation foreign conservation, missions monitoring, maintena nce techniques and risk preparedness Complete training of End 2017 SBAH Director of National and High Training completed 100% concerned staff Conservation foreign missions 2.3. Develop mid- Identify specific projects End 2016 SBAH Director of National and Medium Projects are identified Conservation term to be implemented at Conservation foreign actions objectives every major site missions Include projects in Early 2017 SBAH Director of Medium Projects included in Management Plans Conservation Management Plans Estimate cost and Yearly SBAH Director of Medium Plans are developed develop yearly plans Conservation Develop Develop guidelines and Mid 2017 SBAH Director of National and High Guidelines are developed guidelines specifications to address Conservation Foreign and identified common missions specification problems at the sites s Include requirements Mid SBAH Director of High Requirements included concerning staff 2017 Conservation expertise

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners 323 | P a g e

Ensure the adoption of End 2017 SBAH Director of High Guidelines adopted by all the guidelines by all Conservation parties parties involved Develop Develop reporting 2017 SBAH Director of National and High Reporting format is developed reporting format, including remote sensing Foreign format standards for and missions photography and documentation graphic documentation Conduct Every modification to Continuou SBAH Director of High Impact assessments are impact status quo to be s Conservation prepared assessments subjected to an impact assessment Conduct assessment Continuou SBAH Director of High Assessment completed internally or by s Conservation outsourcing them to specialists Monitor Assign staff to monitor Continuou SBAH Director of High Works are monitored construction construction works s Conservation works Staff to provide reports Continuou SBAH Director of High Reports are delivered on work progress s Conservation

Establish protocols to be 2016 SBAH Director of High Protocols are established followed throughout the Conservation monitoring process Prevent Improve guarding Continuou SBAH Site manager Medium Specific protocols graffiti s implemented to counteract graffiti Raise awareness by 2016 SBAH Director of Medium Communication plan providing information Conservation developed and implemented on damage produced Address Document water 2016 SBAH Director of National and High Water drainage documented drainage drainage across sites Conservation foreign problems missions

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners

324 | P a g e

Study systems to divert 2017 SBAH Director of National and High Water diversion system is water from sensitive Conservation foreign planned areas missions Conduct pilot project in 2018 SBAH Director of National and High Pilot project is established one or more areas Conservation foreign missions Implement solutions 2019 SBAH Director of National and High Solutions propagated to across all components Conservation foreign problem areas missions Establish Plan laboratories’ 2017 SBAH Director of National and Medium Laboratories are planned conservation function and staffing Conservation foreign laboratories missions in Uruk and Ur Prepare project and 2017 SBAH Director of National and Medium Project is prepared budget estimate Conservation foreign missions Identify suitable 2017 SBAH Director of National and Medium Locations for labs are locations (preferably not Conservation foreign identified inside missions boundaries/buffer zones) Build laboratories 2018 SBAH Director of Medium Labs are built Conservation Procure equipment 2019 SBAH Director of Medium Equipment is procured Conservation Appoint and train staff 2019 SBAH Director of Medium Staff is appointed and trained Conservation 2.4. Establish Establish priority End 2015 SBAH Site manager National and High Actions and budget are Monitoring monitoring actions and budget on a foreign defined regime and and yearly basis, missions practice maintenance coordinated by local Site regime Management Teams (SMT)

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners

325 | P a g e

Develop separate Early 2016 SBAH Site manager National and High Guidelines and protocols are guidelines and protocols foreign prepared for archaeology and missions infrastructures present on site Develop dedicated forms Mid 2016 SBAH Site manager National and High Forms and database are and a database to enter foreign prepared the information missions collected throughout the monitoring and maintenance activities Monitor visitor End 2016 SBAH Site manager Medium Visitor behaviour is behaviour monitored Train staff End 2017 SBAH Site manager Medium Staff is trained Assign permanent Continuou SBAH Site manager Medium Guards are assigned guards to specific s sensitive areas during high visitation periods 3. 3.1. Allocate the Identify human End 2015 SBAH WH Section Human High Needs identified Capacity Establish necessary resources needs Resource Building technical human Department at and resources to MoTA professional constitute capabilities the management contingent at the cultural components Prepare scope of work End 2015 SBAH WH Section Human High Scope and JD's drafted and job descriptions of Resource needed staff Department at MoTA Conduct internal Mid 2016 SBAH WH Section Human High Staff selected and appointed selection and Resource appointment processes Department at MoTA Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners

326 | P a g e

Build the capacities of End 2016- SBAH WH Section Erbil Medium Training programs the new staff via the End 2017 Conservation implemented process mentioned Centre – under 3.2 ICCROM, etc. Embed the new 2016 SBAH WH Section Foreign Medium Hands on training with capacities within the missions foreign teams completed foreign mission teams Capacities start 2017 SBAH WH Section Medium Management Plan under implementing implementation provisions of site management plan 3.2. Establish Sign MOU with centre 2016 SBAH WH Section Erbil High MOU signed and program Establish training and agree on program Conservation agreed upon capacity programs in resources Centre building collaboration activities with Conservatio n Centre in Erbil Organise Sign MOU with ICCROM Early 2016 SBAH WH Section ICCROM High MOU signed and program capacity and agree on program Centre agreed upon building programs with Athar Program Organise Sign MOU with foreign Early 2016 SBAH WH Section Foreign High MOU signed and program hands on missions and agree on missions agreed upon training programs programs with foreign missions Implement Rotate staff through the 2017 SBAH WH Section Erbil Centre/ High Staff undertaking training programs various programs ICCROM

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners 4. 4.1. Site SMTs in charge of Early 2017 SBAH WH Section High SMTs officially appointed Manageme Attain Management implementing the

327 | P a g e nt and minimum Teams provisions of the Infrastructu required (SMTs) Management Plans and re management appointed sustaining them Developme structures and active nt SMTs take charge of Early 2017 SBAH WH Section High Annual Plans developed and putting together the approved by SBAH Annual Plans Management Plans Yearly SBAH WH Section High Management Plans reviewed reviewed 4.2. Develop site Master plan for End 2016 SBAH WH Section High Master plan developed Establish infrastructur management minimum e masteplan infrastructure at Uruk required and Ur developed and infrastructur approved es Funds for master plan Early 2017 SBAH WH Section Finance Dept. High Funds secured secured over a period of Council of two to three years Ministers

Build a. Management offices 2017 SBAH WH Section Medium Structures built structures b. Conservation 2018 SBAH WH Section Medium Structures built laboratories and research/documentatio n centers (including accommodation for excavation teams/researchers) c. Accommodation for 2018 SBAH WH Section Medium Structures built additional site guards d. Access roads, parking 2017 SBAH WH Section Medium Structures built structures Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners e. Temporary visitor 2017 SBAH WH Section Medium Structures built centers and temporary paths 328 | P a g e

h. Pollution control, 2017 SBAH WH Section Medium Structures removed including visual pollution (removing electric poles and buildings just outside buffer zones) 5. 5.1. Develop Consult stakeholders 2017 SBAH Director of National and Medium Stakeholders identified and Interpretati Developing Interpretatio Excavations foreign consulted on, an n plan missions Education, interpretatio Visitation n and and education Tourism plan Gather scientific 2017 SBAH Director of National and Medium Scientific information is information from Excavations Foreign gathered scholars and missions missions Gather oral histories 2017 Ministry of Intangible Local Medium Oral histories are recorded from local community Culture (MoC) Heritage/ community Universities Anthropology Sections Hire interpretation 2018 SBAH Director of National and Medium Interpretation specialist is specialist and Excavations foreign hired interpretative writers missions Develop plan 2018 SBAH Director of National and Medium Plan is developed Excavations foreign missions Develop interpretative Director of National and Medium Content prepared content in Arabic and 2019 SBAH Excavations foreign English missions

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners Develop Consult with education 2017 SBAH Education dept? Ministry of High Education specialist is educational specialist Education hired/consulted activities and (MoEd)

329 | P a g e

kits for primary and secondary schools Develop plan and kits 2018 SBAH Education dept? MoEd High Education kit is published

Train teachers to the 2019 SBAH Education dept? MoEd High Teachers are trained use of kits Encourage Coordinate with 2017 SBAH Education dept? UNESCO, High Kit is delivered and the use of UNESCO the adoption of MoEd distributed "World the kit in local schools Heritage in Young Hands" UNESCO kit Train teachers to their 2018 SBAH Education dept? UNESCO, High Teachers are trained use Education Authorities 5.2. Develop Identify priorities and 2017 MoTA, SBAH Tourism Medium- Stakeholders consulted Preparing tourism consult stakeholders Board, foreign Low for increased management and national visitation plan Tour and tourism Operators Conduct visitor survey 2017 MoTA, SBAH Tourism Medium- Visitor survey completed Board, foreign Low and national Tour Operators (TOs) Study and develop 2018 MoTA, SBAH Tourism Medium- Circulation study finalized visitation circuit and Board, TOss Low means of circulation inside the sites; provide disable-friendly access Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners Define areas of 2016 SBAH Medium- Areas identified temporary or Low

330 | P a g e

permanent closure Develop rules and 2017 MoTA, SBAH Tourism Medium- Rules and regulations regulations for visitor Board Low finalized and vehicle circulation Develop site use 2018 MoTA, SBAH Tourism Medium- Guidelines finalized guidelines and Board Low regulations Finalize plan 2019 MoTA, SBAH Tourism Medium- Plan finalized Board Low Develop Develop and install 2017 SBAH, MoTA Site manager National and Medium Temporary facilities installed temporary temporary facilities foreign visitor outside core zones missions facilities Monitor Develop monitoring 2016 SBAH, MoTA Site manager Medium Monitoring tools developed visitation tools Monitor visitation and 2019 SBAH, MoTA Site manager Low Corrective measures introduce corrective identified measures to plan Conduct regular visitor Yearly SBAH, MoTA Site manager Low Visitor surveys conducted surveys Develop Form Committee 2017 SBAH, MoTA National and Medium- Committee formed tourism foreign High infrastructur missions & e concepts TOs Organize international 2017 SBAH, MoTA National and Medium- Competition organized competition foreign High missions & TOs Select judging panel 2017 SBAH, MoTA National and Medium- Judges selected foreign High missions & TOs

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners Hold competition and 2018 SBAH, MoTA National and Medium- Competition held and winner select best concept foreign High announced missions & 331 | P a g e

TOs

Develop Form Committee 2017 SBAH, MoTA National and Medium- Committee formed consistent foreign High signage missions Organize international 2017 SBAH, MoTA National and Medium- Competition organized competition foreign High missions Select judging panel 2017 SBAH, MoTA National and Medium- Judges selected foreign High missions Hold competition and 2018 SBAH, MoTA National and Medium- Competition held and winner select best concept foreign High announced missions Develop Develop concepts 2017 SBAH, MoTA National and Medium Concepts developed promotional through partnership foreign material with a specialized missions & agency Tourism Board (TB) Prepare official 2018 SBAH, MoTA National and Medium Brochure and guidebook guidebook and brochure foreign completed missions & TB Train tour Prepare course material 2018 SBAH, MoTA National and Medium Course material prepared operators Foreign and guides missions & TB

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners

332 | P a g e

Select participants 2018 SBAH, MoTA National and Medium Participants selected Foreign missions & TB Deliver course 2019 SBAH, MoTA National and Medium Course delivered Foreign missions & TB 6. 6.1. Engage key Hold a workshop to End 2015 MoTA + MoE Concerned High Management Plans endorsed Public Community stakeholders endorse the ministries and by key stakeholders and awareness participation in develop Consolidated local Vision Statement agreed upon and ment of a full Management Plan and authorities community Vision develop a full Vision participatio Statement Statement n for the property Establish Establish two Local Early 2016 SBAH TTA, NGOs High Local Steering Committee participatory Steering Committee established and involved in local (LSC: one for Eridu and management institutional one for Ur + Uruk mechanisms formed mainly from primary stakeholders and incorporate them in management structure Reach out to Formalize agreements 2017 SBAH NGO, MoEd, Medium Agreements signed NGOs, with MoEd, universities, universities schools, NGOs to engage universities, teachers, students and etc. members in site activities coordinated by SBAH Conduct educational and 2018 SBAH NGO, MoEd, Medium Activities conducted outreach activities universities Organize "site days" 2018 SBAH NGO, MoEd, Medium Site Days organized universities

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners

333 | P a g e

6.2. Increase Develop budget Yearly SBAH, MoTA High Budget estimates and plans Increasing revenues estimates and yearly prepared site revenues budget plans for all and programmed activities cooperation Establish mechanisms End 2015 SBAH, MoTA High Mechanisms established for coordination among agencies and monitoring of project expenditures Coordinate budget Yearly SBAH, MoTA High Coordination established allocations between MoTA and SBAH Develop an investment End 2015 SBAH, MoTA Private High Investment and marketing and marketing strategy companies strategy developed to allow for income to and donors be obtained from sources other than the Government of Iraq Develop Involve national, 2017 SBAH, MoTA National and High Partners are identified fundraising international NGOs and foreign and universities in joint missions, cooperation projects for NGOs, projects conservation and universities research Seek international On- SBAH, MoTA National and High Assistance is found technical and financial Going foreign assistance in the missions, implementation of NGOs, conservation and universities, research initiatives international heritage organizations Submit project 2018 SBAH, MoTA Donors High Proposals prepared and proposals to national submitted and international donor agencies and governments

334 | P a g e

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners Develop standard 2018 SBAH, MoTA Donors High Agreements are prepared agreements for the involvement of international agencies in conservation and development projects 6.3. Explore Commission 2017 SBAH, MoTA Local Medium Studies are commissioned Supporting opportunitie assessments, surveys community economic s for culture- and studies to explore and investors development based opportunities development Collaborate with local 2018 SBAH, MoTA Local Medium Local community is consulted communities to explore community the studies' outcomes Liaise with other 2018 SBAH, MoTA Local Medium Projects are identified and economic development government consulted projects in the area and explore partnership opportunities Develop proposals and 2019 SBAH, MoTA Medium Proposals are developed pilot projects

Approach and 2019 SBAH, MoTA Donors Medium- Donors are approached, help encourage donors to Low is provided provide help with loans or microfinancing initiatives Develop Develop an official logo 2018 SBAH, MoTA Tourism Medium- Logo/label is developed marketing or label to use on locally Board Low options produced items

Main Strategy Action Steps Time Entity Activity Potential Priority Outcome(s) Heading Frame Responsible Coordinator Partners

335 | P a g e

Study and recommend a 2018 SBAH/MoTA Investors, local Medium- Products are identified range of products that community Low could be developed under the official logo/label Study a marketing 2019 SBAH/MoTA Tourism Board Medium- Marketing campaign is campaign in Low developed collaboration with Tourism Board Involve investors, local 2019 SBAH/MoTA Local Medium- Marketing campaign is government, and governments Low implemented tourism entrepreneurs and investors in implementing the marketing campaign

336 | P a g e